Go Math! Grade 2 Student Edition

GRADE
2
GRADE
2
Currency and Coins Photos Courtesy of United States Mint, Bureau of Engraving, and
Houghton Mifflin Harcourt
Copyright © by Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
All rights reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic or mechanical, including photocopying or recording, or by any information storage or retrieval
system, without the prior written permission of the copyright owner unless such copying is expressly
permitted by federal copyright law. Requests for permission to make copies of any part of the work should
be submitted through our Permissions website at https://customercare.hmhco.com/contactus/Permissions.
html or mailed to Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, Attn: K-12 School Permissions, 9400
Southpark Center Loop, Orlando, Florida 32819-8647.
Common Core State Standards © Copyright 2010. National Governors Association Center for Best
Practices and Council of Chief State School Officers. All rights reserved.
This product is not sponsored or endorsed by the Common Core State Standards Initiative of the National
Governors Association Center for Best Practices and the Council of Chief State School Officers.
Printed in the U.S.A.
ISBN 978-0-358-69470-0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 XXXX 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
4500000000 r6.22
If you have received these materials as examination copies free of charge, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing
Company retains title to the materials and they may not be resold. Resale of examination copies is strictly
prohibited.
Possession of this publication in print format does not entitle users to convert this publication, or any portion of it,
into electronic format.
Dear Students and Families,
Welcome to Go Math! In this program, you will develop skills and

make sense of mathematics by solving real-world problems,
using hands-on tools and strategies, and collaborating with
your classmates.
With the support of your teacher and by engaging with

meaningful practice, you will learn to persevere when solving
problems. Go Math! will not only help you deepen your
understanding of mathematics, but also build your confidence
as a learner of mathematics.
Even more exciting, you will write all your ideas and solutions
right in your book. In your Go Math! book, writing and drawing
on the pages will help you think deeply about what you are
learning, help you truly understand math, and most important,
help you become a confident user of mathematics!
Sincerely,
The Authors
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credit: ©HMH
iii
VOLUME
1
Launch Activity 1
Place Value to Three Digits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
CHAPTER 1
Understand Place Value
Show What You Know . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Vocabulary Builder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Lesson 1 Group Tens as Hundreds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Lesson 2 Explore 3-Digit Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Lesson 3 Model 3-Digit Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Lesson 4 Hundreds, Tens, and Ones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Lesson 5 Place Value to 1,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Lesson 6 Word Form for Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credit: ©LaurenMJohnson/Shutterstock

Lesson 7 Different Forms of Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Lesson 8 Different Ways to Show Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
iv
CHAPTER 2
Use Place Value to Count and Compare
Show What You Know . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Vocabulary Builder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Lesson 1 Counting Patterns Within 100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Lesson 2 Counting Patterns Within 1,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Lesson 3 Count On and Count Back by 10 and 100. . . . . . . . . 73
Lesson 4 Compare Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Lesson 5 Use a Number Line to Compare Numbers . . . . . . . . 85
Lesson 6 Use Symbols to Compare Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Lesson 7 Order Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

v
CHAPTER 3
Basic Facts
Show What You Know . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Vocabulary Builder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Lesson 1 Use Doubles Facts to Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Lesson 2 Practice Addition Facts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Lesson 3 Make a Ten to Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Lesson 4 Relate Addition and Subtraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Lesson 5 Practice Subtraction Facts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Lesson 6 Use Ten to Subtract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Lesson 7 Use Equations to Represent Problems . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
vi
CHAPTER 4
Equal Groups
Lesson 1 Even and Odd Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Lesson 2 Represent Even Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Lesson 3 Equal Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Lesson 4 Repeated Addition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

vii
Launch Activity 2
Reasoning with Adding and Subtracting. . . . . . . 185
CHAPTER 5
2-Digit Addition
Lesson 1 Break Apart Ones to Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Lesson 2 Use Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Lesson 3 Break Apart Addends as Tens and Ones. . . . . . . . . 201
Lesson 4 Model Regrouping for Addition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Lesson 5 Model and Record 2-Digit Addition. . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
viii
CHAPTER 6
More 2-Digit Addition
Lesson 1 2-Digit Addition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Lesson 2 Practice 2-Digit Addition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Lesson 3 Rewrite 2-Digit Addition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Lesson 4 Model Addition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Lesson 5 Write Equations to Represent Addition . . . . . . . . . . 249
Lesson 6 Find Sums for 3 Addends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Lesson 7 Find Sums for 4 Addends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credti: ©HMH
ix
CHAPTER 7
2-Digit Subtraction
Lesson 1 Break Apart Ones to Subtract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Lesson 2 Break Apart Numbers to Subtract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Lesson 3 Model Regrouping for Subtraction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Lesson 4 Model and Record 2-Digit Subtraction . . . . . . . . . . 291
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credti: ©HMH
x
CHAPTER 8
More 2-Digit Subtraction
Lesson 1 2-Digit Subtraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Lesson 2 Practice 2-Digit Subtraction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Lesson 3 Rewrite 2-Digit Subtraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Lesson 4 Add to Find Differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Lesson 5 Model Subtraction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Lesson 6 Write Equations to Represent Subtraction. . . . . . . . 333
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credit: ©William Leaman/Alamy
xi
CHAPTER 9
2-Digit Addition and Subtraction
Lesson 1 Models for Multi-Step Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Lesson 2 Write Problem Situations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Lesson 3 Balance Number Sentences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Lesson 4 Equal and Not Equal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
xii
VOLUME
2
CHAPTER 10
3-Digit Addition and Subtraction
Lesson 1 Draw to Represent 3-Digit Addition. . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Lesson 2 Break Apart 3-Digit Addends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Lesson 3 3-Digit Addition: Regroup Ones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Lesson 4 3-Digit Addition: Regroup Tens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Lesson 5 Addition: Regroup Ones and Tens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Lesson 6 3-Digit Subtraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Lesson 7 3-Digit Subtraction: Regroup Tens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Lesson 8 3-Digit Subtraction: Regroup Hundreds. . . . . . . . . . . 411
Lesson 9 Subtraction: Regroup Hundreds and Tens. . . . . . . . 393
Lesson 10 Regrouping with Zeros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
xiv
CHAPTER 11
Money
Lesson 1 Find the Total Coin Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Lesson 2 Equal Amounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Lesson 3 One Dollar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Lesson 4 One, Five, and Ten Dollar Bills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Lesson 5 Compute the Value of Dollar Combinations . . . . . . 447
Lesson 6 Solve Problems Involving Money . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459

xv
Launch Activity 3
Telling Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
CHAPTER 12
Time
Lesson 1 Time to 15 Minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Lesson 2 Time to 5 Minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Lesson 3 Practice Telling Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Lesson 4 A.M. and P.M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
xvi
CHAPTER 13
Length in Customary Units
Lesson 1 Measure with Inch Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
Lesson 2 Make and Use a Ruler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Lesson 3 Estimate Lengths in Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Lesson 4 Measure with an Inch Ruler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Lesson 5 Add and Subtract Lengths in Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
Lesson 6 Measure in Inches and Feet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
Lesson 7 Estimate Lengths in Feet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
Lesson 8 Estimate and Measure to the Nearest Yard . . . . . . 539
Lesson 9 Estimate Lengths to Solve Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
Lesson 10 Choose a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
Lesson 11 Display Measurement Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557

Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
xvii
CHAPTER 14
Length in Metric Units
Lesson 1 Measure with a Centimeter Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
Lesson 2 Estimate Lengths in Centimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Lesson 3 Measure with a Centimeter Ruler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
Lesson 4 Add and Subtract Lengths in Centimeters. . . . . . . . 587
Lesson 5 Centimeters and Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Lesson 6 Estimate Lengths in Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Lesson 7 Measure and Compare Lengths. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
xviii
Launch Activity 4
Comparing Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
CHAPTER 15
Geometry
Lesson 1 Three-Dimensional Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
Lesson 2 Attributes of Three-Dimensional Shapes . . . . . . . . . 625
Lesson 3 Two-Dimensional Figures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
Lesson 4 More Two-Dimensional Figures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
Lesson 5 Draw Two-Dimensional Figures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
Lesson 6 Sort Two-Dimensional Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
Lesson 7 Partition Rectangles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661

xix
CHAPTER 16
Fraction Concepts
Lesson 1 Equal Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
Lesson 2 Show Equal Parts of a Whole. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
Lesson 3 Describe Equal Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
Lesson 4 Equal Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
xx
CHAPTER 17
Data
Lesson 1 Collect and Represent Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
Lesson 2 Read Picture Graphs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Lesson 3 Make Picture Graphs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
Lesson 4 Read Bar Graphs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
Lesson 5 Make Bar Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
Lesson 6 Practice Picture and Bar Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733

xxi
xxii
Launch
Activity
Launch Activity
1 Place Value to Three Digits
Who Am I?
An avatar is a computer
image that stands in for you.
An avatar can be a cartoon
or it can be lifelike. It can be
funny or silly. It can be an
animal or a space alien.
You can choose your avatar’s
clothes and hairstyle. Your
avatar can show how you feel
and what you want to wear.
An avatar is an image that answers
the question “Who am I today?”
Three Reads
Nia makes an avatar of herself to
play a math game on her tablet.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©HMH
Nia can choose different hairstyles

and expressions. She can choose
accessories such as ribbons or
glasses. She can make 112 avatars
that look like her.
FOR THE TEACHER • Three Reads: Read the problem aloud to the class.
Ask what the story is about. Next, have the class read the problem aloud.
Ask children what the numbers are in the problem. Then, have partners
read the problem to each other. Ask children what math questions they
can ask about the problem.
Launch Activity Place Value to Three Digits 3

Go Online
For the interactive lesson
Solve the Problem

Nia makes an avatar of herself to play
a math game on her tablet.
Nia can choose different hairstyles and
expressions. She can choose accessories
such as ribbons or glasses. She can
make 112 avatars that look like her.
How can you represent the number
112 by showing the number of ones,
tens, and hundreds it has?
Model and draw to solve the problem.
Math How did you represent the hundreds? How did you
Talk
represent the tens and ones? Explain how you know
that you represented 112.
4 Go Math! Grade 2

Chapter
1
Name
Show What You Know
Identify Numbers to 30
Write how many.
1.
leaves
2.
bugs
Place Value: 2-Digit Numbers

Circle the value of the red digit.
3. 47 4. 84 65
5.
40 4 4 40 6 60
Compare 2-Digit Numbers Using Symbols

Compare. Write >, <, or =.
6. 7.
37 ● 42 40 ● 33
This page checks understanding of important skills needed
for success in Chapter 1.
Chapter 1 • Understand Place Value 5

Go Online For more help
Connect to Vocabulary
Vocabulary Builder
Review Words
is more than
Visualize It is fewer than
Fill in the boxes of the graphic organizer. Write digits
sentences using is fewer than and is more than. tens
ones
9 pens is fewer than 11 pens.

is fewer than
is more than
Understand Vocabulary
Use the review words. Complete the sentences. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credit: ©HMH
1. 3 and 9 are                                 

   in the number 39.
————
2. 7 is in the                                 
   place in the number 87.
————
3. 8 is in the                                 
   place in the number 87.
————
6 Go Math! Grade 2

CHAPTER 1
Name Lesson 1
Group Tens as Hundreds
I Can group tens as hundreds.
Listen and Draw Real

World
Circle groups of ten. Count the
groups of ten.
Math Construct arguments and

Talk MP
critique reasoning of others.
How many ones are

FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following
in 3 tens? How many
problem and have children group ones blocks ones are in 7 tens?
to solve. Marco has 100 cards. How many groups
of 10 cards can he make?
Explain.
Chapter 1 • Lesson 1 7
Model and Draw
10 tens is the same as 1 hundred.
 — 10
                 tens
 — 1
                 hundred
  100
                
—
Share and Show Math

Board
Write how many tens. Circle groups of 10 tens.

Write how many hundreds. Write the number.
1.
 — 20
                 tens
                
— hundreds
                
—
2.                 
— tens
                
— hundreds
                
—
3.
                
— tens
                
— hundreds
                
4. 4.                 
— tens
                
— hundreds
                
—
8 Go Math! Grade 2

Name
On Your Own
5.
                
— tens
                
— hundreds
                
—
6.
                
— tens
                
— hundreds
                
—
7.
                
— tens
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (t) ©Virinaflora/Shutterstock
                
— hundreds
                
—
8. Wally has 400 cards.

How many stacks of 10 cards
can he make? on the
Spot
                
— stacks of 10 cards
Problem Solving • Applications Real Math
World
Solve. Write or draw to explain.

9. Mrs. Blasco has 80 boxes of
paper clips. There are 10 paper
clips in each box. How many
paper clips does she have?
                
paper clips
—
10. Pencils are sold in boxes of 10 pencils.

Mr. Lee needs 100 pencils. He has 40 pencils.
How many boxes of 10 pencils should he buy?
        boxes of 10 pencils
 —
Draw a picture to explain your answer.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to draw a quick picture

of 20 tens and then tell you how many hundreds there are.
10 Go Math! Grade 2

LESSON 1.1
Name
Practice and Homework
Group Tens as Hundreds

1.             tens
            hundreds
            
2.             tens
            hundreds
            
Problem Solving Real

World

3. Farmer Gray has 30 flowerpots.
He plants 10 seeds in each pot.
How many seeds does he plant?
             seeds
4. W
rite Math Ella has 50 stacks of ten pennies in each stack.
Describe how to find how many pennies Ella has in all.

Lesson Check
5. Mai has 40 tens. Write how 6. There are 80 tens. Write how
many hundreds. Write the many hundreds. Write the
number. number.
Spiral Review
7. Write the number equal to 5 8. Count by fives.
tens and 13 ones.
5, 10, 15
       ,         ,         ,         

 —
— — —
9. Carlos has 58 pencils. What 10. Circle the sum that is equal to 11.
is the value of the digit 5 in
this number?
2+3
4+4
5+6
8+7
12 Go Math! Grade 2

CHAPTER 1
Name Lesson 2
Explore 3-Digit Numbers
I Can write a 3-digit number in a group of tens.

World
Circle groups of blocks to show

hundreds. Count the hundreds.
hundreds
—
straws
—
Math Look for and make use of

Talk MP
structure.
Describe how the

number of hundreds
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following would be different if
problem and have children circle groups of tens
blocks to solve. Mrs. Rodriguez has 30 bundles there were 10 more
of straws. There are 10 straws in each bundle.
How many straws does Mrs. Rodriguez have?
bundles of straws.

Model and Draw
What number is shown with 11 tens?
11
 
          
— tens

1
  hundred  —ten
         
—
1
         
110
 
                
—
In the number 110, there is a 1 in the

hundreds place and a 1 in the tens place.
Share and Show Math

Board
Circle tens to make 1 hundred. Write the

number in different ways.
1.           tens
—
          hundred          
  tens
— —
                
—
2.           tens
—
          hundred          
  tens
— —
                
—
3.           tens
—
                   
—hundred —
  tens
                
—
14 Go Math! Grade 2
Name
On Your Own
4.           tens
—
          hundred          
  tens
— —
                
—
5. 5.
          tens
—
          hundred          
  tens
— —
                
—
6. Saul has 130 baseball cards.

How many baseball cards
does he need to get so that
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (t) ©Shutterstock
he will have 200 baseball

cards in all?
         
—baseball cards
7. K
endra has 120 stickers.
10 stickers fill a page. on the
Spot
How many pages can
she fill?
         
—pages
World
8. MP There are 16 boxes of

crackers. There are 10 crackers
in each box. How many
crackers are in the boxes?
                
crackers
—
9. Simon makes 8 towers of 10

blocks each. Ron makes
9 towers of 10 blocks each.
How many blocks did they use?
                
blocks
—
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (b) ©Lawrence Manning/Corbis
10. Ed has 150 marbles. How many bags of
10 marbles does he need to get so that
he will have 200 marbles in all?
bags of 10 marbles
—
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child draw 110 Xs by drawing

11 groups of 10 Xs.
16 Go Math! Grade 2

LESSON 1.2
Name
Explore 3-Digit Numbers

1.             tens
            hundred             
  tens
            
2.             tens
            hundred             
  tens
            

World

3. Nora has a box of 1 hundred cubes.
She also has a bag of 70 cubes.
How many trains of 10 cubes
can she make?
            trains of 10 cubes
4. Write Math Draw or write to explain why 1 hundred

4 tens and 14 tens name the same amount.

Lesson Check
5. Circle tens to make 1 hundred. 6. Circle tens to make 1 hundred.
Write the number a different Write the number a different
way. way.

        tens
 —          
—tens
        hundred         
 —   tens                   
—
—hundred —
  tens
        
 —          
—
Spiral Review
7. Mr. Maurice has 200 postcards in his collection. How many stacks
of 10 postcards can he make?

8. Max has 130 beads. He wants to have 160 beads. How many bags
of 10 beads will Max have to get?

9. Describe the number 78 in two 10. Write the number 55 in

different ways. another way.
        tens +         
 —   ones
—
        +         
 —  
—
18 Go Math! Grade 2

CHAPTER 1
Name Lesson 3
Model 3-Digit Numbers
I Can show a 3-digit number using blocks.

World
Use . Draw to show what you did.

Math Reason abstractly and

Talk MP
quantitatively.
If Jack had 14 tens,

problem. Jack has 12 tens blocks. How many how many hundreds
hundreds and tens does Jack have? Have and tens would he
children show Jack’s blocks and then draw
quick pictures. Then have children circle have? Explain.
10 tens and solve the problem.

Model and Draw
In the number 348, the 3 is in the hundreds place, the
4 is in the tens place, and the 8 is in the ones place.
Write how many hundreds,
tens, and ones.   3 hundreds + —
         
—
            8 ones
  4 tens + —
         
Show the number 348

using blocks.
Draw a quick picture.
Share and Show Math

Board
Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (cr) C Squared Studios/Photodisc/Getty Images
Show with . Then draw a quick picture.
1. 234 2. 156
     
_hundreds +      
_      
  ones
  tens + _      
_hundred +      
  tens +      
_   ones
_
20 Go Math! Grade 2

Name
On Your Own
Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones.
Show with . Then draw a quick picture.
3. 125 4. 312
     hundred +       tens +       ones      hundreds +       ten +       ones
— — — — — —
5. 245 6. 103
     hundreds +       tens +       ones      hundred +       tens +       ones
— — — — — —
7. Lexi needs 144 beads. A large box

holds 100 beads. A medium box holds 10 beads.
A small box holds 1 bead. Lexi already has 1

large box and 4 small boxes. How many medium
boxes of beads does she need?
             medium boxes

World
8. How are the numbers 342

and 324 alike? How are they different? on the
Spot
Write the number for the clue.
9. My number has 2 hundreds 10. My number has 3 hundreds

blocks, no tens blocks, and blocks, 5 tens blocks, and no
3 ones blocks. ones blocks.
                
My number is  — .                 .
My number is  —
11. There are 2 boxes of 100

pencils and some single ● 200
pencils on the table. Choose ● 106
all the numbers that show
203
how many pencils could be ●

on the table. ● 207
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Write the number 438. Have your child
tell you the values of the digits in the number 438.
22 Go Math! Grade 2

LESSON 1.3
Name
Model 3-Digit Numbers
Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones. Show

with . Then draw a quick picture.
1. 118 2. 246
Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones

World
3. Write the number that matches the clues.

• My number has 2 hundreds.
• The tens digit is 9 more than Hundreds Tens Ones
the ones digit.
My number is                 
— .
4. Write Math Write a 3-digit

number using the digits 2, 9, and
4. Draw a quick picture to show
the value of your number.

Lesson Check
5. What number is shown with these blocks?
Hundreds Tens Ones
Spiral Review
6. Write the number with the 7. Which number has 5 hundreds
same value as 28 tens. blocks, 1 tens blocks, and 9
ones blocks?
8. Write a 3-digit number using 9. Write the number equal to

the digits 4, 2, and 8. 7 tens and 3 ones.
24 Go Math! Grade 2

CHAPTER 1
Name Lesson 4
Hundreds, Tens, and Ones
I Can write a 3-digit number.

World
Write the number of hundreds, tens, and ones.

Then draw a quick picture.
Hundreds Tens Ones
Hundreds Tens Ones

Math
Talk MP Model with mathematics.
Describe how the two

FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following to
numbers are alike.
children. Sebastion has 243 yellow blocks. How Describe how they
many hundreds, tens, and ones are in this
number? Repeat for 423 red blocks.
are different.

Model and Draw
Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones
there are in the visual model. What are two
ways to write this number?
Hundreds Tens
Hundreds Tens Ones
Ones
2 4 7  — 247
                
Expanded form:   200 + —

                
—   40 + —
                
  7
                
Share and Show Math

Board
Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones there are

in the visual model. Write the number in two ways.
1. HundredsHundreds Tens
Tens Ones Ones
               
—
Hundreds
               Tens                
Ones                
+—
—   +—
 
2. Hundreds Tens Ones
               
—
               
+— +—                                
—    
               
—
               
+—  +—                                 
—
26 Go Math! Grade 2

Name
On Your Own
Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones there are
in the visual model. Write the number in two ways.
               
—
               
+—  +—                                 
—
5.
Hundreds Tens Ones
               
—
               
+—  +—                                 
—
6.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (t ) ©Louis D Wiyono/Shutterstock
Hundreds Tens Ones
               
—
               
+—  +—                                 
—

on the
7. A visual model for my number Spot
has 4 ones blocks, 5 tens blocks,
and 7 hundreds blocks.
What number am I?                
—

Problem Solving • Applications Real
World
8. The hundreds digit of my

number is greater than the
tens digit. The ones digit is
less than the tens digit. What
               
+—  +—                                 
could my number be? Write it —
in two ways.
               
—
9. Alessa has these bags of marbles. How many

marbles does Alessa have?
               
  — marbles
Explain how you used the picture to find the

number of marbles Alessa has.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Say a 3-digit number, such as 546.

Have your child draw a quick picture for that number.
28 Go Math! Grade 2

LESSON 1.4
Name
Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones there

are in the model. Write the number in two ways.
1.
Hundreds Tens Ones
              
—
                 
 — +                  
  +                  
 
—
—
2.
Hundreds Tens Ones
          
—
                 
  +                  
  +                  
 
—
—
—

World
3. Write the number that answers the riddle.
Use the chart. A model for my number has
6 ones blocks, 2 hundreds blocks, and 3 tens
blocks. What number am I?
Hundreds Tens Ones

               
 —
4. Write Math Write a number that

has a zero in the tens place.
Draw a quick picture for your
number.

Lesson Check
5. Write the number 254 as a sum 6. Write the number 307 as a sum
of hundreds, tens, and ones. of hundreds, tens, and ones.
        +         
 —           
+—
          +         
 —           
+—
 
—
—
Spiral Review
7. Write how many tens and ones 8. Circle ten to make 1 hundred.
are in the number 83 Write the number a different
way.
        tens         
 —   ones         tens
    —
—
  
        
         hundred         
—  — tens
        
  —
9. Mr. Murphy is planting flower seeds in his yard. He has

10 planters and plants 40 seeds in each planter. How
many seeds does he plant?
________ seeds
30 Go Math! Grade 2

CHAPTER 1
Name Lesson 5
Place Value to 1,000
I Can identify the values of digits in numbers.

World
Write the numbers. Then draw quick pictures.
                sheets of color paper

—
Hundreds Tens Ones
                sheets of plain paper

—
Hundreds Tens Ones

Talk MP
structure.
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following. There are Describe how 5 tens
245 sheets of color paper in the closet. There are
458 sheets of plain paper by the table. Have children is different from 5
write each number and draw quick pictures to show
the numbers.
hundreds.

Model and Draw
The place of a digit in a number tells its value.
The 3 in 327 has a value of 3 hundreds, or 300.

327 The 2 in 327 has a value of 2 tens, or 20.
The 7 in 327 has a value of 7 ones, or 7.
There are 10 hundreds in 1 thousand.
1,000
 ———
                          
  
The 1 is in the thousands place and

has a value of 1 thousand.
Share and Show Math

Board
Circle the value, or the meaning, of the underlined digit.
1. 702 2 ones 2 tens 2 hundreds © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2. 459 500 50 5
3. 362 3 hundreds 3 tens 3 ones
32 Go Math! Grade 2

Name
On Your Own
Circle the value, or the meaning, of the underlined digit.
4. 549 400 40 4
5. 607 7 ones 7 tens 7 hundreds
6. 1,000 1 one 1 hundred 1 thousand
7. 914 90 900 9,000
8. The value of the ones digit in Omari’s favorite

number is 2. The value of the hundreds digit is
600 and the value of the tens digit is 90.
Write Omari’s favorite number.               
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Paola Canzonetta/Shutterstock
—
9. Write the number that matches the clues.
• The value of my hundreds digit is 300.

• The value of my tens digit is 0.
• The value of my ones digit is 5 more than
the hundreds digit.
                .
The number is —

World Math
on the
10. Ty is making a Venn diagram. Where in the diagram Spot
should he write the other numbers?
Numbers with a 5 Numbers with a 2
in the Tens Place in the Hundreds Place
152
215
454
257
152 352
205
250
11. Describe where 752 should be written in the diagram.

Explain your answer.
12. Fill in the bubble next ● 764

to all the numbers that have the digit
4 in the tens place. ● 149
● 437
● 342
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to write 3-digit numbers,

such as “a number with 2 hundreds” and “a number with a 9 in
the ones place.”
34 Go Math! Grade 2

LESSON 1.5
Name
Place Value to 1,000
Circle the value, or the meaning, of the

underlined digit.
1. 337 3 30 300
2. 462 200 20 2
3. 572 5 50 500
4. 567 7 ones 7 tens 7 hundreds
5. 462 4 hundreds 4 ones 4 tens

World
6. Write the 3-digit number that answers the riddle.
• I have the same hundreds digit as ones digit.
• The value of my tens digit is 50.
• The value of my ones digit is 4. The number is                
 
— .
7. Write Math What is the value of 5 in 756?

Write and draw to explain how you know.

Lesson Check
8. What is the value of the 9. What is the meaning of the
underlined digit? underlined digit?
315 648
        
  tens
—
Spiral Review
10. What number can be 11. What number has the
written as 4 tens and 5 ones? same value as 14 tens?
12. Write the number described 13. What is the value of 8 in 823?
by 14 ten and 8 ones.
        
 —
36 Go Math! Grade 2

CHAPTER 1
Name Lesson 6
Word Form for Numbers
I Can write 3-digit numbers using words.

World
Write the missing numbers in the chart. Then find

and circle the word form of these numbers below.
12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 30
31 32 33 34 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 47 48 49 50
51 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
forty-one ninety-two fourteen
eleven thirty-five forty-six
fifty-three twenty-nine fifty-two


Talk MP
structure.
Describe how to use

words to write the
number with a 5 in the
HOME CONNECTION • In this activity, your tens place and a 7 in
child reviewed the word form of numbers
less than 100. the ones place.

Model and Draw
You can use words to write 3-digit numbers.
First, look at the hundreds digit. Then, look at
the tens digit and ones digit together.
245 713
two hundred forty-five seven hundred thirteen
Share and Show Math

Board
Write the number using words.
1. 506
five
    
        hundred six
                                                                                                      
————————————
2. 189
                                                                                                      
————————————
    
       
3. 328
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Virinaflora/Shutterstock

                                                                                                      
————————————
    
       
Write the number.

4. four hundred fifteen 5. two hundred ninety-one

                                 
— —
6. six hundred three 7. eight hundred forty-seven
                                 
— —
38 Go Math! Grade 2
Name
On Your Own
Write the number.
8. seven hundred seventeen 9. three hundred ninety
                                 
— —

10. 1,000
                                                                                                 
    
————
       ————————
11. 321
                                                                                                 
————
    
       ————————
12. My 3-digit number has a 4 in the hundreds
place. It has a greater digit in the tens place
than in the ones place. The sum of the digits is 6.
What is my number?
13. Alma counts two hundred sixty-eight leaves.

Which is another way to write 2+6+8
this number? Circle your answer. on the
Spot 200 + 60 + 8
2 + 60 + 8

World
Circle the answer for each problem.
14. Saleem counts one hundred 15. Greta counted

ninety cars. Which is three hundred
another way to write this fifty-six straws. Which is
number? another way to write this
number?
119
3+5+6
190
30 + 50 + 60
910
300 + 50 + 6
16. There are 537 chairs at the school.

Write this number using words.
                                                                             
     
—————————
Show the number in two other ways.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (br) ©Getty Images
Hundreds Tens Ones
             
             
   
             
+—
— + —
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to write the

number 940 using words.
40 Go Math! Grade 2

LESSON 1.6
Name
Word Form for Numbers
Write the number.

1. two hundred thirty-two 2. five hundred forty-four
                                     
—— ——
3. one hundred fifty-eight 4. nine hundred fifty
                                     
—— ——
5. four hundred twenty 6. six hundred seventy-eight
                                     
—— ——

7. 317

World
Circle the answer.

8. Six hundred twenty-six children
attend Elm Street School. Which
is another way to write this number?
266 626 662
9. Write Math Write a 3-digit number

using the digits 5, 9, and 2. Then write
your number using words.

Lesson Check
10. Write the number 851 in words. 11. Write the number two
hundred sixty using numbers.
Spiral Review
12. Write a number with the digit 13. Write the number shown with
8 in the tens place. these blocks.
14. What is the value of the 15. Tai has 128 marbles. How
underlined digit? many hundreds are in this
674 number?
        hundred
 —
       
 
—
42 Go Math! Grade 2

CHAPTER 1
Name Lesson 7
Different Forms of Numbers
I Can demonstrate three ways
to write a 3-digit number.

World
Write the number. Use the digits to write

how many hundreds, tens, and ones.
                             

—hundreds —
  tens —
  ones

                             

—hundreds —
  tens —
  ones

          hundreds          

  tens          
  one
— —
—

Talk MP
structure.
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following: Evan has How many hundreds
426 marbles. How many hundreds, tens, and ones
are in 426? Continue the activity for 204 and 341. are in 368? Explain.

Model and Draw
You can use a quick picture to show a number.
You can write a number in different ways.
five hundred thirty-six
5
           3
          6
         
—hundreds  —tens  —ones
 — 500
                 30
                
+  — 6
                
+   —
536
                
 —
Share and Show Math

Board
Read the number and draw a quick picture.

Then write the number in different ways.
1. four hundred seven           

—hundreds —
         
           
tens —
  ones

                
 — +                 
  +—                
 
—
                
 —
2. three hundred twenty-five

          
—hundreds —
         
  tens          
 
— ones

                
 — +—                
  +—

                
 
                
 —
3. two hundred fifty-three

          
—hundreds —
         
  tens          
 
— ones

                
 — +—                
  +—

                
 
                
 —
44 Go Math! Grade 2

Name
On Your Own
4. one hundred seventy-two
          
—hundred —
         
  tens          
 
— ones

                
 — +—                
  +—

                
 
                
 —
5. three hundred forty-six

          
—hundreds —
         
           
tens —
  ones

                
 — +                 
  +—                
 
—
                
 —
6. Think of a 3-digit number with a zero

in the ones place. Use words to write that number.
7. Ellen used these blocks to show 452.

What is wrong? Cross out blocks and draw on the
quick pictures for missing blocks. Spot
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to show

the number 315 in three different ways.

Problem Solving • Applications
8. Marcos has one hundred thirty points in the

game. Write one hundred thirty points in three
different ways.
          
—tens
                     
—hundred —
  tens

                
—
9. Mr. Acosta collects two hundred forty-three toys

for a charity drive. Write two hundred forty-three in
different ways.
Hundreds Tens Ones
               
—
                 +                 
                  
+—
 
— —
10. The assembly has four hundred sixty-seven

students attending. Draw a quick picture. Then
write the number different ways.
                                
—hundreds —tens —
  ones

                 +                 
                  
+—
 
— —
                
—
11. Write the number six hundred forty-five in

another way.
46 Go Math! Grade 2

LESSON 1.7
Name
Different Forms of Numbers

1. two hundred fifty-one                              

—hundreds —
  tens —
  one

                
 — +—                
 
                 
+—
 
                
 —
2. three hundred twelve                              

—hundreds —
  ten —
  ones

                
 — +—                
 
                
+—
 
                
 —

World
Write the number another way.
3. 200 + 30 + 7 4. 895
                               
   ———
———
5. Write Math Draw a quick picture

of 3 hundreds, 5 tens, and
7 ones. What number does your
quick picture show?
Write it in three different ways.

Lesson Check
6. Write the number 392 as 7. What is another way to
hundreds, tens, and ones. write the number 271?
                                                     

—hundreds —
  tens  —ones

—hundreds —
  tens  —one

Spiral Review
8. What is the value of the 9. What number is shown
underlined digit? with these blocks?
56
10. Write the number four 11. Write the number described
hundred fifty. by 60 tens and 3 ones.
48 Go Math! Grade 2

CHAPTER 1
Name Lesson 8
Different Ways to Show Numbers
I Can use blocks or quick pictures to show the value of
a number in different ways.

World
Draw quick pictures to solve.

Write how many tens and ones.
                
                  
tens —
  ones
—
                
  tens —
  ones                 
—
Math
FOR THE TEACHER • Read this problem to
children. Mrs. Rivera uses a cart to take 35 books

to classrooms. She can use boxes that each hold
Describe how you
10 books. She can also place single books on the found different ways
cart. What are two different ways she can put
the books on the cart? to show 35 books.

Model and Draw
Here are two ways to show 148.
1 4 8 0 14 8
Share and Show Math

Board
Use quick pictures to show the number a

different way. Write two ways to show how
many hundreds, tens, and ones.
1. 213
2. 132
50 Go Math! Grade 2

Name
On Your Own
Use quick pictures to show the number a
different way. Write two ways to show how
many hundreds, tens, and ones.
3. 144
4. 204

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Gorban/Shutterstock
5. Sue said that 200 + 20 + 23 is the same

as 200 + 30 + 3. Is she correct? Explain.

World
Marbles are sold in boxes, in bags, or as single

on the
marbles. Each box has 10 bags of marbles in it. Spot
Each bag has 10 marbles in it.
6. Draw pictures to show two ways

to buy 324 marbles.
Use the marble information above.

7. There is only one box of marbles
in the store. There are many bags
of marbles and single marbles.
Draw a picture to show a way to
buy 312 marbles.
ow many boxes, bags, and
H
single marbles did you show?
draw quick pictures of two ways to show this number.
52 Go Math! Grade 2

LESSON 1.8
Name
Different Ways to Show Numbers
Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones

are in the visual model.
1. 135

World
Markers are sold in boxes, packs, or as single markers.

Each box has 10 packs. Each pack has 10 markers.
2. Draw pictures to show two ways
to buy 276 markers.
3. Write Math Draw quick pictures

to show the number 326.

Lesson Check
4. Write the number that can be 5. Write the number that can be
shown with this many hundreds, shown with this many hundreds,
tens, and ones. tens, and ones.
1 2 18 2 15 6
                                 
— —
Spiral Review
6. Julia makes 5 towers of 10 blocks each.
Andrea makes 7 towers of 10 blocks each.
How many blocks did they use altogether?
                
— blocks
7. Write the number 584 in words. 8. Write the number 29 in words. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
54 Go Math! Grade 2

Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 1
1.
Does each choice show a way to represent the

blocks? Choose Yes or No.
3 hundreds ● Yes ● No
30 ones ● Yes ● No
30 hundreds ● Yes ● No
30 tens ● Yes ● No
2. Robin has 180 stickers. How many pages of

10 stickers does she need so that she will have 200
stickers in all?
pages of stickers
3. Korena has 356 buttons. Write how many

hundreds, tens, and ones. Draw a quick picture.
hundreds + tens + ones
Go Online For more help Chapter 1 55

4. Write the number in different ways.
five hundred sixty
hundreds tens ones
+ +
5. The number is 837. Is the value of each digit correct? Choose

Yes or No.
The value of 7 is 700. ● Yes ● No
6. Cody is thinking of the number 627.

Write Cody’s number in words.
Show Cody’s number in two other ways.

Hundreds Tens Ones
+ +
56 Go Math! Grade 2
Name
7. Esperanza needs 200 buttons. Gloria

gives her 13 bags with
10 buttons in each bag. How many
buttons does she need now?
buttons
8. There are 4 boxes of 100 sheets of paper and some

single sheets of paper in the closet. Choose all
the numbers that show how many sheets of paper
could be in the closet.
● 348 ● 324
● 406 ● 411
9. Blocks are sold in boxes, in bags, or as single blocks.

Each box has 10 bags in it. Each bag has 10 blocks
in it. Tara needs 216 blocks. Draw a picture to show
a way to buy 216 blocks.
How many boxes, bags, and single blocks did

you show?
Chapter 1 57
10. Darsh collects stickers. He uses quick pictures
to show how many he has.
Darsh’s Stickers
How many stickers does Darsh have?
Write two ways to show how many hundreds,

tens, and ones.
Darsh has stickers.
11. Choose all the numbers that have the digit 2 in the
tens place.
● 721
● 142
● 425
● 239
12. Ann has 239 shells. Write the number in words.
58 Go Math! Grade 2

Chapter
2
Name
Show What You Know
Identify Numbers to 30
Write the number that tells how many.
1.
Count by Ones to 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Use the hundred chart. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
2. Count from 36 to 47. Which of 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
the numbers below will you say?
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Circle them. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
42 31 48 39 37 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Explore Tens
Write how many tens. Write the number.
3. 4.
tens tens

Chapter 2 • Use Place Value 59

Vocabulary Builder
Review Words
compare
Visualize It count on
Fill in the boxes of the graphic organizer. count back
Write sentences using ones and tens. ones
tens
ones
tens

1. Circle the count on fact. 5−1=4 4+1=5
2. Circle the count back fact. 8−2=6 6+2=8
3. Compare 2 and 5. Circle 2 is more than 5 5 is more than 2.

the correct fact.
60 Go Math! Grade 2

CHAPTER 2
Name Lesson 1
Counting Patterns Within 100
I Can count by 1s, 5s, and 10s with numbers less
than 100.
Listen and Draw
Look at the hundred chart. Write the missing numbers.
1 2 3 5 6 8 10
11 13 14 15 16 18 19 20
22 23 24 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 34 35 36 38 39
41 43 44 45 46 47 49 50
51 53 55 57 59 60
62 64 65 66 67 68 70
71 72 73 74 76 78 79
81 83 85 86 87 88 89 90
92 94 95 96 98 100
Math
Talk MP Attend to precision.
Describe some different

FOR THE TEACHER • Have children complete the
ways to find the missing
hundred chart to review counting to 100. numbers in the chart.

Model and Draw
You can count on by different amounts.
You can start counting with different numbers.
Count by ones.
1, 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6 , ,
29, 30, 31, 32, 33 , , ,
Count by fives.
5, 10, 15, 20, , , ,

50, 55, 60, 65, , , ,
Share and Show Math

Board
Count by ones.
1. 15, 16, 17, , , , ,
Count by fives.
2. 15, 20, 25, , , , ,
3. 60, 65, , , , ,
Count by tens.
4. 10, 20, , , , ,
5. 30, 40, , , , ,
62 Go Math! Grade 2

Name
On Your Own
Count by ones.
6. 77, 78, , , , ,
Count by fives.
7. 35, 40, , , , ,
Count by tens.
8. 20, 30, , , , ,
9. Amber counts by fives to 50.

How many numbers will she say?
numbers
10. Dinesh counts by fives to 100.

Gwen counts by tens to 100. on the
Who will say more numbers? Explain. Spot
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________

World
11. Andy counts by ones. He 12. Camila counts by fives.

starts at 29 and stops at She starts at 5 and stops
45. Which of these at 50. Which of these
numbers will he say? numbers will she say?
Circle them. Circle them.
31 20 55 25
47 35 6 40
46 18
40 39 10 45
13. Grace starts at the number 40 and counts three different ways.
Write to show how Grace counts.
Count by ones. 40, , , , , ,
Count by fives. 40, , , , , ,
Count by tens. 40, , , , , , © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • With your child, practice counting

by ones to 100, starting with numbers such as 58 or 62.
64 Go Math! Grade 2

LESSON 2.1
Name
Counting Patterns Within 100
Count by ones.
1. 58, 59, , , , ,
Count by fives.
2. 45, 50, , , , ,
3. 20, 25, , , , ,
Count by tens.
4. 20, , , , , ,
Count back by ones.

5. 87, 86, 85, , ,

World
6. Tim counts his friends’ fingers by fives.

He counts six hands. What numbers does he say?
, , , ,
5,
7. Write Math Count by 1s or 5s.

Write the first five numbers
you would count, starting at 15.

Lesson Check
8. Count by fives. 9. Count by tens.
70, , , , 60, , , ,
Spiral Review
10. Count back by ones. 11. A number has 2 tens and
15 ones. Write the number
in words.
21,
, , ,
12. Describe the number 72 in tens 13. Write the number 139 as a sum
and ones. of hundreds, tens, and ones.
tens ones ___ + ___ +
66 Go Math! Grade 2

CHAPTER 2
Name Lesson 2
Counting Patterns Within 1,000
I Can count by 1s, 5s, 10s, and 100s with numbers less
than 1,000.
Listen and Draw

Write the missing numbers in the chart.
401 403 404 406 407 408 410
411 415 416 417 418 419
421 422 423 424 425 427 428 429 430
432 434 435 436 437 438
441 442 443 444 446 447 449 450
454 455 456 457 458 459 460
461 462 468 469 470
472 473 474 475 476 477 479 480
481 482 484 485 486 490
492 493 495 496 497 498

Math
What counting
FOR THE TEACHER • Have children complete the patterns could you use
number chart to practice counting with 3-digit
numbers. to complete the chart?

Model and Draw
Counting can be done in different ways.
Use patterns to count on.
Count by fives.
95, 100, 105, 110 , ,

115 ,
140, 145, 150, 155 , , ,
Count by tens.
300, 310, 320, , , ,

470, 480, 490, , , ,
Share and Show Math

Board
Count by fives.
1. 745, 750, 755, , , ,
Count by tens.
2. 520, 530, 540, , , ,
3. 600, 610, , , , ,
Count by hundreds.
4. 100, 200, , , , ,
5. 300, 400, , , , ,
68 Go Math! Grade 2

Name
On Your Own
Count by fives.
6. 215, 220, 225, , , ,
7. 905, 910, , , , ,
Count by tens.
8. 730, 740, 750, , , ,
9. 160, 170, , , , ,
Count by hundreds.
10. 200, 300, , , , ,
11. Martin starts at 300 and counts by

fives to 420. What are the
last 6 numbers Martin will say?
, , , , ,
12. The book fair has 390 books. They on the

have 5 more boxes with 10 books in Spot
each box. Count by tens. How many
books are at the book fair. books

World
13. Lisa counts by fives. She 14. George counts by tens. He

starts at 120 and stops at starts at 750 and stops at
175. Which of these 830. Which of these
numbers will she say? numbers will he say?
Circle them. Circle them.
170 135 755 780

151 690
155 200 180 795
760 810
15. Carl counts by hundreds. Which of these show ways that Carl could
count? Choose Yes or No for each.
100, 110, 120, 130, 140 ● Yes ● No
100, 200, 300, 400, 500 ● Yes ● No
500, 600, 700, 800, 900 ● Yes ● No © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
300, 305, 310, 315, 320 ● Yes ● No
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • With your child, count by fives

from 150 to 200.
70 Go Math! Grade 2

LESSON 2.2
Name
Counting Patterns Within 1,000
Count by fives.
1. 415, 420, , , ,
2. 675, 680, , , , ,
Count by tens.
3. 210, 220, , , , ,
Count by hundreds.
4. 300, 400, , , , ,
Count back by ones.

5. 953, 952, , , , ,

World
6. Lee has a jar of 100 pennies.

She adds groups of 10 pennies to the jar.
She adds 5 groups. What numbers does she say?
, , , ,
7. Write Math Count by fives

from 135 to 175. Write these
numbers and describe the
pattern.

Lesson Check
8. Count by tens. 9. Count by hundreds.
160, , , , 400, , , ,
Spiral Review
10. Count by fives. 11. Count back by ones.
245, , , , 71, , , ,
12. Describe 45 in another way. 13. Describe 7 tens 9 ones in

another way.
tens ones
72 Go Math! Grade 2

CHAPTER 2
Name Lesson 3
Count On and Count Back
by 10 and 100
I Can use place value to find 10 more, 10 less,
100 more, and 100 less than a three-digit number.

World
Draw quick pictures for the numbers.
Apples
Hundreds Tens Ones
Oranges
Hundreds Tens Ones


Talk MP
structure.
FOR THE TEACHER • Tell children that the cafeteria has

Describe how the
342 apples for lunches. Have children draw quick pictures two numbers are
for 342. Then tell them that the cafeteria has 352 oranges
for lunches. Have them draw quick pictures for 352.
different.

Model and Draw
You can show 10 less or 10 more than a number
by changing the digit in the tens place.
10 less than 264 10 more than 264
2 5 4 2 7 4
You can show 100 less or 100 more than a number

by changing the digit in the hundreds place.
100 less than 264 100 more than 264
1 6 4 3 6 4
Share and Show Math

Board
Write the number.

1. 10 more than 648 2. 100 less than 513
                               
— —
                               
— —
74 Go Math! Grade 2

Name
On Your Own
Write the number.
                               
— —

                               
— —

                               
— —
11. 100 less than 712 12. 10 less than 254

                               
— —
13. Gaia wrote a riddle. Fill in the blanks to

make the riddle true.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (t) ©Lorelyn Medina/Shutterstock
              
  is 10 less than 848 and 10 more than               
  .
—
—
14. Rick has 10 more crayons than Lori.

Lori has 136 crayons. Tom has 10 fewer on the
Spot
crayons than Rick. How many crayons
does each child have?
                
Rick:  — crayons
                
Tom:  — crayons
                
Lori:  — crayons

World
15. Juan’s book has 248 pages. 16. There are 217 pictures in
This is 10 more pages than Tina’s book. There are
there are in Kevin’s book. 100 fewer pictures in Mark’s
How many pages are in book. How many pictures
Kevin’s book? are in Mark’s book?
                
pages                
pictures
— —
17. Use the clues to answer the question.

• Shawn counts 213 cars.
• Maria counts 100 fewer cars than Shawn.
• Jayden counts 10 more cars than Maria.
How many cars does Jayden count?                 
cars
—
18. Rico has 235 stickers. Gabby

has 100 more stickers than Rico.
Thomas has 10 fewer stickers
than Gabby. Write the number
of stickers each child has.
                                                  

— — —
Rico Gabby Thomas
name the number that is 100 more than 596.
76 Go Math! Grade 2

LESSON 2.3
Name
Count On and Count Back by
10 and 100
Write the number.
                    
                       
  
— —
                    
                       
  
— —
5. 10 less than 812 6. 100 more than 543
                    
                       
  
— —
7. 10 more than 218 8. 100 more than 379
                    
                       
  
— —

World

9. Sarai has 128 stickers. Alex has 10 fewer
stickers than Sarai. How many stickers
does Alex have?
               
stickers
—
10. Write Math Choose any three-

digit number. Describe how to find
the number that is 10 more.

Lesson Check
11. W rite the number that is 10 12. Write the number that is
less than 526. 100 more than 487.
                               
— —
Spiral Review
13. Circle tens to make 1 hundred. 14. What is the value of the
Write the number in different underlined digit?
ways.
587
               
—
        
  tens
—
15. What number can be written 16. What number can be written
as 30 + 5? as 9 tens and 1 one? © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
                               
— —
78 Go Math! Grade 2

CHAPTER 2
Name Lesson 4
Compare Numbers
I Can make a model to solve a problem about
comparing numbers.
Children bought 217 boxes of chocolate milk

and 188 boxes of plain milk. Did they buy
more boxes of chocolate milk or plain milk?
UNLOCK the Problem Real

World
What do I need to find? What information do I need

to use?
if the children bought  —more

                                 
boxes of chocolate milk
—
boxes
 —————— of chocolate milk
                                                        
   
                
boxes of plain milk
—
or    plain milk
                                                           
    
——————
Show how to solve the problem.

Model the numbers. Draw quick pictures of your models.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Paola Canzonetta/Shutterstock
The children bought more boxes of ——— milk.
HOME CONNECTION • Your child used base-ten blocks to represent the

numbers in the problem. These models were used as a tool for comparing
numbers to solve the problem.

Try Another Problem
• What do I need to
Model the numbers. Draw quick pictures find?
to show how you solved the problem. • What information do
I need to use?
1. At the zoo, there are 137 birds and
142 reptiles. Are there more birds
or more reptiles at the zoo? more ————
2. Tom’s book has 105 pages.

Delia’s book has 109 pages.
Whose book has fewer pages? ———— book

Talk MP
Explain what you did

to solve the second
problem.
80 Go Math! Grade 2
Name
Share and Show Math

Board
Model the numbers. Draw quick pictures

to show how you solved the problem.
3. Mary’s puzzle has 4. There are 246 people at

164 pieces. Nahuel’s puzzle the game. There are
has 180 pieces. Whose 251 people at the museum.
puzzle has more pieces? At which place are there
fewer people?
———— puzzle at the ————

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (tl) Ingram Publishing/Jupiterimages/Getty Images
5. There are 131 crayons in a 6. There are 308 books in

box. There are 128 crayons in the first room. There are
a bag. Are there more crayons 273 books in the second
in the box or in the bag? room. In which room are
there fewer books?
in the ———— in the ———— room

World
7. There are 748 children at Dan's school. There

are 651 children at Karen’s school. There are 763 on the
Spot
children at Jason’s school. Which school has more
than 759 children?
                                       
   school
—————
8. There are 136 crayons in a box. Use the

digits 4, 1, and 2 to write a number that is
greater than 136.
                                       
   
—————
9. Becky has 134 stamps. Midori has

129 stamps. Who has more stamps?
                                       
   
—————
Midori buys 10 more stamps. Who has more
stamps now?
                                       
   
—————
raw quick pictures to show

D
the stamps Becky and Midori
have now.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to explain how

they solved one of the problems on this page.
82 Go Math! Grade 2

LESSON 2.4
Name
Compare Numbers
Model the numbers. Draw quick pictures
to show how you solved the problem.
1. Lauryn has 128 marbles. Sefika has

118 marbles. Who has more marbles?
2. Nick has 189 trading cards. Kumar has

198 trading cards. Who has fewer cards?
3. A piano has 36 black keys and 52 white

keys. Are there more black keys or white
keys on a piano?
4. Write Math Draw to

show how you can use
models to compare 345
and 391.

Lesson Check
5. Chandra has 245 stickers. Circle 6. Malik’s book has 176 pages.
the number less than 245. Circle the number greater
than 176.
285 254 203 174

245 239 168 139
Spiral Review
7. Write 63 as a sum of tens 8. Write the number 58 in tens
and ones. and ones.
                                               

tens                
—+  
—  —  
— ones
9. Mr. Ford drove 483 miles during 10. Write 20 in words.

his trip. How many hundreds
are in this number?
               
—
84 Go Math! Grade 2

CHAPTER 2
Name Lesson 5
Use a Number Line to
Compare Numbers
I Can use a number line to compare numbers.
Explore Real
World
Draw points on the number lines for

the problem.
Ellie’s number line
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
Alfredo’s number line
0 100

Talk MP
Describe how you

decided where the
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the problem to
children. Ellie and Alfredo each want to draw points should go on
points for 28 and 63 on their number lines. Where Alfredo’s number line.
should the points be? Draw and label the points.

Model and Draw
On Monday, the cafeteria sold 379 chicken meals. On
Tuesday, the cafeteria sold 472 chicken meals. On
which day did the cafeteria sell more chicken meals?
Draw and label the points on the number line. Then
answer the question.
300 500
more less
Since 472 is after 379 on the number line, 472 is more.
The cafeteria sold more chicken meals on .
Share and Show Math

Board
1. Mrs. Garcia's class has earned 650 stars. Mr. Jones's

class has earned 680 stars. Which class has earned
fewer stars? Write the points on the number line.
Then answer the question.
610 700
2. There are 240 soccer players and 137 basketball

players in the second grade. Are there more
soccer players or basketball players?

answer the question.
100 300
86 Go Math! Grade 2

Name
On Your Own
3. Amani read 430 pages. Li read 460 pages. Who
read fewer pages? Write the points on the number
line. Then answer the question.
400 450 500
4. An apple weighs 258 grams. A grapefruit weighs

370 grams. An orange weighs 220 grams.
complete the sentence.
200 400
The apple weighs more than the
grapefruit.
5. The least of these points is for 200 and the greatest is

for 300. What numbers might the other points be? Label on the
Spot
all the points.

Draw and label the points on the number lines. Then

answer the questions.
6. MP Alex read 100 pages. Taj read 130 pages.
Who read more pages?
90 110 140
7. MP Shivali scored 940 points on a video game.

Kiko scored 910 points on the same video game.
Who scored fewer points?
900 950
8. Dakota has 510 beads. Jamal has 540 beads.

Bobby has 525 beads.
500 550
Bob has less than and more than .
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to show how they solved a
problem in the lesson.
88 Go Math! Grade 2

LESSON 2.5
Name
Use a Number Line to
Compare Numbers
1. Nino takes 220 steps. Octavia takes 270 steps.
Who took fewer steps? Draw and label the
points on the number line. Then answer the question.
200 250 300
2. On a video game, the first level has 420 coins. The second
level has 348 coins, and the third level has 310 coins.
Draw and label the points on the number line.
Then complete the sentence.
300 500
The second level has more coins than the
and fewer coins than the .
3. There are points on this number line for the numbers

525, 560, and a mystery number. Label all points
with numbers.
600
300 400 500
Which number is more than all the others?

Lesson Check
Draw and label the points on the number lines.
Then answer the questions.
4. Johann drove 820 miles. Matthias drove 740 miles.
Who drove more miles?
700 750 830
5. The beach cleanup crew collected 125 bags of

garbage in December. They collected 175 bags in
January. Which month did the beach cleanup crew
collect fewer bags of garbage?
100 200
Spiral Review
Write 10 more and 10 less than each number.
6. Write the number. 7. Write the number.
four hundred eighty-six six hundred ninety-three
8. Write the number using words. 9. Write the number using words.
175 529
90 Go Math! Grade 2

CHAPTER 2
Name Lesson 6
Use Symbols to Compare Numbers
I Can use symbols to compare three-digit numbers.

World
Draw quick pictures to solve the problem.
More ——— were at the park.


Talk MP
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following problem Explain how you
and have children draw quick pictures to compare
the numbers. There were 125 butterflies and compared the
132 birds at the park. Were there more butterflies
or more birds at the park?
numbers.

Model and Draw
Use place value to compare numbers. > is greater than
Start by looking at the digits in the < is less than
greatest place-value position first. = is equal to
4
Hundreds 3
8 Ones
Tens 3
Hundreds Tens 2
5 Ones
5 7 0 3 4 6
The hundreds are equal.
4 hundreds < 5 hundreds 5 tens > 4 tens
483 ●
< 570 352 ●
> 346
Share and Show Math

Board
Compare the numbers. Write >, <, or =.
1. 2.
2
Hundreds 3 Ones
Tens 9 4
Hundreds 3 Ones
Tens 5
1 7 9 4 3 7
239 ● 179 435 ● 437 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. 764 4. 519
674 572
764 ● 674 519 ● 572

92 Go Math! Grade 2
Name
On Your Own
5. 378 6. 6.
821
504 821
378 ● 504 821 ● 821
7. 560 8. 8.
934
439 943
560 ● 439 934 ● 943

Write the three-digit numbers and compare
the numbers. Use >, <, or =.
9. 10.
400 + 70 + 5 700 + 30 + 6
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©CartoonGalleria/Shutterstock
400 + 70 + 5 600 + 80 + 7
● ●
Write a three-digit number in the box that makes the
comparison true.
11. 526 < 12. 319 >
13. > 782 14. < 131

World

on the
15. Mrs. York has 300 red stickers, Spot
50 blue stickers, and 8 green
stickers. Mr. Reed has 372
stickers. Who has more stickers?
—————
16. Jasmine has some number cards.

Use the digits on these cards to make 1 5
2 three-digit numbers. Use each digit 2
only once. Compare the numbers.
6 8
3
                
 
—
●              
 
—
17. Is the comparison true? Choose Yes or No.
453 > 354 ● Yes ● No
253 < 164 ● Yes ● No
Yes No
391 > 417 ● ●
490 < 528 ● Yes ● No
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain how to

compare the numbers 281 and 157.
94 Go Math! Grade 2

LESSON 2.6
Name
Use Symbols to Compare Numbers

1. 489 2. 719
605 719
489 ● 605 719 ● 719
3. 370 4. 645
248 654
370 ● 248 645 ● 654
5. 205 6. 813
250 781
205 ● 250 813 ● 781
World

7. Levi has 178 pennies.
Bella has 190 pennies.
Who has more pennies?
has more pennies.
8. Write Math Explain how

comparing 645 and 738 is different
from comparing 645 and 649.

Lesson Check
9. Write >, <, or = to compare. 10. Write >, <, or = to compare.
315 ● 351 401 ● 399

Spiral Review
11. What number has the same 12. Write a number with an 8 in
value as 50 tens? the hundreds place.
                               
— —
13. Write the number of 14. Count back by 100. Write the
hundreds, tens, and ones. unknown number.
473
               
— hundreds 600, 500,                
—, 300, 200
               
— tens
                ones
—
96 Go Math! Grade 2

CHAPTER 2
Name Lesson 7
Order Numbers
I Can order three-digit numbers.

World
Write the numbers. Draw quick pictures for each.

Then complete the sentence.
                
red bouncy balls
—
                
blue bouncy balls
—
                
is less than                  
— — .
Math
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following and have Describe how
children compare. There are 364 red bouncy balls
and 346 blue bouncy balls in a machine. Children the numbers are
should write the numbers and draw quick pictures,
then use the numbers to complete the sentence.
different.

Model and Draw
You can compare digits to order numbers
from least to greatest. Start by looking at
the hundreds place.
The hundreds are the

Hundreds Tens Ones
same. 395 has the
most tens, so it is the
3 4 9 greatest.
3 4 2
3 9 5
                                 
                  
 
— —
—
least greatest
You can also use a number line. Plot the numbers.
300 400
The number line puts the numbers in order from
least to greatest. 349 is between 342 and 395.
Share and Show Math

Board
Compare the numbers. Write them in

order from least to greatest.
1. 1 33                                                   
   
1 42 — —
—
least greatest
1 25
2. 599                                  

                  
 
90 1 — —
—
least greatest
755
98 Go Math! Grade 2
Name
On Your Own
Compare the numbers. Write them in order from
least to greatest. Plot the numbers on the number line.
3. 212                                  
                  
 
222 — —
—
least greatest
202
200 250
4. 325                                  

                  
 
4 01 — —
—
least greatest
3 0 2
300 410

5. Mr. Damon has 3 boxes of paper with 153 sheets,
on the
214 sheets, and 180 sheets. Write the numbers in Spot
order from greatest to least. Remember to write
comparison symbols.
                                 
                  
 
— —
—
greatest least
6. Nisha wrote a number that is between 335 and 350.

Write a number that she could have used.
335 < < 350

7. There are 3 bags with 453 peanuts,
721 peanuts, and 598 peanuts. Which is the
greatest number?
                
 
—
8. Put 631, 321, and 621 on the number line. Which

number is the greatest? How do you know?
300 600 700
9. Juan writes the following numbers on a piece of

paper. Which of these numbers is the least?
● four hundred twenty-six
● 200 + 30 + 9
● 371
10. Which of these is true?
● 161 < 149 < 152

161 < 152 < 149
● 149 < 152 < 161
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to show how they solved a
problem in the lesson.
100 Go Math! Grade 2

LESSON 2.7
Name
Order Numbers
Compare the numbers. Write them in order
from least to greatest. Plot the numbers on
the number lines.
1. 513                                  

                  
 
523 — —
—
least greatest
503
500 510 520 524
2. 656                                                   

   
566 — — —

least greatest
665
560 570 580 590 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670
Problem Solving

3. Mehdi has 3 boxes of wrapping paper with 135 rolls,
250 rolls, and 160 rolls. Write the numbers in order from
greatest to least. Remember to write comparison symbols.
                                 
                  
 
— —
—
Which number is between the other two?                 

 
—

Lesson Check
4. Which of these numbers is the least?
● four hundred twenty-six

● 400 + 20 + 4
● 472
5. Karen scores 512 points. Josh scores 491 points.

Emily scores 611 points. Which of these is true?
● 611 < 491 < 512
● 611 < 512 < 491
● 491 < 512 < 611
6. Jasper, Harold, and Bella are bunnies at a zoo.

Jasper eats 103 carrots. Harold eats 158 carrots.
Bella eats 124 carrots. Which bunny eats the
most carrots?
Spiral Review
                
7. 40 tens = —
  hundreds
                
8. 5 hundreds =  — tens

Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 2
1. Compare the numbers. Write them in order from
least to greatest.
415
322
216
< <
least greatest
2. Juan has 204 trading cards. Yi has 212 trading

cards. Who has more trading cards?
3. Sanjo has 348 marbles. Harry has 100 fewer

marbles than Sanjo. Ari has 10 more marbles than
Harry. Write the number of marbles each child has.
Sanjo Ari Harry
Which number is between the other two?

4. Write the number that is 10 less than 473.
5. Is the comparison true? Choose Yes or No.
787 < 769 ● Yes ● No
405 > 399 ● Yes ● No
396 > 402 ● Yes ● No
128 < 131 ● Yes ● No
6. Anna walks 320 steps to the library. Johan walks 360

steps to the library. Fill in the missing numbers in the
number line.
310 330 340 350 370 380 390
Who took more steps?

Name
7. Marten has 218 stamps. Sari has 100

more stamps than Marten. How many
stamps does Sari have?
stamps
8. Dante has a book with 219 pages. Abigail has a

book with 10 fewer pages than Dante. How many
pages are in Abigail's book?
● 229 ● 209
● 319 ● 291
9. Write >, <, or = to compare the numbers.

482
297
482 ● 297
10. Count by fives.
20, 25, , , , ,
Chapter 2 105
11. Dan and Hannah collect toy cars. Dan has 132 cars.
Hannah has 138 cars. Who has more cars?
Dan gets 10 more cars. Hannah gets 3

more cars. Who has more cars now?
Draw quick pictures to show how

many cars Dan and Hannah have now.
Dan’s Cars Hannah’s Cars
12. Which of these is true?
●
177 < 198 < 134
●
128 < 134 < 177
●
134 < 177 < 148
13. Count by hundreds.
200, 300, , , , ,

Chapter
3
Name
Show What You Know
Use Symbols to Add

Use the picture. Use + and = to complete the
addition equation.
1.
3 ●1●4
2.
2 ●3●5
Sums to 10
Write the sum.
3.   
  4 4.   5
   5.   
  2 6.   6
   7.   
  9
+ _3 + _0 + _7 + _2 + _1
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (tcl) ©PhotoAlto/Getty Images
Doubles and Doubles Plus One

Write the addition equation.
8. 9.
       
— ●        
— ●        
—
       
— ●        
— ●        
—

Chapter 3 • Basic Facts 107

Vocabulary Builder
Review Words
addition
Visualize It subtraction
Sort the review words in the graphic organizer. plus
minus
equals
count on
count back
Addition Words Subtraction Words
plus
1. Circle the addition equation. 3+6=9 9−6=3 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2. Circle the subtraction equation. 8 + 2 = 10 10 − 2 = 8
3. Circle the count on fact. 5−1=4 4+1=5
4. Circle the count back fact. 8−2=6 6+2=8

CHAPTER 3
Name Lesson 1
Use Doubles Facts to Add
I Can use double facts to find sums for near
doubles facts.

World
Draw a picture to show the problem. Then write an

addition equation for the problem.
             
— ●               ●
—
             
—
                
toy cars
—
FOR THE TEACHER • Read this problem and have Math

children draw a picture for the problem. Nathan Talk MP Attend to precision.
has 6 toy cars. Alisha gives him 6 more toy cars.
How many toy cars does Nathan have now? After Explain why 4 + 4 = 8 is
children write an addition equation, have them
name other doubles facts that they know. called a doubles fact.

Model and Draw
You can use doubles facts to find sums for other facts.
3+4=? 7+6=?
3+3+1=? 7+7−1=?
3+3=6 7 + 7 = 14
6+1=7 14 − 1 = 13
So, 3 + 4 = —
  . So, 7 + 6 = —
  .
Share and Show Math

Board
Write a doubles fact you can use

to find the sum. Write the sum.
1. 2 + 3 =                
 
— 2. 4 + 5 =                
 
—
            
+             
=                          
+ —
= —                          
— — — —
3. 4 + 3 =             
 
— 4. 6 + 7 =                
 
—
            
+             
=                          
+ —
= —                          
— — — —
5. 5 + 6 =             
 
— 6.             
8 + 7 =—
 
            
+ —
= —                                       
+ —
= —                          
— —

Name
On Your Own
7.                
5+4=—
  8. 6 + 5 =                
 

—
                          
+— =—                         
 — +—            
=—            
—
9.                
6+7=—
  10. 7 + 8 =                
 

—
            
+—            
=—                                        =             
 — — + — —
11. 8                
+9=—
  12. 5 + 6 =                
 

—
            
 — +—            
=—                         
 — +—            
=—            
13. 7                
+6=—
  14. 9 + 8 =                
 

—
            
 — +—            
=—                         
 — +—            
=—            
15. Mr. Norris wrote a doubles fact. It has

a sum greater than 6. The numbers on the
Spot
that he added are each less than 6.
What fact might he have written?

World
16. Andrea has 8 red buttons and 9

blue buttons. How many buttons
does Andrea have?
             
buttons
—
17. Adolfo
sees 3 rabbits. Callie sees
double that number of rabbits.
How many more rabbits does
Callie see than Adolfo?
                
more rabbits
—
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (c) ©Getty Images/PhotoDisc
18. Could
you use the doubles fact to find
the sum for 4 + 5? Choose Yes or No.
4+4=8 ● Yes ● No
5 + 5 = 10 ● Yes ● No
9 + 9 = 18 ● Yes ● No
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to write three

different doubles facts with sums less than 17.

LESSON 3.1
Name
Use Doubles Facts to Add

1.          
2 + 3 =—
  2.          
7 + 6 =—
 
                                               

— + —
  =  
— — + —
  =  
—
3.          
3 + 4 =—
  4.          
8 + 9 =—
 
                                               

— + —
  =  
— — + —
  =  
—

World

5. There are 4 ants on a log. Then 5 ants
crawl onto the log. How many ants
are on the log now?
           ants
—
6. Write Math Draw or write to

show two ways to use a
doubles fact to find 6 + 7.

Lesson Check
7. W rite a doubles fact you can 8. W rite a doubles fact you
use to find the sum. Write the can use to find the sum.
sum. Write the sum.
       
4+3=—
 
       
6+7=—
 
        +          =                 +          =        

 — —  —  — —  —
Spiral Review
9. There are 451 children in 10. What number is shown with
Lia’s school. Write a number these blocks?
greater than 451.
                 
— —
11. W rite a number with the digit 12. Which number is a number
8 in the tens place. in the list when you count by
twos: 2, 4, 6, 8,...? © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
11

14

          17

—
19


CHAPTER 3
Name Lesson 2
Practice Addition Facts
I Can recall different ways to
remember sums.

World
Draw pictures to show the problems.
———
———
Math
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following two Explain how the two
problems. Have children draw a picture and write
an equation for each. On Monday, Tony saw 3 problems are alike.
dogs and 6 cats. How many animals did he see? Explain how they are
On Tuesday, Tony saw 6 dogs and 3 cats. How
many animals did he see? different.

Model and Draw
These are some ways to remember facts.
You can count on Changing the

1, 2, or 3. order of the
addends does not
change the sum.
6+1=—   7
      
6+2=—       
  8  —
      
8 =2+6
6 + 3 =       
  9
— —  8 = 6 + 2
      
Share and Show Math

Board
Write the sums.
1. 4 + 4 =         
  2.         
5+0=—
  3. 3 + 8 =         
 
—
—
        
4 + 5 =—          
2+0=—
  8 + 3 =         
 

—
 
4. — = 5+5 5.         
5+7=—
 
        
 
6. — = 7+7
  = 5+4         
7+5=—
          
  =7+8
—
—
        
 
7. — = 3+7 8.         
9+3=—
 
        
 
9. — = 6+6
  = 7+3         
3+9=—
          
  = 6+5
—
—

Name
On Your Own
Write the sums.
10. 7 + 1 =         
   
11. — = 4+0 12. 5         
+5=—
 
—
        
1 + 7 =—   
— =
9+0 5 + 4 =         
 
—
13. 8 + 2 =         
 
— 14. 3 + 3 =         
—  15. 7         
+8=—
 
        
2+8=—
  3 + 4 =         
          
8+7=—
 

—
16. —
  = 4+1 17. 0 + 7 =         
—  18. 8 + 8 =         
 
—
  = 1+4         
0 + 6 =—         

8+9=—
—
19. 5 + 3 =         
—  20. —
  = 9+9 21. 6         
+7=—
 
3 + 5 =         
—   
— = 9+8 7 + 6 =         
 
—

22. Sam painted 3 pictures. Ellie painted

twice as many pictures as Sam. on the
Spot
How many pictures did they paint

altogether?
                
pictures
—

World
23. Chloe
draws 8 pictures. Moua
draws 1 more picture than Chloe.
How many pictures do they draw?
                
pictures
—
24. Luisa made 9 clay bowls

last week. She made the
same number of clay bowls
this week. How many clay
bowls did she make in
two weeks?
                
clay bowls
—
25. There are 9 raisins in the bowl. Devon puts

8 more raisins in the bowl. Complete the
addition equation to find how many raisins
are in the bowl now.
               
+—  =—                                 
—
               
raisins
—
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to write several addition

facts that they know.

LESSON 3.2
Name
Practice Addition Facts
Write the sums.
1.        
9+1=—
  2.        
7+ 6=—
  3.        
8+0=—
 
          
1+9=—
  6 + 7 =         
 
— 5 + 0 =           
 
—
       
4. —
= 7+9 5.        
4 + 4 =—
  6.        
9+9=—
 
       
= 9+7        
4+5=—
  9 + 8 =        
 
—
—
7.        
8 + 8 =—
  8.        
2 + 2 =—
 
       
9. —
= 6+3
       
8+7=—
         
2+3=—
          
=3+6

—
10.        
6 + 6 =—
 
       
11. —
= 0+7 12.        
5 + 5= —
 
       
6+7=—
         
= 0+9 5 + 6 =        
 

— —

World

13. Jason has 7 puzzles. Quincy has the same
number of puzzles as Jason. How many
puzzles do they have altogether?
        puzzles
—
14. Write Math Write or draw to

explain a way to find each
sum: 6 + 7, 8 + 4, 2 + 9.

Lesson Check
15. What is the sum? 16. What is the sum?
       
8+7=—
  2 + 9 =        
 

—
Spiral Review
17. Write another way to 18. Write the number that is
describe 43. 100 more than 276.
       
  +  
               
— — —
19. Count by tens. 20. Write <, >, or = to

compare.
       ,        
20, 30, 40,  —  
—

       
 
,— 127         
— 142

CHAPTER 3
Name Lesson 3
Make a Ten to Add
I Can make a ten to add.

World
Write the fact below the ten frame when you

hear the problem that matches the model.
————— —————
————— —————
—————

Talk MP
structure.
problem. There are 6 large dogs and 4 small
dogs. How many dogs are there? Have children Describe a pattern
find the ten frame that models the problem and you see in these make
write the addition equation. Repeat by revising
the story for each addition fact represented by a ten facts.
the other ten frames.

Model and Draw
7+5
7+5=?
You need to add 3 to 7 to make a 7+3+2
ten. Break apart 5 as 3 and 2.
+3 +2
  12
                
10 + 2 = —
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15              
So, 7 + 5 = —
.

Share and Show Math

Board
Show how you can make a ten to find the sum.

Write the sum.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1.            
8+3=—
  2.            
2+9=—
 
2 1 1 1
           
10 + —
             
=—
  10 +            
             
=—
 

—
                         
3. 8+5=—
  4. 4+7=—
 
           
10 + —
  =            
             
10 + —
  =            
 
—
—
5.            
3+9=—
  6.            
7+6=—
 
           
10 + —
               
=—
 
           
10 + —
 
             
=—
 

Name
On Your Own
Write the sum.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
7.            
4+9=—
  8.            
9+8=—
 
3 1 1 7
10 +            
 
—
           
=—
  10 +            
 
— =            
 
—
9.            
8+6=—
  10. 5            
+9=—
 
10 +            
             
=—
             
10 + —
             
=—
 
—
11. 7            
+9=—
  12. 8            
+4=—
 
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (c) ©Vinicius Tupinamba/Shutterstock
10 +            
 
—
           
=—
 
           
10 + —
             
=—
 

13. Mateo
is thinking of a doubles fact.
The sum is greater than the sum
of 7 + 7 but less than the sum
of 8 + 9. What fact is Mateo
           
  +—           
  =—           
 
thinking of? —
14. There
are 5 bees in a hive. How
many more bees need to fly into
on the
the hive for there to be 14 bees? Spot
             
more bees
—

World
15. There are 9 large bicycles at

the store. There are 6 small
bicycles at the store. How
many bicycles are at
the store?
                
bicycles
—
16. Thao
is thinking of a doubles
fact. It has a sum that is
greater than the sum of
6 + 4 but less than the
sum of 8 + 5. What fact
                 +                 
                  
=—
 
is Thao thinking of? — —
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (b) ©Siede Preis/Photodisc/Getty Images
17. Nala
has 8 shells. Then she picks up 5 more
shells. Draw to show how to find the number
of shells Nala has now.
             
How many shells does Nala have now?  _ shells
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to name pairs of

numbers that have a sum of 10. Then have your child write
the addition equations.

LESSON 3.3
Name
Make a Ten to Add

Write the sum.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1.        
       
9+7=—
  2.        
        
8+5=—
—

1 6
       
10 + —
 
       
=—
 
       
10 + —
 
       
=—
 
3.        
       
8+6=—
 — 4.        
       
3 + 9 =—
 

—

       
10 + —
 
       
=—
 
       
10 + —
 
       
=—
 
5.        
       
8 + 7 =—
 —
6.        
       
6 + 5 =—
 —

       
10 + —
 
       
=—
 
       
10 + —
 
       
=—
 

World

7. There are 9 children on the bus. Then 8 more children get
on the bus. How many children are on the bus now?
        
—children
8. Write Math Describe how you can

use the make a ten strategy to find
the sum 7 + 9.

Lesson Check
9. Circle the fact with the same 10. W rite a fact with the same
sum as 8 + 7. sum as 7 + 5.
10 + 3
                 
10 + 4 —+ —
10 + 5
10 + 6
Spiral Review
11. W rite the number shown by 12. Write the number shown by
200 + 10 + 7. 15 tens and 6 ones.
                 
— —
13. What is the value of the 14. Count by tens.

underlined digit?
65
20, 30,                  

,—         
, —
—
       
—

CHAPTER 3
Name Lesson 4
Relate Addition and Subtraction
I Can identify how addition and subtraction
are related.

World
Complete the bar model to show the problem.
8 7
             
soccer balls
—
15
             
soccer balls
—
Math
problems. Have children complete the Explain how the
bar model for each. The soccer team has
8 red balls and 7 yellow balls. How many
bar models for the
soccer balls does the team have? The problems are alike
soccer team has 15 balls inside the locker
room. The children took the 7 yellow and how they are
balls outside. How many soccer balls different.
were inside?

Model and Draw
You can use addition facts to remember Think of the
differences. Related facts have the addends in an addition
same whole and parts. fact to find the
diffe rence for a related
subtraction fact.
6 7 7
13 13
  13
             
6+7=— 13 − 7 =              
 
—
Share and Show Math

Board
Write the sum and the difference

for the related facts.
1.         
5+ 4=—
  2.         
2 + 7 = —
  3.         
3 + 8 = —
 
9         
−4=—
 
        
9−2=—
 
        
11 − 8 = —
 
4.         
5+8=—
 
        
  = 1
5. — +8 6.         
9+ 9=—
 
13 − 5 =         
           = 9 − 1
        
18 − 9 = —
 
—
—

        =
7.  — 8+7 8. 4         
+7=—
  9. 7 + 5 =         
 
—
         = 15 − 8
 — 11
        
−7=—
 
        
12 − 7 = —
 

Name
On Your Own
Write the sum and the difference for

the related facts.
10. 4         

+ 3 =   — 11. 2         
+ 6 =   — 12.         
6 + 4 =   —
        
7 − 3 =   — 8 − 6 =                    
10 − 6 = —
 

—
13. 7         

+ 3 =   — 14.         
8 + 6 =   —
        =
15.   — 3+9
        
10 − 7 =   —
        
14 − 6 =   —
         = 12 − 9
  —
16. 6         

+ 5 =   — 17. 7 + 7 =           
— 18.         
9 + 6 =   —
        
11 − 5 =   —          15 − 9 =           
14 − 7 =   —

—
19.         

5 + 9 =   —
        =
20.   — 4+8 21.         
9 + 7 =   —
14 − 9 =                     = 12 − 4

  —         
16 − 7 =   —
—
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Teguh Mujiono/Shutterstock
Write a related subtraction fact for each addition fact.

22. 7 + 8 = 15 23. 5 + 7 = 12
———— ————
24. 6 + 7 = 13 25. 9 + 8 = 17
———— ————

Problem Solving • Applications Math

26. Dora has 7 kites. Dora
has 4 fewer kites than
Pam. How many kites does
Pam have?
                
more kites
—
27. Mr.
Sims has a bag of
7 pears and a bag of on the
Spot
6 pears. His family eats
5 pears. How many pears
does he have now?
                
pears
—
28. Elin
counts 7 geese in the water and some
geese on the shore. There are 16 geese in all.
Draw a model or a picture to show the two groups of geese.
rite an equation that can help you find how

W © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (c) ©Getty Images/Photodisc
many geese are on the shore.
                                                          
   
————
               
How many geese are on the shore?  — geese
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to name some

subtraction facts that they know well.

LESSON 3.4
Name
Relate Addition and Subtraction
Write the sum and the difference for
the related facts.
1.        
9 + 6 =—
  2.        
8 + 5 =—
  3.        
9 + 9 =—
 
       
15 − 6 = —
 
       
13 − 5 = —
 
       
18 − 9 = —
 
4.        
7 + 3 =—
  5.        
7 + 5 =—
  6.        
6 + 8 =—
 
       
10 − 3 = —
 
        
12 − 5 = —
 
       
14 − 6 = —
 
7.        
6 + 7 =—
  8.        
8 + 8 =—
  9.        
6 + 4 =—
 
       
13 − 6 = —
 
       
16 − 8 = —
 
       
10 − 4 = —
 

World
10. There are 13 children on the bus. Then

5 children get off the bus. How many
children are on the bus now?
        
—children
Write Math Write a related subtraction fact for

11.
9 + 3 = 12. Explain how the two facts are related.

Lesson Check
12. W rite a related addition fact 13. Write a related subtraction
for 15 − 6 = 9. fact for 5 + 7 =12.
                                               

— + —
  =—
 
— − —
  =—
 
Spiral Review
14. What is another way to 15. What is the next number in
write 4 hundreds? the pattern?
               
— 515, 615, 715, 815, —
 
16. What number is 10 more 17. Write the number 110 as a

than 237? sum of hundreds and tens.
                       

— + —
—  

CHAPTER 3
Name Lesson 5
Practice Subtraction Facts
I Can recall different ways to remember
differences.

World
Use Gina’s model to answer the question.
Gina’s Model
Math
Explain how the

different facts for
Gina’s model are
FOR THE TEACHER • Tell children that Gina put related.
4 color tiles inside the circle and then put 3 color
tiles outside the circle. Then ask: What addition
fact could be written for Gina’s model? Repeat
with stories for the three facts that are related
to this addition fact.

Model and Draw
These are some ways to find differences.
You can count back by 1, 2, or 3. You can think about a unknown
addend to subtract.
        
7−2=—
 
Start with 7.
Say: 6, 5.
8−5=■ 5+3=8
        
9−3=—
 
Start with 9.
So,         
8−5=—
  .
Say: 8, 7, 6
Share and Show Math

Board
Write the difference.
1. 6
        
− 4 =  — 2. 10 − 7 =           3.  —= 5−2
—
4. 14 − 6 =         
 
—
        =
5. — 8−4 6. 11         
− 3 =  —
7. —
  = 7−5 8.         
10 − 4 =  — 9. 5 − 0 =          

—
10. 13         
− 9 =   — 11.         
9 − 3 =   — 12.  —= 7−6
13. 12         
− 3 =   — 14. 6         
− 3 =  — 15. 9         
− 5 =   —
16. 10         
− 6 =   — 17. —= 8−3 18. 13         
− 5 =   —

Name
On Your Own
19. 11 − 2 =            20. 9         

− 7 =   — 21.   —= 7−4
—
        
12 − 5 =   —         
− 6 =  — 24.           
22. 23. 8
—= 7−0
25.   —= 10 −5 26. 15         

− 8 =   — 27. 13 − 7 =           
—
28. 10 − 8 =           29. 8         

− 5 =   — 30.   —= 9−6
—
31.  —= 9−4 32. 11 − 8 =            33. 12         

− 7 =   —
—
34. Write
the differences.
Then write the next fact on the
in the pattern. Spot
        
10 − 1 =   — 12 − 9 =         
          
18 − 9 = —
 

—
        
8−1=—
 
        
13 − 9 = —
 
        
17 − 8 = —
 
        
6−1=—
          
14 − 9 = —
          
16 − 7 = —
 

        
4−1=—
 
        
15 − 9 = —
 
        
15 − 6 = —
 
                        
                           
                           
  
——— ——— ———
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • With your child, practice
saying subtraction facts from this lesson.

35. There are 16 plates on the shelf.

Some of the plates were moved
to the table. Now there are 8 plates
on the shelf. How many plates were
moved to the table?
        
  plates
—
36. Tula has 12 books. Susita has

7 books. How many fewer books
does Susita have than Tula?         
  fewer books
—
37. Alberto has 8 straws. Alberto

has 9 fewer straws than Yolanda.
How many straws does Yolanda
have?         
  straws
—
38. Lily has some toy cars. Yong has 5 toy

cars. Together, they have 11 toy cars.
How many toy cars does Lily have?
        toy cars
 —
39. Some flamingos are standing in

the water. Four more flamingos
join them. Now there are thirteen
flamingos standing in the water.
How many flamingos were there
to start?
        
  flamingos
—

LESSON 3.5
Name
Practice Subtraction Facts
1. 15 − 9         
 
=— 2. 10 −         
2 =—
          
3. —
= 13 − 5
4. 14 − 7         
 
=— 5. 18 − 8         
 
=— 6. 12 − 7         
 
=—
        
7. —
= 10 − 3 8. 16 − 7 =         
  9. 8 −         
4 =—
 
—
10. 11 − 5         
 
=— 11. 13 −         
6=—
  12.         
= 12 − 9

—
13.         
16 − 9 = —
 
        
14. —
= 11 − 9 15. 14 − 10         
 
=—

World
16. M
r. Li has 17 pencils. He gives 10 pencils
to some students. How many pencils does
Mr. Li have now?
        
—pencils
17. W
rite Math Write or draw to
explain two different ways to find
the difference for 12 − 3.

Lesson Check
18. Write the difference. 19. Write the difference.
13 − 6 = —
       
12 − 3 = —
       

Spiral Review
20. What is the value of the 21. Count on by hundreds.
underlined digit?
625
       
— 405,  —  
       , —
        
       
,—
22. Devin has 39 toy blocks. What 23. Which number has the same
is the value of the digit 9 in value as 20 tens?
this number? © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
       
—        
—

CHAPTER 3
Name Lesson 6
Use Ten to Subtract
I Can use ten to subtract.

World
Circle to show the amount you subtract

for each problem.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Talk MP
structure.
Describe a pattern
in the three problems
and answers.
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following problem.
Deveron has 13 crayons. He gives 3 crayons to Tyler.
How many crayons does Deveron have now? Have
children circle the part of the blue line segment
that shows what is subtracted from the total.
Repeat for two more problems.

Model and Draw
You can subtract in steps to use a tens fact.
14 − 6 = ?
4 2
Subtract in steps:
14 - 4 = 10
-2 -4
10 - 2 = 8
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
So,   8 .
14 − 6 =         
—
Share and Show Math

Board
Show the tens fact you used. Write the difference.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Virinaflora/Shutterstock

1. 12 − 5 = —
          
  2. 11 − 6 = —
 
          
2 3 1 5
10 − —
          
  =—
          
 
10 − —
          
  =—

          
 
3. 15 − 7 = —
 
           4. 13 − 7 = —
 
          
10 − —
          
  =—
          
 
10 − —
          
  =—

          
 

Name
On Your Own
Show the tens fact you used. Write the difference.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
5. 13 − 5 = —
 
           6. 15 − 6 = —
 
          
10 − —
          
  =—
          
 
10 − —
          
  =—
          
 

7. 12 − 8 = —
 
           8. 14 − 8 = —
 
          
10 − —
          
  =—

          
  10 − —
          
  =—
          
 

9. T
hinh had 15 stickers. He gave Hui Mei
and Rie each the same number of stickers.
Now Thinh has 7 stickers. How many
stickers did he give to each girl?

         
—stickers

10. Beth
has a box of 16 crayons.
She gives 3 crayons to Jake
on the
and 7 crayons to Wendy. How Spot
many crayons does Beth
have now?
         
—crayons

Write equations that use 9−2

both addition and subtraction.
Use each choice only once. 3+4
11.
1+4
9 − 2 =   —
             
  — 3 + 4
             
14 − 6
7 = 7 5+4
15 − 6
12.
10 − 5
                 =                    
  
—
— 4+4
13. 14.
                 =                    
                    =                    
  
—
— —
—
15. Does the equation have the same

difference as 15 – 7 = ■?
Choose Yes or No.
10 − 6 = ■ ● Yes ● No
10 − 2 = ■ ● Yes ● No
10 − 4 = ■ ● Yes ● No
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to name pairs of numbers

that have a difference of 10. Then have them write the equations.

LESSON 3.6
Name
Use Ten to Subtract
Show the tens fact you used.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1.        
14 − 6 = —
2.        
12 − 7 = —

       
10 − —

       
=—

         
10 − —

         
=—
 
3.        
13 − 7 = —
4.        
15 − 8 = —

       
10 − —
       
=—

       
10 − —
       
=—


World
5. Trey read 15 pages on Monday night and

9 pages on Tuesday night. How many more
pages did he read on Monday night than on
Tuesday night?
        
—more pages
6. Write Math Describe how

to use a tens fact to find the
difference for 15 − 8.

Lesson Check
7. Show the tens fact you used. 8. Show the tens fact you used.
Write the difference. Write the difference.
       
12 − 6 = —
 
       
13 − 8 = —
 
10 − 4 =        
 
— 10 − 5 =        
 
—
Spiral Review
9. Write a related subtraction 10. Manuel has 8 trucks. Carmen
fact for 7 + 3 = 10. has 1 more truck than Manuel.
How many trucks do they have
together?
       
——— — trucks
11. There were 276 people on 12. Write >, <, or = to compare.
an airplane. Write a number
greater than 276.
                
 
537 — 375
—

CHAPTER 3
Name Lesson 7
Use Equations to Represent Problems
I Can use equations to represent
addition and subtraction problems.

World
Write a story problem that could be solved

using this bar model.
15
                                                                                                         
   
      
—————————————
                                                                                                         
   
      
—————————————
                                                                                                         
   
      
—————————————
                                                                                                         
   
      
—————————————
                                                                                                         
   
      
—————————————
Math
Would you add or

subtract to solve
FOR THE TEACHER • Discuss with children how
this bar model can be used to represent an
your story problem?
addition or a subtraction situation. Explain.

Model and Draw
An equation can be used to show a problem.
There were some red tables and 4 yellow tables at the park.
There were 9 tables in all. How many red tables were
at the park?
The ■ is a
■+4=9 placeholder
for the unknown
Think: 5+4=9 number.
5 red tables at the park.

         
So, there were  —
Share and Show Math

Board
Write an equation for each problem.

Use a ■ for the unknown number. Then solve.
1. T
here were 14 ants on the
sidewalk. Then 6 ants went
into the grass. How many
ants were still on the sidewalk?
                                      
   
   
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (bcl) ©Getty Images
———
             
ants
—
2. T
here were some big dogs and
4 little dogs at the park. There
were 11 dogs in all. How many big
dogs were at the park?
                                      
   
   
———
              big dogs

—

Name
On Your Own
Write an equation for each problem.
3. A
group of children were flying
13 kites. Some kites were put
away. Then the children were
flying 7 kites. How many kites                                       
   
   
———
were put away?
             
kites
—
4. T
here are 18 people at the
field. Nine of the people are
playing soccer. How many
                                      
   
   
people are not playing soccer? ———
             
people
—
5. E
lijah found 9 acorns. Nasir
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (bc) ©Juniors Bildarchiv/Alamy
found 6 acorns. How many

acorns did the two boys find?
                                      
   
   
———
             
acorns
—
6. There
were some ducks in a
pond. Four more ducks joined on the
them. Then there were 12 ducks Spot
in the pond. How many ducks
were in the pond at first?
             
ducks
—

World
Read the story. Write or draw to show

how you solved the problems.
At camp, 5 children are playing games

and 4 children are making crafts.
5 other children are having a snack.
7. H
ow many children are
at camp?
                
children
—
8. Suppose
7 more children arrive
at camp and join the children
playing games. How many more
children are playing games than
children not playing games?
                
more children
—
9. S
amira had 9 crayons. She gave 4 crayons
to her brother. How many crayons does
Samira have now? Write an equation for the
problem. Use ■ for the unknown number.
Then solve.
                                      
   
  
 
———
             
Samira has — crayons now.


LESSON 3.7
Name
Use Equations to Represent Problems
Write an equation for the problem. Use a ■ for

the unknown number. Then solve.
1. There were 15 apples in a bowl.

Levi used some apples to make                              
  
a pie. Now there are 7 apples in
the bowl. How many apples did         
—apples
Levi use?
2. Theresa has 16 gift bags. She

fills 8 gift bags with whistles.
How many gift bags are not                              
  
  
filled with whistles?
        
—gift bags

World
Write or draw to show
how you solved the problem.
3. Tony has 7 blue cubes and 6 red cubes.

How many cubes does he have?
        
—cubes
4. Write Math Write a story

problem for the addition equation
7 + ■ = 9. Solve the story
problem.

Lesson Check
5. Fred peeled 9 carrots. Nancy 6. Omar has 8 marbles. Yerin has
peeled 6 carrots. How many 7 marbles. How many marbles
fewer carrots did Nancy peel do they have together?
than Fred?
               
— fewer carrots — marbles
Spiral Review
        
8 +8 = —
 
        
5 + 7 =—
 
9. What number has the same 10. What is another way to write the
value as 1 hundred 7 tens? number 358?
                           

          
— —hundreds — tens — ones

Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 3
1. Erin puts 4 medium cans and 5 large cans on a
shelf. How many cans does she put on the shelf?
Use a doubles fact to add.
+ +
cans
2. Fill in the bubble next to all the doubles facts you

could use to find the sum of 3 + 2?
● 2+2
● 5+5
● 3+3
● 1+1
3. Does the equation have the same

difference as 14 − 6 = ■?
Choose Yes or No.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
10 − 1 = ■ Yes No
● ●
10 − 2 = ■ ● Yes ● No
10 − 3 = ■ ● Yes ● No
10 − 4 = ■ ● Yes ● No

4. Mr. Brown sold 5 red backpacks and 8 blue backpacks. Write
the equation. Show how you can make a ten to find the sum.
Write the sum.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
5+8=
10 + =
5. There are 9 turtles in the water. Some more

turtles are on the log. There are 17 turtles in all.
Draw a picture of the two groups of turtles.
Write an equation that can help you find how

many turtles are on the log.
How many turtles are on the log? turtles
6. Some beach umbrellas were on the beach. Then 8 were taken

down. Now there are 7 beach umbrellas left on the beach.
How many beach umbrellas were there at the start?
Write an equation for the problem.

beach umbrellas
Name
7. L ily sees 12 tan puppies and 8 white puppies at

the pet store. How many more tan
puppies than white puppies does
she see? Draw a picture and write
an equation to solve.
more tan puppies
8. Mark counts 6 ducks in a pond and some

ducks on the grass. There are 14 ducks in all.
Draw a picture to show the two groups of ducks.
Write an equation that can help you find how many

ducks are on the grass.
+ =
How many ducks are on the grass? ducks
9. There are 4 peaches in a basket. Mrs. Dalton

puts 7 more peaches in the basket. Complete the

addition equation to find how many peaches are in
the basket now.
+ =
peaches
Chapter 3 153
10. Use the numbers on the tiles to write the differences.
Then write the next fact in the pattern.
4 5 6 7
12 − 6 = 11 − 6 =
12 − 7 = 12 − 6 =
12 − 8 = 13 − 6 =
11. Carlos read 6 books over the summer. Estania

read 4 more books than Carlos. How many
books did they read altogether?
books
12. Hank has 13 grapes. He gives 5 grapes to his sister.

How many grapes does Hank have now? Write an
equation for the problem. Use ■ for the unknown
number. Then solve.
grapes

Chapter
4
Name
Show What You Know
Model Numbers to 20
Write the number that tells how many.
1.
2.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Skip Count 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Use the hundred chart. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
3. Skip count by 2s. Write the missing 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
numbers.
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
14, 16, , 20, , 24 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Doubles
Write the addition equation.
4. 5.
       
— ●        
— ●        
—
       
— ●        
— ●
Chapter 4 • Equal Groups 155

Vocabulary Builder
Review Words
addition
Visualize It count back
Sort the review words in the graphic organizer. count on
equals
minus
plus
subtraction
Addition Words Subtraction Words
plus
Circle the pictures that show equal groups.

CHAPTER 4
Name Lesson 1
Even and Odd Numbers
I Can identify even and odd numbers.
Listen and Draw
Use to show each number.


Talk MP
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following When you make pairs for 7
problem. Beca has 8 toy cars. Can she put her
cars in pairs on a shelf? Have children set pairs
and for 10, how are these
of cubes vertically on the ten frames. Continue models different? Explain.
the activity for the numbers 7 and 10.

Model and Draw
Count out cubes for each number.
Even numbers can be
represented as two equal groups.
Odd numbers can be
represented as two equal groups
with one left over.
8   — even
                
9   — odd
                
                
12 —
 
                
15 —
 
The number 9 is odd because it can be represented

as two equal groups with one left over.
You can also skip count by 2s to identify the even
numbers.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10                 
10 is —
 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20                 
13 is —
 
                
20 is —
 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Share and Show Math

Board
Use cubes. Count out the number of cubes.

Make pairs. Then write even or odd.
1.                              
6 ——
    2.                              
3  ——
  
3.                              
2  ——
   4.                              
9 ——
   

Name
On Your Own
Shade in the ten frames to show the number.
Circle even or odd.
5. 17 6. 16 7. 19
even odd even odd even odd
8. There are an even number of blue chairs and

an odd number of green chairs in Fiora's class.
How many blue chairs could be in her class?
How many green chairs? Show your work.
9. W
hich two numbers in the box
are even numbers? 8 5
                
 —                 
and —
  3

6
Explain how you know that they
are even numbers.

World
on the
10. Fill in the blanks to describe the groups Spot
of numbers. Write even or odd.
                             
 ——
   numbers                              
  
  numbers
——
13 4
19 18
12
7
Write each of these numbers inside the

correct loop.
5 6 10 11 14 15
11. Does each ten frame show an

even number? Choose Yes or No.
● Yes ● No
● Yes ● No
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child show you a number, such
as 9, using small objects and explain why the number is even or odd.

LESSON 4.1
Name
Even and Odd Numbers
Shade in the ten frames to show the number.

Circle even or odd.
1. 15 2. 18 3. 11
even odd even odd even odd

World
4. Mr. Dell has an odd number 9 sheep and 10 cows

of sheep and an even number
6 sheep and 11 cows
of cows on his farm. Circle the
choice that could tell about 8 sheep and 12 cows
his farm.
5. Write two odd numbers and

two even numbers. Explain
how you know which numbers
are even and which are odd.

Lesson Check
6. Circle the even number. 7. Circle the odd number.
3 2
4 6
5 7
9 8
Spiral Review
8. Subtract. 9. Add.
13 − 5 9+8
        
 —         
 
—
10. What is the value of the 3 11. Count back by tens. Write
in 356? the next three numbers.
              
  ,       
80, 70, 60, —      
—
—,  —

CHAPTER 4
Name Lesson 2
Represent Even Numbers
I Can explain why an even number can be shown
as the sum of two equal addends.

World
Make pairs with your cubes. Draw to show the cubes.

Then write the numbers you say as you count to find
the number of cubes.
cubes

Talk MP
quantitatively.
FOR THE TEACHER • Give each small group Explain how you know if
of children a set of 10 to 15 connecting cubes.
After children group their cubes into pairs, have a number modeled with
them draw a picture of their cubes and write
their counting sequence for finding the total
cubes is an even number.
number of cubes.

Model and Draw
An even number of cubes can be You can match each
shown as two equal groups. cube in the first group
with a cube in the
second group.
6=3+3 10 = 5 + 5
Share and Show Math

Board
How many cubes are there in all? Complete each

addition equation to show the equal groups.
                                                      

1.  — = —+—   2. — =—  +  
—
                 
3.  —           
  4.                   
          
 
= —
+—
—= —
+—

Name
On Your Own
Shade in the frames to show two equal groups
for each number. Complete each addition equation
to show the groups.
5. 10 6. 16
        
                              
                   
—= — +—

—= — +  —

7. Elena and José have 18 postcards

together. They each have the same
number of postcards. How many postcards
do Elena and José each have?
        
  postcards
—
The number 7 is an odd number. Marc showed

7 with this addition equation. Use Marc’s
on the
way to show these odd numbers with addition Spot
equations.
7=3+3+1
       
5 =—        
+—        
+— 11 =        
+                 
8.       9.  — —+  —
10. 9 =        
  +—       
  +—       
  11. 13        
=—  +        
  +—         
—
—

World
12. Jacob and Lucas each have

the same number of shells.
Together they have 16 shells.
How many shells do Jacob and
Lucas each have?
         
Jacob: —
  shells
         
Lucas: —
  shells
13. Choose an even number between

10 and 19. Draw a picture and then write
an equation to explain why it is an even number.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (tl) ©Jules Frazier/Photodisc/Getty Images
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain what they

learned in this lesson.

LESSON 4.2
Name
Represent Even Numbers
Shade in the frames to show two equal

groups for each number. Complete each
addition equation to show the groups.
1. 8
         = __
 __          
 
         
+ __
 
2. 18
         = __
__          
 
         
+ __
 
3. 10
         = __
__          
 
         
+ __
 
4. 14
         = __
__          
 
         
+ __
 
5. 20
         = __
__          
 
         
+ __
 

World

6. The seats in a van are in pairs. There are
16 seats. How many pairs of seats are there?
        
—pairs of seats
7. Write Math Draw or write to show

that the number 18 is an even
number.

Lesson Check
8. Circle the sum that is an even 9. Circle the sum that is an even
number. number.
9 + 9 = 18 1 + 2 = 3
9 + 8 = 17 3 + 3 = 6
8 + 7 = 15 2 + 5 = 7
6 + 5 = 11 6 + 7 = 13
Spiral Review
10. Circle the even number. 11. Circle the odd number.
7 4
9 11
10 16
13 20
12. Ray has an odd number of 13. Circle the face with the same
cats. He also has an even sum as 6 + 9.
number of dogs. Complete 10 + 3
the sentence.
10 + 4
10 + 5
Ray has  —        cats and 10 + 8
        
  dogs.
—

CHAPTER 4
Name Lesson 3
Equal Groups
I Can solve a problem about equal groups.
Theo puts his stickers in 5 rows.

There are 3 stickers in each row.
How many stickers does Theo have?

World
What do I need to find? What information do

I need to use?
How many stickers                     
  ——— 5 rows of stickers
does Theo have?
                         
  
  ——— 3 stickers in each row

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (t) ©SketchMaster/Shutterstock
                
stickers
—
HOME CONNECTION • Your child used counters to

act out the problem. Counters are a concrete tool
that help children act out the problem.

Try Another Problem • What do I need to
Act out the problem. find?
• What information do
Draw to show what you did.
I need to use?
1. Maria puts all her postcards in 4 rows.

There are 3 postcards in each row. How
many postcards does Maria have?                 
postcards
—
2. Jamal puts 4 toys in each box.

How many toys will he put in 4 boxes?                 
toys
—
Math
Explain how acting it

out and skip counting
helped you solve the
second problem.

Name
On Your Own
Act out the problem.

3. Mr. Fulton puts 3 bananas

on each tray. How many
bananas are on 4 trays?
                
bananas
—
4. There are 3 rows of apples.

There are 5 apples in each row.
How many apples are there?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (t) ©Getty Images; (c) ©PhotoDisc/Getty Images
                
apples
—
5. There are 4 plates. Dexter puts

2 grapes on each plate. Then he
on the
puts 2 grapes on each of 6 more Spot
plates. How many grapes in all
does he put on the plates?
                
grapes
—
World
6. MP Angela used these counters to act

out a problem.
Write a problem about equal groups that Angela
could have modeled with these counters.
                                                                                          

   
      
—————— —
                                                                                          

   
      
—————— —
                                                                                          

   
      
—————— —
7. Max and 4 friends get books from the

library. Each person gets 3 books.
Draw a picture to show the groups
of books.
How many books did they get?

                
books
—

they solved one of the problems in this lesson.

LESSON 4.3
Name
Equal Groups
Act out the problem.

1. Mr. Azuela has 4 plates of

cookies. There are 5 cookies on
each plate. How many cookies
are there?
        
—cookies
2. Ms. T rane puts some stickers in

3 rows. There are 2 stickers in
each row. How many stickers
does Ms. T rane have?
        
—stickers
3. Write Math Draw 3 rows with

2 counters in each row. Write a
word problem that can be acted

out using these counters.

Lesson Check
4. Nai puts 3 oranges on each tray. 5. Maurice has 4 rows of toys
How many oranges does he put with 4 toys in each row. How
on 5 trays? many toys does he have?
                 
—oranges —toys
Spiral Review
6. Chay has 12 pencils and pens. 7. Rosa has 9 apples. Jon
He has 7 pens. How many pencils has 6 apples. How many
does he have? apples do they have together?
        pencils         
— —apples
8. Circle the even number. 9. What is the sum?
1 3 5 8        
7 + 9 =—
 

CHAPTER 4
Name Lesson 4
Repeated Addition
I Can write an addition equation for
problems with equal groups.

World
Use counters to model the problem.

Then draw a picture of your visual model.

FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following Talk MP
problem and have children first model the
problem with counters and then draw a picture Describe how you
of their models. Clayton has 3 rows of cards. found the number of
There are 5 cards in each row. How many cards
does Clayton have? counters in your model.

Model and Draw
You can use addition to find the total
amount when you have equal groups.
3 rows of 4
  4 +          
        
Write: — 4 4
        
—+   —=  —
         
         in all
—
Share and Show Math

Board
Find the number of shapes in each row.

Complete the addition equation to find the total.
1. 2.
3 rows of          
           
 
4 rows of —
—
                                      +       +       +       =      

—+ —+ —= — — — — — —
3.
         
5 groups of —
 
                                                      

—+  —+  —+  —+  —=  —

Name
On Your Own
Complete the addition equation to find the total.
4. 5.
          
2 rows of  —           
3 rows of  —
         +           =                                                
— — — —+  —+  —=  —
6. 7.
4 rows of           
 
—           
4 rows of  —
                                                           
—+ —+ —+ —= — —+ —+ —+ —= —
8.
          
5 groups of   —
                                                      
—+  —+  —+  —+  —=  —

World

9. There are 6 photos on the on the
Spot
wall. There are 2 photos in
each row. How many rows of
photos are there?
                
rows
—
10. Mrs. Chen makes

5 groups of 2 chairs and
2 groups of 3 chairs. How
many chairs does
Mrs. Chen use?
                
chairs
—
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (bc) ©Photodisc/Getty Images; (t) Getty Images
11. Find the number of counters in each row.
Complete the equation to find the total
number of counters.
                                   

—+ — + — = —
               
 
— counters

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child use small objects to

make 2 rows with 4 objects in each row. Then have your child find
the total number of objects.

LESSON 4.4
Name
Repeated Addition
Complete the addition equation to find
each total.
1. 2.
        
 
3 rows of —
        
 
2 rows of —
                                                       

— + —
  +—
  =  
— — + —
  =  
—

World
3. A classroom has 3 rows of desks.

There are 5 desks in each row. How
many desks are there altogether?
        
—desks
Write Math Explain how to write

4.
an addition equation for a picture

of 4 rows with 3 items in each row.

Lesson Check
5. A scrapbook has 4 pages. 6. Amado makes 5 rows of coins.
There are 2 stickers on each He puts 3 coins in each row.
page. How many stickers are How many coins are there?
there?
                
—stickers —coins
Spiral Review
7. There are 5 apples and 8. Count by tens.
4 oranges. How many pieces
of fruit are there?
              , —
40,  —       
        
 
,—       
 
,—
—pieces
9. Write the number 260 10. W rite a fact with the same sum
using words. as 7 + 5. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

                                    
  ———————
   

Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 4
1. Does the ten frame show an
even number? Choose Yes or No.
● Yes ● No
● Yes ● No
2. Write an even number between 7 and 16. Draw a

picture and then write an equation to explain why
it is an even number.
3. Jaleel puts 5 toy cars in a row.

How many toy cars will he put in 4 rows?
toy cars

4. Ted has an even number of yellow markers and
an odd number of green markers. Choose all the
groups of markers that could belong to Ted.
● 8 yellow markers and 3 green markers
5. Circle the even number.
3 7
5 8
6. Jose wanted to share 18 strawberries with his

brother equally. Draw a picture to show how Jose
can share the strawberries. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
How many strawberries will Jose receive?
strawberries
Name
7. Find the number of shapes in each row.
3 rows of
Complete the equation to find the total.
+ + =
8. Tanya and 2 friends put rocks on the table. Each

person put 2 rocks on the table. Draw a picture to
show the groups of rocks.
How many rocks did they put on the table?

rocks
9. Is the number odd?

Choose Yes or No.
24
● Yes
● No
10
● Yes
● No
17
● Yes
● No
● Yes
21 ● No
Chapter 4 183
10. A classroom has 4 rows of desks. There are 5 desks in each row. How
many desks are there altogether?
Draw to solve.
desks
Another classroom also has the

same number of desks. Each row
has 4 desks in it. How many rows of
desks are there?
Draw to solve.
rows
11. Perry draws 24 circles. Can he make these equal

groups with the circles? Choose Yes or No.
6 rows of 4 ● Yes ● No
7 rows of 3 ● Yes ● No
3 rows of 8 Yes No
● ●

Launch
Activity
Launch Activity
2 REASONING WITH
Adding and Subtracting
Cats with Mittens
Most cats have 5 toes on each
front foot. Some cats have 6 toes
on their front feet.
Cats with 6 toes look like they are
wearing mittens. They are called
mitten cats.
A group of 40 to 50 famous mitten
cats live on the grounds of the
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (t) ©LaurenMJohnson/Shutterstock, (b) ©Melanie Lonbeck/Shutterstock
Hemingway Home and Museum.

The cats can roam anywhere in the museum. You
might even see a mitten cat sleeping in the gift shop!
Three Reads
There are 2 cats in the gift shop.
One is a mitten cat. It has 6 toes
on each front foot and 4 toes on
each back foot.
The second cat is not a mitten cat.
It has 5 toes on each front foot
and 4 toes on each back foot.
Ask children what the numbers are in the problem. Then, have partners
Launch Activity • Reasoning with Adding and Subtracting 185

Go Online
Solve the Problem

The cat in the gift shop is a mitten
cat. It has 6 toes on each front foot
and 4 toes on each back foot.
The second cat is not a mitten cat.
It has 5 toes on each front foot and
4 toes on each back foot.
How many toes do the two cats
together have in all? What different ways can
you think of to solve the problem?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Lux Blue/Shutterstock
Math Compare different ways to solve the problem.

Talk Which way do you like the best? Explain why it
makes the most sense to you.

Chapter
5
Name
Show What You Know
Addition Patterns
Add 2. Complete each equation.
1. 2
1 +          
— =  —
3
        
4.        
4+—
  =—       
 
2. 2 +         
 
— =         
 
— 5.        
5+—
         
=   —

3. 3 +         
 
— =           
— 6. 6 +         
 
— =           

—
Addition Facts
Write the sum.
7.   
  7 8.   8
   9.   6
   10.   
  4 11.   
  9 12.   8
  
+ _3 + _8 + _7 + _4 + _5 + _7
Tens and Ones

Write how many tens and ones for each number.
13. 43 14. 68
                        tens        

  ones
— tens —
  ones

— —

Chapter 5 • 2-Digit Addition 187

Vocabulary Builder Connect to Vocabulary
Review Words
Visualize It sum
Use review words to fill in the graphic organizer. addend
digit
tens
ones
addition equation
7 + 4 = 11
addend
1. Write a number with the digit 3 in
the tens place.
2. Write a number with the digit 5 in

the ones place.
3. Write a number that has the same digit

in the tens place and in the ones place.
4. Write a number with digits that have

a sum of 8.

CHAPTER 5
Name Lesson 1
Break Apart Ones to Add
I Can break apart a number to make it
easier to add.

World
Use . Draw to show what you did.

Math Use appropriate tools

Talk MP
strategically.
problem. Have children use blocks to solve.
Describe what you did
Griffin read 27 books about animals and 6 books with the blocks.
about space. How many books did he read?

Model and Draw
Break apart ones to make a ten. 27 + 8
Use this as a way to add.
—
?
27 + 8 =                
 
27 + 3 + 5
         
30 + 5 = —
 
               
27 + 8 = —
 
Share and Show Math

Board
Draw quick pictures. Break apart ones to

make a ten. Then add and write the sum.
1.              
15 + 7 = —
  2.              
26 + 5 = —
 
3.              
37 + 8 = —
  4.              
28 + 6 = —
 

Name
On Your Own
Break apart ones to make a ten.

Then add and write the sum.
5. 23 + 9 =               
 
— 6.               
48 + 5 = —
 
7. 18 + 5 =               
 
— 8.               
33 + 9 = —
 
9. 27 + 6 =               
  10. 49               
+ 4 =   —
—
11. A
zim sets up 32 small tables and 9
large tables in a room. Then he sets
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (t) ©Teguh Mujiono/Shutterstock; (b) ©Digital Vision/Alamy
up 5 more large tables along a wall.

How many tables does Azim set up?
               
tables
—
12. B
ruce sees 29 oak trees and 4 maple
on the
trees at the park. Then he sees Spot
double the number of pine trees as
maple trees. How many trees does
Bruce see?
               
trees
—

World

13. K
am So has 38 animal pictures,
5 people pictures, and 3 insect
pictures. How many pictures does
she have?
                
pictures
—
14. J
amal has a box with 22 toy cars in
it. He puts 9 more toy cars into the
box. Then he takes 3 toy cars out of
the box. How many toy cars are in
the box now?
              toy cars

—
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (t) ©PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images
15. D
an has 16 pencils. Quentin gives him
5 more pencils. Choose all the ways you
can use to find how many pencils Dan
has in all.
● 16 + 5
● 16 + 4 + 1
● 16 − 5
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Say a number from 0 to 9. Have your

child name a number to add to yours to have a sum of 10.

LESSON 5.1
Name
Break Apart Ones to Add
Break apart ones to make a ten.

Then add and write the sum.
1.        
62 + 9 = —
  2.        
27 + 7 = —
 
3.        
28 + 5 = —
  4.        
17 + 8 = —
 
5.        
57 + 6 = —
  6.        
23 + 9 = —
 
7.        
39 + 7 = —
  8.        
26 + 5 = —
 
9.        
13 + 8 = —
  10.        
18 + 7 = —
 

World

11. Derek had 18 toy airplanes. His mother
bought him 7 more toy airplanes. How many
toy airplanes does he have now?
          
— toy airplanes
12.Write Math Explain how you would find the sum of 46 + 7.

Lesson Check
       
26 + 7 = —
         
15 + 8 = —
 
Spiral Review
15. Leona has 4 blue beads 16. Khoi had 4 stickers. Then he
and 8 red beads. How many earned 2 more. How many
beads does Leona have? stickers does he have now?
        
4 +8=—
  beads

        
4+2=—
  stickers

17. Count by fives. 18. Write 281 using hundreds, tens,

and ones.
40, 45,         ,                                     

 
— —  
—hundreds —
  tens —
  ne
o

CHAPTER 5
Name Lesson 2
Use Compensation
I Can make an addend a ten to help solve an
addition problem.

World
Draw quick pictures to show the problems.


Talk MP
FOR THE TEACHER • Have children draw quick
pictures to solve this problem. Kara has 47 stickers. Describe how you
She buys 20 more stickers. How many stickers does
she have now? Repeat for this problem. Tyrone found how many
has 30 stickers and buys 52 more stickers. How stickers Tyrone has.
many stickers does he have now?

Model and Draw
Take ones from an addend to make the Adding can be easier
other addend the next tens number. when one of the addends
is a tens number.
25 + 48 = ?
 
—
23
            
+—
  =—
  50
                         
Share and Show Math

Board
Show how to make one addend the next tens number.

Complete the new addition equation.
1. 37 + 25 = ?
 
—
40
            
+—
  =—
 
                         
2. 27 + 46 = ?
            
+—  =—                           
—
3. 14 + 29 = ?
            
+—  =—                           
—

Name
On Your Own
Complete the new addition sentence.
4. 18 + 13 = ?
            
+—  =—                           
—
5. 24 + 18 = ?
            
+—  =—                           
—
6. L ee finds 44 shells. Khai finds 39

shells. How many shells do they still
need if they want 90 shells in all?
         
—shells

7. Z
ach finds 38 sticks. Kelly finds
27 sticks. How many more on the
sticks do the two children still Spot
need if they want 70 sticks
in all?
         
—more sticks

World

8. The chart shows the leaves that
Philip collected. He wants a Leaves Collected
collection of 52 leaves using only
Color Number
two colors. Which two colors of
leaves should he use? green 27
brown 29
                       
  and ——                        
    yellow 25
——
9. Ava has 39 sheets of white paper. She has

22 sheets of green paper. Draw a picture
and write to explain how to find the number
of sheets of paper Ava has.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (c) PhotoDisc/Getty Images
                
Ava has —
  sheets of paper.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child choose one problem

on this page and explain how to solve it in another way.

LESSON 5.2
Name
Use Compensation

1. 15 + 37 = ?
        
  +—
          
 
=—         
—
2. 22 + 49 = ?
        
  +—
          
 
=—         
—
3. 38 + 26 = ?
        
  +—
          
 
=—         
—

World

4. The oak tree at the school was 34 feet tall.
Then it grew 18 feet taller.
How tall is the oak tree now?
        
—feet tall
5. Write Math Explain why you would make one of the

addends a tens number when solving an addition problem.

Lesson Check
18 + 25 =       
 
— 27 + 24 =       
 
—
Spiral Review
8. Circle the even number. 9. Rodrigo sees 4 fish. Kim
sees double that number of
fish. How many fish does
Kim see?
27 14 11 5        
_ fish
10. Write a related subtraction 11. What is the sum?

fact for 7 + 6 = 13. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
 
_____ 2+8 =         
 
—

CHAPTER 5
Name Lesson 3
Break Apart Addends as Tens and Ones
I Can break apart addends to add tens and then add
ones or add on tens and ones separately.
Listen and Draw

Write the number. Then write the number as
tens plus ones.
                   
—+  —
Use a number line to add 18 to 25. Add on the tens and

ones of 18 separately.
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
25 + 18 25 + 10 + 8 =           
—
= 35

Talk MP
quantitatively.
Would the sum be the

FOR THE TEACHER • Have children write 18 inside the
same if you added
large rectangle, and then as a sum of tens and ones. Have on the ones first and
children add 18 to 25 using the number line to add the

tens and then the ones. Then have children write the sum.
then the tens?

Model and Draw
Break apart the addends into tens and ones.
Add the tens and add the ones. Then find 60 + 15
the total sum.
10 5
   20 + 7
  27
    
+
_ 48 40
__ +8 70 + 5 =  —
           

 60 +  —
           
— 15 = —
                       
 
Share and Show Math

Board
Break apart the addends to find the sum.
1. 35         
—+—
       
 
           
+54
 
       
 — +        
 
                            

  
—
— ———
          
                         
—+ —
=—
2.           +        
43  —  
—
           
+29  —

         
+
          
 
                              
  
—
— ———
          
                         
—+ —
=—
3. Use the number line to add 55 + 35.
45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
55 + 35 =           
—

Name
On Your Own
Break apart addends to find the sum.
4. 14 + 23 =           
  —
—
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
5. 37           
—+—
         
 
                      +          

+ 45                          
   
—     — —

————
          +          
           
=—
 
—
—
6. C
hris read 15 pages of his book. Santos
read 4 more pages than Chris. How
many pages did Chris and Santos
read?
            
—pages
7. J
ulie read 18 pages of her book
in the morning. She read the
same number of pages in the
afternoon. How many pages on the

did she read? Spot
            
—pages

World
Write or draw to explain.

8. Len has 35 baseball cards. The
rest of his cards are basketball
cards. He has 58 cards in all.
How many basketball cards
does he have?
                     
basketball cards
—
9. Tomás has 17 pencils. He buys 26

more pencils. How many pencils
does Tomás have now?
                     
pencils
—
10. S
asha used 38 red stickers and 22 blue
stickers. Show how you can break apart
the addends to find how many stickers
Sasha used.
38          
—+—
        
 
           
+ 22  —          +         
 
—

                              
———  
—
                           stickers

—+ —
  =—
 
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Write 32 + 48 on a sheet of paper.

Have your child break apart the numbers and find the sum.

LESSON 5.3
Name
Break Apart Addends as Tens and Ones
1. 18 + 21 =           
 ——
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
2. 33        
—
  +—        
 
+ 49 —          +         

—
       
          =        
+  —  
— —

World
Choose a way to solve.

3. Vicente has 28 baseball cards.
Justin has 18 baseball cards. How
many baseball cards do they
have together? —         baseball cards
4. Write Math Explain how to break apart the addends

to find the sum of 25 + 16.

Lesson Check
2 7 + 12 =         
 
_ 17 + 35 =         
 
_
Spiral Review
7. What is the value of the 8. What number has the same
underlined digit? value as 12 tens?
25
       
_        
_
9. Vera has 7 connecting cubes. 10. Juan is painting a picture of

Greg has 4 connecting cubes. a tree. First he paints
How many connecting cubes 15 leaves. Then he paints
do they have? 23 more leaves. How many
leaves does Juan paint?
        
_ cubes         
_ leaves

CHAPTER 5
Name Lesson 4
Model Regrouping for Addition
I Can regroup in addition.

World
Use to model the problem.
Draw quick pictures to show what you did.
Tens Ones

Talk MP
structure.
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following Describe how you made
problem. Brandon has 24 books. His friend Mario a ten in your model.
has 8 books. How many books do they have?

Model and Draw
Add 37 and 25.
Step 1Look at the Step 2
If you can Step 3 Write how
ones. Can you make make a ten, regroup. many tens and ones.
a ten? Write the sum.
Tens Ones Tens Ones Tens Ones
yes no                    

Trade 10 ones for —tens —
  ones

1 ten to regroup.             

 —
Share and Show Math

Board
Draw to show the regrouping. Write how many

tens and ones are in the sum. Write the sum.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©jehsomwang/Shutterstock

1. Add 47 and 15. 2. Add 48 and 8. 3. Add 26 and 38.
                                                           

—tens —
  ones

—tens —
  ones

—tens —
  ones

            
 —             
 —             
 —

Name
On Your Own
Draw to show if you regroup. Write how many
tens and ones are in the sum. Write the sum.
                                                           

—tens —
  ones

—tens —
  ones

—tens —
  ones

            
 —             
              
 
—
—

                                                           

—tens —
  ones

—tens —
  ones

—tens —
  ones

            
              
              
 
—
—
—
10. K
ara has 25 toy animals and 12
on the
books. Jorge has 8 more toy animals Spot
than Kara has. How many toy
animals does Jorge have?
         
—toy animals

World

11. Mrs. Sanders has two fish tanks.
There are 14 fish in the small
tank. There are 27 fish in the
large tank. How many fish are
in the two tanks?
                
fish
—
12. K
airo climbed 69 steps. Then he climbed
18 more steps. Show two different ways
to find how many steps Kairo climbed.
                
Kairo climbed —
  steps.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to write a word problem

with 2-digit numbers about adding two groups of stamps.

LESSON 5.4
Name
Model Regrouping for Addition
Draw to show the regrouping. Write how
many tens and ones in the sum. Write the sum.
                          tens          ones                  

—tens —   ones — — —tens —   ones
                          
— — —
                                                     

—tens —   ones —tens —   ones —tens —   ones
                          
— — —

World
Choose a way to solve. Write or draw to explain.

7. Olga has 43 leaves in her collection. Rita has 38 leaves.

How many leaves do the two children have?         leaves
 —
8. Write Math Suppose you are adding 43 and 28. Will you regroup? Explain.

Lesson Check
9. Add 27 and 48. What is the sum?
Tens Ones

       
—
Spiral Review
10. What is the sum? 11. Circle the odd number.
        
7+7=—
  6 12 21 22
12. What is the sum? 13. Chloe has 143 pennies.

Michael has 112 pennies.
Who has more pennies?
       
39 + 46 = —
 

CHAPTER 5
Name Lesson 5
Model and Record 2-Digit Addition
I Can record 2-digit addition.

World

Tens Ones

Talk MP
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following Did you trade blocks
problem. Mr. Riley’s class collected 54 cans for
the food drive. Miss Bright’s class collected in your model? Explain
35 cans. How many cans did the two classes
collect?
why or why not.

Model and Draw
Trace over the quick pictures in the steps.
Step 1 Model Step 2 Write the Step 3 How many
37 + 26. Are there regrouped ten. Write tens are there? Write
10 ones to regroup? how many ones are in how many tens are in
the ones place now. the tens place.
1 1
3 7 3 7 3 7
+ 2 6 + 2 6 + 2 6
3 6 3
Share and Show Math

Board
Draw quick pictures to help you solve. Write the sum.
1. 2.
Tens Ones Tens Ones Tens Ones Tens Ones
2 6 5 8
+ 3 2 + 2 4

Name
On Your Own
Draw quick pictures to help you solve. Write the sum.
3. 4.
3 4 2 7
+ 9 + 2 4
5. 6.
3 5 5 9
+ 2 3 + 6
7. T
im has 36 stickers. Margo
has 44 stickers. How many on the
Spot
more stickers would they need
to have 100 stickers altogether?
             
more stickers
—
8. A
baker wants to sell 100 muffins.
So far the baker has sold 48 corn
muffins and 42 bran muffins.
How many more muffins does the
baker need to sell?              
more muffins
—

World

9. C
hris and Bianca win 80 points in all
in the spelling contest. Each child wins
more than 20 points. How many points
could each child have won?
                
Chris:  — points
                
Bianca: —
  points
10. Don builds a tower with 24 blocks.

He builds another tower with 18 blocks.
How many blocks does Don use for both towers?
Draw quick pictures to solve. Write the sum.
Tens Ones
          
blocks
—
Did you regroup to find the answer? Explain.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Write two 2-digit numbers and ask

your child if they would regroup to find the sum.

LESSON 5.5
Name
Model and Record 2-Digit Addition
Draw quick pictures to help you solve.
Write the sum.
1. Tens Ones Tens Ones 2. Tens Ones Tens Ones
3 8 5 8
+ 1 7 + 2 6
4 2 5 3
+ 3 7 + 3 8

World
Choose a way to solve.

5. There were 37 children at the park on
Saturday and 25 children at the park
on Sunday. How many children were
at the park on those two days?  —         children
6. Write Math Explain why you should record a 1 in the

Tens column when you regroup in an addition problem.

Lesson Check
Tens Ones Tens Ones
3 4 4 3
+ 2 8 + 2 7
Spiral Review
9. Alonso collected 14 pennies in 10. Break apart ones to make a
the first week and 9 pennies ten. Then add and write sum.
in the second week. How many
more pennies did he collect in
the first week than in the
second week?
        
14 − 9 = —
  pennies

       
44 + 7 = —
 
11. Rosita has 5 marbles. She finds 12. What is the difference?
double that number of marbles

in her art box. How many
marbles does Rosita have now?
        
5+_
 
        
=_
  marbles
       
13 − 5 = —
 

Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 5
1. Tula has 16 model cars. Enrique has 7 more
model cars than Tula. How many model cars
does Enrique have?
model cars
2. Show how to make one addend the next tens number.

27 + 36 = ?
         +          
  =  
— —
—
3. Break apart the addends to find the sum.

                   
17 —+ —
 
+ 21          
—+ —
 
         
                   
—+ —
  =—
 

4. Janelle has 37 grapes. Maria has 19 grapes. How
many grapes do they have together?
Draw a picture or write to explain how to find the
number of grapes.
grapes.
5. Lauren sees 14 birds. Her friend sees 7 birds. How

many birds do Lauren and her friend see? Draw
quick pictures to solve. Write the sum.
Tens Ones Tens Ones
2 6
+ 3 2
birds
Did you regroup to find the answer? Explain.
6. Explain how to break apart the addends to find the

sum of 39 and 14.

Name
7. What is the sum?
  28
  
+ _15
8. What is the sum?

  67
  
+ _25
9. Jose has read 41 pages of his book. He reads

another 19 pages. How many pages has he read
now?
pages
10. Nicole made a necklace. She used 13 red beads

and 26 blue beads. Show how you can break
apart the addends to find how many beads
Nicole used.
13
+ 26 +
+ =
Chapter 5 221
11. Li counts 25 birds on a fence. 16 more birds land
on the fence. How many birds are there now?
Show how to make one addend the next tens

number.
                   
—+ —
  =—
 
Now there are birds on the fence.
12. Leslie finds 24 paper clips in her desk. She

finds 8 more paper clips in her pencil box.
Choose all the ways you can use to find how
many paper clips Leslie has in all.
● 24 + 8
● 24 − 8
● 24 + 6 + 2
13. Break apart ones to make ten. Then add

and write the sum.
63 + 9 =

Chapter
6
Name
Show What You Know
Addition Patterns
Add 4. Complete each addition equation.
1. 4
1 +          
— =  — 5
         4.        
4+—
  =—       
 
2. 2 +         
 
— =         
 
— 5.        
5+—
         
=   —

3. 3 +         
 
— =           

— 6. 6 +         
 
— =           

—
Addition Facts
Write the sum.
7.   
  7 8.   
  6 9.   
  3 10.   
  5 11.   
  9 12.   
  8
+ _5 + _8 + _9 + _5 + _2 + _1
Tens and Ones

13. 41 14. 54
        tens        

  ones         tens        
  ones
— —
— —

Chapter 6 • More 2-Digit Addition 223

Vocabulary Builder
Visualize It Review Words

Use review words to fill in the graphic organizer. sum
addend
digit
tens
ones
3 6 addend
+ 1 2
1. Write two addends with only ones
digits. Find the sum.

2. Write one addend with only a
ones digit and one addend with
a ones and a tens digit. Find the sum.
3. Write two addends with ones and

tens digits. Find the sum.

CHAPTER 6
Name Lesson 1
2-Digit Addition
I Can show and record the steps when adding 2-digit
numbers.

World
Draw quick pictures to model each problem.
Tens Ones
Tens Ones
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following problem Math Construct arguments and
and have children draw quick pictures to solve.
Jason scored 35 points in one game and 47 points
Talk MP
in another game. How many points did Jason
score? Repeat the activity with this problem. Explain why
Patty scored 18 points. Then she scored 21 points. regrouping works.
How many points did she score in all?

Model and Draw
Add 59 and 24.
Step 1 Add the ones. Step 2 Regroup. Step 3 Add the tens.
13 ones is the same
9 + 4 = 13 1+5+2=8
as 1 ten 3 ones.
1 1
5 9 5 9 5 9
+ 2 4 + 2 4 + 2 4
3 8 3
Share and Show Math

Board
Regroup if you need to. Write the sum.
1. Tens Ones
2. Tens Ones
3. Tens Ones
■ ■ ■
  
  
    
4 2   
  
    
3 1   
    
   2 7
+ 2 9
___ + 1 4
___ + 4 5
___


Name
On Your Own
4. 5. 6.
■ ■ ■
  
  
    
4 8   
  
    
3 5   
  
    
7 3
+ 7
___ + 4 2
___ + 2 0
___

7. 8. 9.
 3 
  
     3    5 2  
        
 3 
    
6
+ 2 7
___ + 5
___ + 5 8
___

10. 11. 12.
   6 4  
     
+ 2 5
  
 3 
     5   
 3  8
    
___ + 3 8
___ + 5 2
___

Solve.
13. Jin has 31 books about cats and 19 books

about dogs. He gives 5 books to his sister. on the
Spot
How many books does Jin have now?
                
 — books

World
14. Abby used a different way to add.

Find the sum using Abby’s way.
  35
       
  5 7
+_ 48 +
__29
  1 3
      
+_ 70 __
83
15. MP Explain why Abby’s way works.
16. Fatima saw 14 sea lions and 29 seals. How many

animals did she see? Write an equation to find the
total number of animals that she saw.
Explain how the equation shows the problem.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to show you two ways
to add 45 and 38.

LESSON 6.1
Name
2-Digit Addition
1. 2. 3. 4.
    4 7     3 3     2 8  

    1 3
__+ 2 5 + 1 8
__ __+ 6 4 __ + 6 5

5. 6. 7. 8.
    1 7   3 6

         5 8    3 7
+  2 6
__ + 5 3
__ __+  2 5 + 4 9
__


World

9. Angela drew 16 flowers on her paper
in the morning. She drew 25 more
flowers in the afternoon. How many
flowers did she draw?
        
  flowers
—
10. Write Math How is Problem 5 different from Problem 6? Explain.

Lesson Check
  2 1
      3 8
   
__+ 3 7 __+ 5 2

Spiral Review
13. What is the next number in 14. Rita counted 13 bubbles.
the counting pattern? Kenjiro counted 5 bubbles.
How many fewer bubbles did
Kenjiro count than Rita?
        
103, 203, 303, 403, —
          
13 − 5 = _
  bubbles
15. Which number is 100 more 16. Write 42 as a sum of tens and
than 265? ones. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
                    
_ +         
  _
—

CHAPTER 6
Name Lesson 2
Practice 2-Digit Addition
I Can record the steps when adding 2-digit
numbers.

World
Choose one way to solve the problem.
Draw or write to show what you did.

Talk MP
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following Explain why you chose
problem. There were 45 circle stickers and 53 your way of solving
star stickers in a book. How many stickers were
in the book? the problem.

Model and Draw
Mrs. Meyers sold 47 snacks before
the game. Then she sold 25 snacks
during the game. How many snacks
did she sell?
Step 1 Add the ones. Step 2 Add the tens. Step 3 Write the tens
digit in the sum.
7 + 5 = 12 1 +4+2=7
Regroup 12 ones
as 1 ten 2 ones.
1 1 1
   
       4  7     
  4 7     
  4 7
+ 2 5
_ + 2 5
_ + 25
_
2 2 7 2
Share and Show Math

Board
Write the sum.

1. 2. 3.
    
  3 8     
  4 5   4 3
    
+
_ 5 4 +
_ 5 2 +
_ 1 6
 
4. 5. 6.
    
  5 6     
  3 3   3 4
    
+
_ 3 5 +
_   5 1 +
_ 4 9


Name
On Your Own
Write the sum.
7. 8. 9. 10.
 
    5 2   5 8
         
  2 4     
  4 3
+
_ 3 7 +    
_ 2 1 +
_ 3 7 +
_ 5 4

11. 12. 13. 14.

  1 2
       5 6
       3
     1     
  2 3
+ 7 8
_ +
_ 1 6 +
_ 4 5 + 3 2
_
         
15. Without finding the sums,

circle the pairs of addends for 73 54 on the
18 71 Spot
which the sum will be greater
than 100.
47 36
Explain how you decided which
62 59
pairs to circle.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Tell your child two 2-digit numbers.

Have them write the numbers and find the sum.

World
Use the table.

Write or draw to show how you solved the problem.
Fish in the Aquarium

Type of fish Number
angelfish 12
guppy 24
neon tetra 36
molly fish 17
16. How many molly fish and neon tetras are

there altogether?
          
 
—
17. What is the total of the two types of fish

with the greatest numbers?
          
 
—
18. The total number of two types of fish is the

same as the number of neon tetras. Which
two types of fish are they?
——————
19. Zulejha collected 25 cans to recycle. Dan

collected 14 cans. Dan also collected 10 bottles.
How many cans did they collect?
cans

LESSON 6.2
Name
Practice 2-Digit Addition
Write the sum.
1. 2. 3.
  58 4 4 3 6

        
+
_ 1 7 +
_ 3 6 +
_ 1 3

4. 5. 6.
1 9 5 8 3 2

        
+
_ 7 2 +
_ 2 7 +
_ 5 9


World

7. There are 45 books on the shelf.
There are 37 books on the table.
How many books are on the shelf
and the table?
        
  books
—
8. Write Math Describe how you regroup when you find the
sum of 64 + 36.

Lesson Check
  56   74
     
+
_ 35 +
_ 15
Spiral Review
11. What is the value of the 12. Mr. Stevens wants to put
underlined digit? 17 books on a shelf. He put
8 books on the shelf. How
526 many more books does he
need to put on the shelf?
                
— 17 − 8 = _
  books
13. What is the difference? 14. Write 83 as a sum of tens

and ones.
       
11 − 6 = —
 
       
_ +        
 
_

CHAPTER 6
Name Lesson 3
Rewrite 2-Digit Addition
I Can write addition problems two different
ways.

World
Write the numbers for each addition problem.
    
  
+     
  
+
    
  
+     
  
+

Talk MP
Explain why it is
problem and have children write the addends important to line up
in vertical format. Juan’s family drove 32 miles the digits of these
to his grandmother’s house. Then they drove
14 miles to his aunt’s house. How many miles addends in columns.
did they drive? Repeat for three more problems.

Model and Draw
Add. 28 + 45 = ?
Step 1 For 28, write the tens Step 2 Add the ones.
digit in the tens column. Regroup if you need to.
Write the ones digit Add the tens.
in the ones column.
  2 8
    
  
        
   8
   2
Repeat for 45.
+
__ 4 5 + 4

__ 5

Share and Show Math

Board
Rewrite the addition problem. Then add.

1. 25 +8 2. 37 + 10 3. 25 + 45 4. 38 + 29
     

   
      
       
      
  
+
_ +
_ +
_ +
_
     
5. 20 + 45 6. 63 + 9 7. 15 + 36 8. 74 + 18
     

   
       
      
      
  
+
_ +
_ +
_ +
_
     

Name
On Your Own
Rewrite the addition problem. Then add.
9. 27 + 54 10. 34 + 30 11. 26 + 17 12. 48 + 38
   
       
     
       
   
+
_ +
_ +
_ +
_

13. 50 + 32 14. 61 + 38 15. 37 + 43 16. 79 + 17
   
       
       
       
   
+
_ +
_ +
_ +
_

17. 45 + 40 18. 21 + 52 19. 17 + 76 20. 68 + 29
   
       
       
       
   
+
_ +
_ +
_ +
_
21. For which of the problems above could you find the sum
without rewriting it? Explain. on the
Spot
                                                                                              
   
      

— ——————
                                                                                              
—
   
       ——————
                                                                                              
—
   
       ——————

World
Use the table.

Write or draw to Points Scored This Season
show how you Player Number of points
solved the problem. Carmen 26
Lugard 37
Ming 23
Nigel 19
22. MP Which two players scored

56 points in all? Add to check your
answer.
                 
  and                  
   
—— ——
23. Shawn says he can find the sum of 20 + 63

without rewriting it. Explain how to find the
sum using mental math.
                                                                                         
—
   
       ——————
                                                                                         
—
   
       ——————
                                                                                         
—
   
       ——————
                                                                                         
—
   
      
——————
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child write and

solve another problem using the table above.

LESSON 6.3
Name
Rewrite 2-Digit Addition
Rewrite the numbers. Then add.
1. 27 + 19 2. 36 + 23 3. 31 + 29 4. 48 + 23
               

+
__ +
_ +
__ +
__

5. 53 + 12 6. 69 + 13 7. 24 + 38 8. 46 + 37
               

+
_ +
__ +
__ +
__


World
Use the table. Show how you

solved the problem. Pages Read This Week
9. How many pages did Sasha Child Number of pages

and Kara read together? Sasha 62
         Kara 29
 
— pages
Juan 50
10. Write Math Explain what

can happen if you line up
the digits incorrectly when
you rewrite addition
problems.
Lesson Check
11. What is the sum of 39 + 17? 12. What is the sum of 28 + 16?
     
+
_ +
_
Spiral Review
13. What number is another way 14. The classroom has 4 desks in
to write 60 + 4? each row. There are 5 rows.
How many desks are there in
the classroom?
         
_ desks
        
_
15. A squirrel collected 17 acorns. 16. What number can be written

Then the squirrel collected as 3 hundreds 7 tens 5 ones?
31 acorns. How many acorns
did the squirrel collect?
         
_ acorns            
_

CHAPTER 6
Name Lesson 4
Model Addition
I Can use bar models to determine the
unknown whole number in an addition equation.
Kendra had 13 crayons. Her dad gave her

some more crayons. Then she had 19 crayons.
How many crayons did Kendra’s dad give her?
UNLOCK the Problem

I need to use?
how many crayons                 
She had —
  crayons.
Kendra’s dad gave her After he gave her some
more crayons, she had
                
crayons.
—

There are
19 crayons
in all.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Shutterstock
13
19
   
    
——————
13 + ■ = 19
                                                                            
— crayons
HOME CONNECTION • Your child used a bar model and an

equation to represent the problem. These help show what the
unknown amount is in order to solve the problem.

Try Another Problem
• What do I need
Label the bar models. Write equations to find?
with ■ for the unknown numbers. Solve. • What information do
I need to use?
1. Mr. Kane has 24 red pens. He
buys 19 blue pens. How many
pens does he have now?
                                               
                    
pens
——— —
2. Hannah has 10 pencils. Enrique and Hannah

have 17 pencils altogether. How many
pencils does Enrique have?
                                                   
                    
pencils
——— —
Math
Explain how you know

if an amount is a part
or the whole in a
problem.
Name
Share and Show Math

Board
Label the bar models. Write equations

with ■ for the unknown numbers. Solve.
3. Xia and Arben catch 17

crickets in all. Xia catches 9
crickets. How many crickets
does Arben catch?
                                                              
   
— crickets ———
4. Sanjay counts 16 grasshoppers

at the park. He counts 15
grasshoppers at home. How
many grasshoppers does
Sanjay count?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (c) ©Getty Images
                                                              
   
— grasshoppers ———
5. There are three groups of

on the
owls. There are 17 owls in Spot
each of the first two groups.
There are 47 owls in all. How
many owls are in the third
group?
                
owls
—
On Your Own Math
Write equations with ■ for the unknown numbers.

Solve.
6. There are 37 paper clips in the box
and 24 paper clips on the table.
How many paper clips are there                                              
   
———
in all?
                
paper clips
—
7. MP Jeff has 19 postcards and

2 pens. He buys 20 more postcards.
How many postcards does he have
now?                                              
   
———
                
postcards
—
8. There are a total of 41 chickens on

the farm. There are 13 chickens in
each of the 2 sections of the barn.                                              
   
———
The rest of the chickens are outside.
How many chickens are outside?
                
chickens
—
9. There are 23 books in a box.

There are 29 books on a shelf.

How many books are there?                                              
   
———
                
books
—
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to explain
how to solve one of the problems above.

LESSON 6.4
Name
Model Addition
Label the bar models. Write equations

with ■ for the unknown numbers. Solve.
1. Pedro counts 37 ants on the sidewalk
and 11 ants on the grass. How many
ants does Pedro count?
————
          ants
—
2. There are 14 bees in the hive and

17 bees in the garden. How many
bees are there?
————
         
— bees
3. Write Math Describe how you

labeled the bar model and
wrote an equation to solve
Problem 2.

Lesson Check
Label the bar models. Write equations with ■ for the
unknown numbers. Solve.
4. Tariq and Rana have 5. Mrs. James has 22 students in
23 markers altogether. Rana her class. Mr. Williams has
has 14 markers. How many 24 students in his class. How
markers does Tariq have? many students are in the two
classes?
———— ————
        
 
_ markers         
 
_ students
Spiral Review
6. What is the difference? 7. What is the sum?
       
15 − 9 = —
 
       
7+5=—
 
8. Silje has 14 blocks. She gives 9. What is the next number in

9 blocks to Tim. How many the counting pattern?
blocks does Silje have now?
        
14 − 9 = _
  blocks        
29, 39, 49, 59, —
 

CHAPTER 6
Name Lesson 5
Write Equations to
Represent Addition
I Can write an equation to represent an
addition problem.

World
Draw to show how you found the answer.


Talk MP
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following problem Explain how you
and have children choose their own methods for
solving. There are 15 children on the bus. Then found the number of
9 more children get on the bus. How many children
are on the bus now?
children on the bus.

Model and Draw
You can write an equation to show

a problem.
Sandy has 16 pencils. Nancy has
13 fewer pencils than Sandy. How
many pencils does Nancy have?
THINK:
13 + ■ = 16 1 3 pencils
+ 3 pencils
16 pencils
Nancy has pencils.
Share and Show Math

Board
Write equations for the problems.

Use ■ for the unknown numbers. Then solve.
1. Carl sees some melons at the

store. Then 15 melons are
added to the pile. Now there
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (cl) ©Siede Preis\Photodisc/Getty Images
are 25 melons. How many
melons were there at the start?
                
melons
——— —
2. 83 people went to a movie

on Thursday. 53 of them were
children and the rest were
adults. How many adults
were at the movie?
                
adults

——— —

Name
On Your Own
Write equations for the problems. Use ■ for
the unknown numbers. Then solve.
3. Dian had some stamps. Then
he bought 20 more stamps.
Now he has 56 stamps. How
many stamps did Dian have
to start?
                
stamps
——— —
4. Braden’s class went to the park. They saw

26 oak trees and 14 maple trees. They on the
Spot
also saw 48 birds. Compare the number
of trees and the number of birds that the
class saw.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (cl) Bobbi Tull/Photodisc/Getty Images
— ●
                                 
—
5. MP Nevena needs at least 70 clips 81 clips 54 clips

100 paper clips. Without adding,
circle 2 boxes that would be the 19 clips 35 clips 32 clips
amount that she needs.
Explain how you made your choices.

World
6. MP Mr. Walton baked 24 loaves of

bread last week. He baked 28 loaves of
bread this week. How many loaves of
bread did he bake in the two weeks?
                
loaves of bread
—
7. Denise saw these bags of

oranges at the store.
10 oranges 14 oranges 12 oranges 11 oranges
Denise bought 26 oranges. Which two

bags of oranges did she buy?
Draw or write to show how you solved the problem.
Explain how you found the numbers that have a sum of 26.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain how they write an
equation to stand for a problem.

LESSON 6.5
Name
Write Equations to Represent Addition
Write equations for the problems.
Use ■ for the unknown numbers. Then solve.
1. Asuka and her friends went to

the park. They saw 15 robins
and 9 blue jays. How many
birds did they see?
          
——— — birds
2. Hiroto has 13 fish in one tank.

In a second tank, Hiroto has 8
more fish than there are in the
first tank. How many fish are in
the second tank?
          
———— — fish

World
Solve.
3. Kathleen has 21 marbles. Some of
the marbles are green. The other
12 marbles are blue. How many
green marbles does she have?         
—green marbles
4. Write Math Explain how you

decided what number sentence
to write for Problem 1.

Lesson Check
Write equations for the problems. Use ■ for the
unknown numbers. Then solve.
5. Clare has some blocks. Jasmine 6. Fares finds 16 acorns at the
has 6 blocks. Together, they park. Marek finds 18 acorns.
have 14 blocks. How many How many acorns do they find?
blocks does Clare have?
——— ———
       
_ blocks         
 
_ acorns
Spiral Review
7. Divya counted 19 ants. Gregory 8. Break apart ones to make
counted 6 ants. How many a ten. Then add and write
more ants did Divya count the sum.
than Gregory?
        
 _ ants        
15 + 9 = —
 
9. Ms. Santos puts seashells into 10. Circle the even number.
4 rows. She puts 6 seashells in
each row. How many seashells
are there altogether? © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
        
 _ seashells 9 14 17 21

CHAPTER 6
Name Lesson 6
Find Sums for 3 Addends
I Can add 3 numbers.

World
Draw to show each problem.


Talk MP
Which numbers did

FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following problem you add first in the
and have children draw to show it. Mr. Kim bought
5 blue balloons, 4 red balloons, and 5 yellow first problem?
balloons. How many balloons did Mr. Kim buy? Explain why.
Repeat for another problem.

Model and Draw
There are different ways to add three numbers.
How can you add 23, 41, and 17?
Think of different ways to choose
Add from top to bottom.
digits in the ones column to add
First, add the top two
first. digits in the ones column,
You can make a ten and then add the next
first. Then add the digit. Then, add the tens.
other ones digit.
Then add the tens.
2 3 2 3
   
  4 1    
  4 1
    3 + 7 = 10    
+
_ 1 7 +
_ 1 7 3+1=4
10 + 1 = 11 4 + 7 = 11
Share and Show Math

Board
Add.
1. 33 2. 47 3. 65 4. 38
  
  34   
  21    13   
  27
           
+
_ 32 + 7
_ +
_ 15 +
_ 22
5. 12 6. 10 7. 31 8. 30
  
  22    42   
  21    29
           
+
_ 36 +
_ 36 +
_ 16 +
_ 18

Name
On Your Own
Add.
9. 22 10. 26 11. 24 12. 33

 27  31  11  43
           
+18
_ +19
_ +53
_ +
_ 4
13. 40 14. 25 15. 19 16.  73

  
 17  25  15 4
           
+32
_ +25
_ +24
_  +
_ 16
17. Mrs. Carson is making food for a party.

She makes 20 ham sandwiches, 34
turkey sandwiches, and 38 tuna salad
sandwiches. How many sandwiches does
             
sandwiches
she make for the party? —
18. Sophia had 34 marbles. She bought

24 more marbles. Then John gave her
35 marbles. How many marbles does
Sophia have now?              
marbles
—

World
19. MP Mrs. Shaw has 23 red notebooks,

15 blue notebooks, and 27 green
notebooks. How many notebooks does
she have?
               
notebooks
—
20. MP Write a story problem that could

be solved using this number sentence.
12 + 28 + ■ = 53
21. Mr. Anwar gave his students 31 yellow pencils,

27 red pencils, and 25 blue pencils. How many
pencils did he give to his students? © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
              
— pencils
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to show you two ways
to add 17, 13, and 24.

LESSON 6.6
Name
Add.
1. 2. 3.
     23      15      13
20 22 52
  +
  2 5   
+
  3 8   
+
  3 4
_ _ _
4. 5. 6.
     27      31      34
40 45 11
  +
  1 9   +
  2 4   
+
  2 8
_ _ _
7. 8. 9.
     42      18      53
36 22 19
  +
  1 1   +
  3 4   
+
  2 5
_ _ _

World
10. Liam has 24 yellow pencils, 15 red pencils,
and 9 blue pencils. How many pencils does
he have altogether?         
—pencils
11. Write Math Describe how

you would find the sum of
24, 36, and 13.

Lesson Check
     22      17
31 26
  
 + 1 6   
+
  3 0
_ _
Spiral Review
14. What number is 10 more 15. Mr. Howard’s phone has
than 127? 4 rows of buttons. There are
3 buttons in each row. How
many buttons are on
Mr. Howard’s phone?
       
_        
_ buttons
16. Giorgos tosses 8 horseshoes. 17. What number can be written

Anisa tosses 9 horseshoes. 3 hundreds 1 ten 5 ones?
How many horseshoes do
they toss?
       
8 + 9 =  _ horseshoes        
_

CHAPTER 6
Name Lesson 7
I Can add the sum of 2 whole numbers to the
sum of 2 other whole numbers.

World
Show how you solved each problem.


Talk MP
FOR THE TEACHER • Read this problem and have Describe how you
children choose a way to solve it. Shelly counts 16 ants
in her ant farm. Pedro counts 22 ants in his farm. Tara found the answer to
counts 14 ants in her farm. How many ants do the the first problem.
3 children count? Repeat for another problem.

Model and Draw
You can add digits in a column in more than one
way. Add the ones first. Then add the tens.
Find a sum that you know. Add pairs of digits first.
Then add to it. Then add these sums.
3 1 3 1 THINK:
THINK:
   4 5
   5 + 11 = 16,
4
1 8 + 1 = 9, then add on 1 so there are 16
     
  2 7 8 7 more. The sum of     
   2 7 ones in all.
2 4 11
the ones
+
__ 2 4 is 16 ones. +
__
Share and Show Math

Board
Add.
1. 23 2. 30 3. 13
11 15 26
  
   22    3   44
+31
_ +
_ 25 +
_ 12
4. 27 5. 25 6. 32
2 14 21
  23   35   
   15
+
_ 13 +
_ 21 +
_ 30

Name
On Your Own
Add.
7. 36 8. 14 9. 22
12
23 13
  21   20
     15
+ 26
_ + 11
_ +
_ 27
10. 5 11. 29 12. 34

12 31 10
  41   
11   
   31
+ 22
_ + 3
_ +
_ 22
13. Some friends need 100 bows for a project.

Sara brings 12 bows, Valentina brings
50 bows, and Nora brings 34 bows. How
many more bows do they need?              
more bows
—

14. Laney wrote four numbers that
have a total of 100. She spilled

some juice over one number.
What is that number?
22 + 43 + + 30 = 100
               
—

World
Use the table.

Write or draw to show how Shells Collected
you solved the problems. at the Beach
Child Number of shells
Katie 34
Zlatan 15
Noah 26
Ghada 21
15. MP How many shells did the four
children collect at the beach?
shells
—
16. Who collected more shells at

the beach, Katie, or Noah
and Ghada?
——————
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: Eyewire/Getty Images

17. There were 24 red beads, 31 blue beads,
and 8 green beads in a jar. Then Emma
put 16 beads into the jar. Write a number
sentence to show the number of beads
in the jar.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain

what they learned in this lesson.

LESSON 6.7
Name
Add.
1. 2. 3.
1 8 4 5 24
3 2 3 1 2
  2 3     9   
   4 0
+
_  3 +
_ 12 +33
_
4. 5. 6.
 3 3 7 2 1
3 2 1 5 1 3
  1 1
     3 1   
2 6
+22
_ +
_ 12 +18
_

World
Solve. Show how you solved the problem.

7. Kinza jogs 16 minutes on Monday,
13 minutes on Tuesday, 9 minutes
on Wednesday, and 20 minutes on
Thursday. What is the total number
of minutes she jogged?  —         minutes
8. Write Math Describe two

different strategies you could
use to add 16 + 35 + 24 + 14.

Lesson Check
1 2 4 1
3   
3 4
  
3 6   3
+3 2   + 2 0
_____ _____
Spiral Review
11. Laura had 6 daisies. Then she 12. What is the sum?
found 7 more daisies. How
many daisies does she
have now? 52
+27
        
6+7=_
  daisies
13. Hiroto has 25 trading cards. 14. Jen saw 13 guinea pigs and
He buys 8 more. How many 18 gerbils at the pet store.
cards does he have now? How many pets did she see?
        
25 + 8 = _
  cards         
13 + 18 = _
  pets

Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 6
1. Vita baked 24 carrot muffins. She baked 18 apple
muffins. How many muffins did Vita bake?
Label the bar model. Write an equation with a ■
for the unknown number. Solve.
muffins
2. Carlos has 23 red keys, 36 blue keys, and 21 green keys.

How many keys does he have? Circle your answer.
67
Carlos has 80 keys.
103
3. Hakem sees 17 blue cars and 25 green cars. Choose all the ways
you can use to find how many cars he sees. Then solve.
17 25 25 17
● ● ● ●
+ 25 − 17 + 17 + 17
Hakem sees cars.

Describe how you solved the problem.

4. Jerry has 53 pencils in one drawer. He has
27 pencils in another drawer.
Draw a picture or write to explain how to find the
number of pencils in both drawers.
Jerry has pencils.
5. Sami has 17 blue stickers, 21 yellow

stickers, and 26 red stickers. How many
stickers does he have?
Write or draw to explain?
Sami has stickers

6. Nai says he can find the sum of 45 + 50 without rewriting it.

Explain how you can solve this problem using mental math.

Name
7. Ling sees the three signs at the theater.
Section A Section B Section C

35 seats 43 seats 17 seats
Which two sections have 78 seats?

Explain how you made your choices.
8. Leah put 21 white marbles, 31 black marbles, and

7 blue marbles in a bag. Then her sister added
19 yellow marbles.
Write a number sentence to show the number of
marbles in the bag.
9. Write an equation for the problem. Use a ■ for the

unknown number. Then solve.
68 people went to a market on Friday. 48 of them
were adults and the rest were children. How many
children were at the market?
There were children at the market on Friday.
Chapter 6 269
10. Without finding the sums, does the pair of
addends have a sum greater than 90?
Choose Yes or No.
51 + 40 ● Yes ● No
● Yes ● No
42 + 27
● Yes ● No
33 + 60
● Yes ● No
62 + 14
Explain how you decided which pairs have a sum
greater than 90.
11. What is the sum?
   2 5  
     
+ 4 3
___

12. Mr. O’Brien visited a lighthouse. He climbed

26 stairs. Then he climbed 64 more stairs to
the top. How many stairs did he climb at the
lighthouse?
stairs
Chapter
7
Name
Show What You Know
Subtraction Patterns
Subtract 1. Complete each subtraction equation.
1. 7 −   — 1 =   —
         6
        
4.        
4−—
         
=—
 

2.         
6−—
          
=—
  5.        
3−—
         
=—
 

3.         
5−—
          
=—
  6.        
2−—
         
=—
 

Subtraction Facts
7.   
  8 8.   
  14 9.  
  9 10.   
  16 11.   
  12 12.   
  10
−
_ 5 − _ 6 −
_ 6 − _ 7 − _ 6 − _ 8
Tens and Ones

Write how many tens and ones are in each model.
13. 54 14. 45
                                   

—tens —   ones —tens —   ones
This page checks understanding of important

skills needed for success in Chapter 7.
Chapter 7 • 2-Digit Subtraction 271

Review Words
Visualize It difference
Fill in the boxes of the graphic organizer. regroup
tens
ones
difference digit
Describe it.
Examples Not Examples
10 – 4 = 6 4 + 6 = 10

Draw a line to complete the sentence.
1. A digit can be • • as 2 tens.
2. You can regroup • • 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9.
3. 20 ones are the same • • to trade 10 ones for 1 ten.

CHAPTER 7
Name Lesson 1
Break Apart Ones to Subtract
I Can break apart a number to make
subtracting easier.
Listen and Draw

Write two addends for each sum.
7 9 5
6 4 8
Math
FOR THE TEACHER • After children have Describe how you

recorded addends for each sum, have a class chose addends for
discussion about the different facts that children
represented on their papers. each sum.

Model and Draw
Break apart ones. Subtract in two steps.
Start at 63.
63 − 7 = ■ Subtract 3 to get
to 60. Then subtract
4 more.
3 4
-4 -3
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
So,                 
63 − 7 = —
  .
Share and Show Math

Board
Break apart ones to subtract. Write the difference.
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
1. 55                 
−8=—
  2.                 
42 − 5 = —
 
5
3 2
3
3.                 
41 − 9 = —
  4.                 
53 − 6 = —
 
5.                 
44 − 7 = —
  6.                 
52 − 8 = —
 

Name
On Your Own
Break apart ones to subtract. Write the difference.
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
7. 75 − 7 =                
 
— 8.               
86 − 8 = —
 
9. 82 − 5 =                
  10. 83               
−7=—
 
—
11. 72 − 7 =                
 
— 12. 76                
−9=—
 
13. 85                
−8=—
  14. 71 − 6 =               
 

—
15. Cheryl brought 27 bagels

for the bake sale. Mike on the
Spot
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (b) Artville/Getty Images
brought 24 bagels. They

sold all but 9 of them.
How many bagels did
they sell?              
bagels
—
16. Lexi has 8 fewer crayons than

Pao. Pao has 45 crayons. How
many crayons does Lexi have?
            
crayons
—

World

17. Pa Kou built a toy train with
27 train cars. Then she added
18 more train cars. How
many train cars are on the toy
train now?
                
train cars
—
18. Samuel had 46 marbles. He gave

some marbles to a friend and has
9 marbles left. How many marbles
did Samuel give to his friend?
                
marbles
—
19. Jafar had 73 blocks.

He gave 8 blocks to his sister. How
many blocks does Jafar have now?
Draw or write to show how to solve the problem.
               
Jafar has —
  blocks now.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to describe

how to find 34 ∙ 6.

LESSON 7.1
Name
Break Apart Ones to Subtract
Break apart ones to subtract.

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
1.          
36 − 7 = —  2.          
35 − 8 = —
 
3.          
37 − 9 = —
  4.          
41 − 6 = —
 
5.          
44 − 5 = —
  6.          
33 − 7 = —
 
7.          
32 − 4 = —
  8.          
31 − 6 = —
 

World
9. Ema had 44 marbles. She gave

9 marbles to her brother.
How many marbles does
Ema have now?
          marbles
 —
10. Write Math Draw a number line

and show how to find the difference
for 24 – 6 using the break apart
method in this lesson.

Lesson Check
11. What is the difference?
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
       
58 − 9 = —
 
Spiral Review
12. What is the difference? 13. Write the number.
eight hundred thirty-seven
       
14 − 6 = —
 
       
—
       
64 + 7 = —
 
       
56 + 18 = —
 

CHAPTER 7
Name Lesson 2
Break Apart Numbers to Subtract
I Can break apart numbers to make subtracting
easier.

World
Draw jumps on the number line to show how to

break apart the number to subtract.
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
Math
Have children draw jumps on the number line to solve.

Mrs. Hill had 45 paintbrushes. She gave 9 paintbrushes For one of the
to students in her art class. How many paintbrushes problems, describe
does Mrs. Hill have now? Repeat the same problem
situation for 72 − 7 and 53 − 6. what you did.

Model and Draw
Break apart the number you are subtracting into
tens and ones.
Subtract 10. 72 − 17 = ■
Next, subtract 2 to get to 60.
Then subtract 5 more. 10 7
2 5
10 + 2 + 5 = 17
-5 -2 -10
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
So, 72                 
− 17 = —
  .
Share and Show Math

Board
Break apart the number you are subtracting.

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
1.              
43 − 18 = —
  2.              
45 − 14 = —
 
10 8 10 4
3 5
3.              
46 − 17 = —
  4.              
44 − 16 = —
 

Name
On Your Own
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
5.              
57 − 15 = —
  6.              
63 − 17 = —
 
7.              
68 − 19 = —
  8.              
61 − 18 = —
 
9. Jane has 53 toys in a box. She

takes some toys out. Now there on the
Spot
are 36 toys in the box. How
many toys did Jane take out of
the box?
             
toys
—
10. Look at Beto’s steps to solve

Beto
a problem. Solve this problem in the
same way. 35 – 18 = ?
42 − 15 = ? 35 – 10 = 25
25 – 5 = 20
20 – 3 = 17


World
11. 38 people are in the library.

Then 33 more people go into
the library. How many people
are in the library now?
                
people
—
12. Alex has 24 toys in a chest.

He takes some toys out of
the chest. Then there are 16
toys in the chest. How many
toys did he take out of
the chest?
                
toys
—
13. Vera has two piles of newspapers.

There are 32 papers in the first pile.
There are 19 papers in the second pile. How
many more papers are in the first pile than
in the second pile?                  more papers
—
rite or draw to explain how you
W
solved the problem.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to write

a subtraction story that uses 2-digit numbers.

LESSON 7.2
Name
Break Apart Numbers to Subtract
Break apart the number you are
subtracting. Write the difference.
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
1.          
81 − 14 = —
  2.          
84 − 16 = —
 
3.          
77 − 14 = —
  4.          
83 − 19 = —
 
5.          
81 − 17 = —
  6.          
88 − 13 = —
 
7.          
84 − 19 = —
  8.          
86 − 18 = —
 

World

9. Mr . Pearce bought 43 plants. He gave
14 plants to his sister . How many
plants does Mr . Pearce have now?
           
  plants
—
10. W
rite Math Draw a number line
and show how to find the difference
for 36 – 17 using the break apart
method in this lesson.

Lesson Check
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
       
63 − 19 = —
 
Spiral Review
14        
8+7=—
 
+ 23
14. Write a related subtraction 15. Khalid has 7 kites. Annie has
fact for 6 + 8 = 14. 4 kites. How many kites do
they have altogether? © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
        
  kites
—

CHAPTER 7
Name Lesson 3
Model Regrouping for Subtraction
I Can understand how to model regrouping for
subtraction.

World

Draw quick pictures to show your model.
Tens Ones

Talk MP

Describe why you
problem. Michelle counted 21 butterflies in her traded a tens block
garden. Then 7 butterflies flew away. How many
butterflies were still in the garden?
for 10 ones blocks.

Model and Draw
How do you subtract 26 from 53?
Step 1 Show Step 2 If there Step 3 Subtract Step 4 Subtract
53. Are there are not enough 6 ones from the tens. Write
enough ones to ones, regroup 1 13 ones. the tens and
subtract 6? ten as 10 ones. ones. Write the
difference.
       tens        
  ones
yes no — —
             
——
Share and Show Math

Board
Draw to show the regrouping. Write the difference two ways.

Write the tens and ones. Write the number.
1. Subtract 13 2. Subtract 9 3. Subtract 28

from 41. from 48. from 52.
                                                           

—tens —
  ones

—tens —
  ones

—tens —
  ones

                                         

—— —— ——
Name
On Your Own
Draw to show the regrouping. Write the difference two ways.
4. Subtract 8 from 23. 5. Subtract 36 from 45. 6. Subtract 6 from 43.
                                                           

—ten —
  ones

—tens —   ones
                                         

—— —— ——
7. Subtract 39 from 67. 8. Subtract 21 from 50. 9. Subtract 29 from 56.

                                                           

—tens —
  ones

—tens —
  ones

                                         

—— —— ——
10. D raw to find what number was Tens Ones
subtracted from 53.

             from 53.
Subtract  ——
  3 tens          
         
—   4 ones
—
 
—— 34
             

World

11. Billy has 18 fewer marbles than
Sara. Sara has 34 marbles. How on the
many marbles does Billy have? Spot
                
marbles
—
12. There are 67 toy animals

in the store. Then the clerk sells 19 toy
animals. How many toy animals are
in the store now?
Draw to show how to find the answer.
Tens Ones
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (c) ©Lawrence Manning/Corbis
                
toy animals
—
Describe how you solved the problem.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to write a subtraction

story and then explain how to solve it.

LESSON 7.3
Name
Model Regrouping for Subtraction
Draw to show the regrouping.

Write the difference two ways.
1. Subtract 9 from 35. 2. Subtract 14 from 52.
Tens Ones Tens Ones
                          tens         

  ones
—tens —   ones — —

                       
— —

World

3. Mr. Ortega made 51 cookies. He gave
14 cookies away. How many cookies
does he have now?
           
cookies
—

for 37. Draw to show how you would
subtract 19 from 37. Write to explain
what you did.

Lesson Check
5. Subtract 9 from 36. 6. Subtract 28 from 45.
What is the difference? What is the difference?
Tens Ones Tens Ones
                 
 
— —
Spiral Review
51 − 8 =         
—
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
        
38 + 35 = —
63
18
+ 2

CHAPTER 7
Name Lesson 4
Model and Record 2-Digit Subtraction
I Can record 2-digit subtraction.

World

Draw quick pictures to show your model.
Tens Ones

Talk MP
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following problem. Did you trade blocks
Mr. Kelly made 47 muffins. His students ate 23 of
the muffins. How many muffins were not eaten? in your model? Explain
why or why not.

Model and Draw
Trace over the quick pictures in the steps.
56
Subtract.   
−1
__ 9
Step 1 Show 56. Step 2 If there Step 3 Subtract Step 4 Subtract
Are there are not enough the ones. the tens.
enough ones ones, regroup 16 − 9 = 7 4 − 1 = 3
to subtract 9? 1 ten as 10 ones.
4 16 4 16 4 16
5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6
− 1 9 − 1 9 − 1 9 − 1 9
7 3 7
Share and Show Math

Board
Draw a quick picture to solve. Write the difference.

4 7 3 2
− 1 5 − 1 8

Name
On Your Own
Draw a quick picture to solve. Write the difference.
3. Tens Ones Tens Ones 4.

Tens Ones Tens Ones
3 5 2 8
− 2 9 − 5
5 3 3 2
− 2 6 − 1 3
7. There are 16 robins

in the trees. 24 more fly in.
Then 28 robins fly away.
How many robins are
             robins
still in the trees?  ——

World
8. Claire’s puzzle has 85 pieces. She

has used 46 pieces so far. How
many puzzle pieces have not been on the
Spot
used yet?
             
puzzle pieces
—
9. T
here were some people at the
park. 24 people went home. Then
there were 19 people at the park.
How many people were at the
park before?
             
people
—
10. Mr. Estes has a box of 44 erasers.

He gives 28 erasers to his students. How many
erasers does Mr. Estes have now?
Show how you solved the problem.
               
 — erasers
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Write 73 • 28 on a sheet of paper.

Ask your child if they would regroup to find the difference.

LESSON 7.4
Name
Model and Record 2-Digit
Subtraction
Draw a quick picture to solve.
1. 2.
4 3 3 8
− 1 7 − 2 9

World

3. Selena has 63 stickers.
Her sister has 57 stickers.
How many more stickers does
Selena have than her sister? more stickers

to show the number 24. Then draw
a quick picture to show 24 after you
have regrouped 1 ten as 10 ones.
Explain how both pictures show the
same number, 24.

Lesson Check
5. What is the difference? 6. What is the difference?
Tens Ones Tens Ones
4 7 3 3
− 1 8 − 2 9
Spiral Review
       
10 − 6 = —
  16 + 49 =         
 —
9. What is the sum? 10. What is the difference? © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
       
28 + 8 = —
  52 − 6 =         
 

—

Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 7
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
55 − 9 =  
2. Break apart the numbers to subtract.

60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
85 − 18 =  
3. Maria had 47 marbles. She gave 8 to

her sister. How many marbles does
Maria have now?
Draw a picture or write to explain.
  marbles

4. 42 − 8 =   5. 53 − 16 =  
6. There are 34 plants in the greenhouse. 13 of

them are vegetable plants, and the rest are
houseplants. How many are houseplants?
Draw a picture or write to explain.
  houseplants
7. Marco has 45 stickers. He gave

some stickers to his brother. Now
he has 19 stickers left. How many
stickers did he give to his brother?
  stickers © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
8. Mesoon has 53 points. Pablo

has 46 points. How many fewer
points does Pablo have than
Mesoon?
  points

Name
Regroup if you need to. Write the difference.
9. Tens Ones 10. Tens Ones
■ ■ ■ ■
  
  
    
5      5       
  
    
3      2    
− 2 8
___ − 1 2
___

11. Subtract 8 from 36. What is the

difference?
Tens Ones
 
12. There are 24 children at a library. 3 children are

checking out books. The rest of the children are
reading. How many children are reading?
● 16 ● 27 ● 21 ● 19
Chapter 7 299
13. Subtract 27 from 43. Draw to show the regrouping. Fill in the
bubble next to all the ways to write the difference.
● 1 ten 6 ones
● 66
● 6 tens 1 one
● 16
14. Subtract 7 from 43.

Draw to show the regrouping. Write Tens Ones
the difference two ways. Write the
tens and ones. Write the number.
         tens          
  ones                    
— —
——
15. Draw a quick picture to solve. Write the difference.
Tens Ones
■ ■
  
  
    
6      2    
− 2 5
___

Explain what you did to find the difference.

Chapter
8
Name
Show What You Know
Subtraction Patterns
Subtract 2. Complete each subtraction equation.
1. 2
10 −          
— =  —
8
        
4.        =        
7−— —

2.        =        
9−— 5.        =        
6−—
—
—

3.        =        
8−— 6.        =        
5−—
—
—

Subtraction Facts
7.   
  7 8.   
  9 9.   
  6 10.   
  9 11.   
  9 12.   
  8
− _3 − _8 − _2 − _4 − _3 − _6
Tens and Ones

13. 21 14. 65
                       tens        

—tens —  ones —  
— ones

Chapter 8 • More 2-Digit Subtraction 301

Vocabulary Builder

Use review words to fill in the graphic organizer. difference
subtraction
digit
sentence tens
ones
minus
In words:
9                   
——3 equals 6
  
Write ones or tens for the place of the digit.
1. The digit 2 in the number 42.


CHAPTER 8
Name Lesson 1
2-Digit Subtraction
I Can subtract 2-digit numbers.

World
Draw a quick picture to model each problem.
Tens Ones
Tens Ones
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following problem. Math Construct arguments and
Devin had 36 toy robots on his shelf. He moved Talk MP
12 of the robots to his closet. How many robots
are on the shelf now? Repeat the activity with this Explain why
problem: Devin had 54 toy cars. He gave 9 of them
to his brother. How many cars does Devin have now? regrouping works.

Model and Draw
  4 2
Subtract.    
−
__15

Step 1 Are Step 2 Regroup Step 3 Subtract Step 4 Subtract
there enough 1 ten as 10 ones. the ones. the tens.
ones to 12 − 5 = 7 3−1=2
subtract 5?
3 12 3 12 3 12
4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2
− 1 5 − 1 5 − 1 5 − 1 5
7 2 7
Share and Show Math

Board
1. 2. 3.
     
   3   1      
   5 6      
   7 2
− 1   4
__ −
__ 2 1 −
__ 3     5
    

Name
On Your Own
4. Tens Ones 5. Tens Ones 6. Tens Ones 7. Tens Ones
   
  
     2   3         
    
  8 7
    3  4     
 6  1
  
−
___ 1 4 −
___ − 1 8
5 7 ___ − 1 3
___

8. 9. 10. 11.
4 5 5 2 3 2 7 5
       
−
   1 8 −
   3 6 −
   1 3 −
   4 3

12. 13. 14. 15.
5 6 9 4 8 7 8 3
           
−
   2 7 −
   2 9 −
   3 9 −
   4 6

16. Spencer wrote 5 fewer stories

than Katie. Spencer wrote

18 stories. How many on the
stories did Katie write? Spot
             
stories
—

World
17. Circle the problems below that you could

use mental math to solve.
         
54 − 10 =  — 63 − 27 =            93 − 20

—
39 − 2 =           
—
         
41 − 18 =  — 82 − 26
Explain when to use mental math.
18. There were 34 chickens in the barn.

Then 16 chickens went outside into the
yard, how many chickens were still
in the barn?
Circle the number from the box to make

the sentence true.
8
There were 18 chickens still in the barn.
28
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to write a 2-digit subtraction

problem with no regrouping needed. Have your child explain why they
chose those numbers.

LESSON 8.1
Name
2-Digit Subtraction
Regroup if you need to.

1. Tens Ones 2. Tens Ones 3. Tens Ones 4. Tens Ones
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
  
    
− 2 8
___

4      7       
    
− 1 8
___

3      3       
    
− 1 4
___

2      8       
    
− 1 9
___

6      6    

5. 6. 7. 8.
  7 7   5 8    5   2      8   7  

−
_ 2 6 −
_ 3 4 _− 2 5 −
_ 4 9
   

World
9. Mrs. Paul bought 32 erasers. She gave
19 erasers to students. How many erasers
does she still have?
        
  erasers
—
10. Write Math Write a few sentences about different

ways to show subtraction for a problem like 32 – 15.

Lesson Check
4 8 8 4
−3 9 −6 6
Spiral Review
13. What is the difference? 14. Write an addition fact that will
give the same sum as 8 + 7.
Tens Ones
10 +         

—
3 2
− 1 9
15. There are 27 adults and 23 16. There were 17 berries in

children at the museum. a basket. Then 9 berries were
How many people are at eaten. How many berries are
the museum? there now?
        
  people         
berries
—
—

CHAPTER 8
Name Lesson 2
Practice 2-Digit Subtraction
I Can practice subtracting 2-digit numbers.

World
Choose one way to solve the problem.

Math
Describe a different
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following problem way that you could
and have children choose their own methods
for solving it. There are 74 books in Mr. Barron’s have solved the
classroom. 19 of the books are about computers.
How many of the books are not about computers?
problem.

Model and Draw
Carmen had 50 game cards. Then she
gave 16 game cards to Theo. How many
game cards does Carmen have now?
Step 1
Look at Step 2 Subtract Step 3 Subtract
the ones. There are the ones. the tens.
not enough ones to 10 − 6 = 4 4−1=3
subtract 6 from 0.
So, regroup.
4 10
   4 10   
4 10
∙
   5∙  0    ∙5  0
∙
  
    / 5      0/ − 1 6
    − 1 6
__
−
_ 1 6 __
4 3 4

Share and Show Math

Board
1. 2. 3.
   3  8 65
        5  0
− 1 9
__
−
_ 3 2 − 1 2
__

4. 5. 6.
   2  3    7  0    5  2

−    4
__ −
__ 3 8 −
__ 1 7


Name
On Your Own
7. 8. 9. 10.
   4  1    5  8     6  0    5  2
− 2 4
__ − 1 6
__ − 1 3
__ − 4 7
__

11. 12. 13. 14.
   7  2    3  7     7  4    9  0
− 4 6
__ −
__ 6 −
__ 4 6 − 1 8
__

15. Write the missing numbers in the

subtraction problems.The regrouping for
each problem is shown.
6 15 7 13
     
         
−
__ −
__
4 7 2 5
16. Adam takes 38 rocks out of a box.
There are 23 rocks left in the box.

on the
How many rocks were in the Spot
box to start?           
—rocks
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to show you one way
to find 80 ∙ 34.

World
17. Mars drew 28 more stars on his art

project than Sarah. Mars drew
76 stars. How many stars did Sarah
draw on her art project?
          
—stars
18. Some oranges were in a truck going to

the store. The driver dropped off 37
oranges at the store. Now there are 23
oranges left in the truck. How many
oranges were in the truck at the start?
          
—oranges
19. There were 51 pieces of art at a

museum. Thirty-nine of them were
paintings, and the rest were sculptures.
How many pieces of art were sculptures?
          
—sculptures © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
20. Marissa had 51 toy dinosaurs. She gave

14 toy dinosaurs to her brother. How
many toy dinosaurs does she have now?
                
— toy dinosaurs

LESSON 8.2
Name
Practice 2-Digit Subtraction
1. 2. 3.
  
    5  0      
4 3
   
7  5
     
−1   8
__ −1 7
__ −1 8
__
   
4. 5. 6.
 
    2
2 
   
      
6 0
   
    
4 2
   

−
__ 6 −3 5
__ −3 4
__


World

7. Hala had 42 sheets of paper.
She gave 17 sheets to Kari.
How many sheets of paper
does Hala have now?
        
  sheets of paper
—
8. W
rite Math Draw and write to
explain how these two problems are
different: 35 – 15 = ________ and
43 – 26 = _________.

Lesson Check
 
   73   54
  
− 47
__ −
_ 13
Spiral Review
11. What is the sum? 12. What is the difference?
       
9 + 9 =  —
        
14 − 7 =  —

36 + 25 =         
— 7+2+3=

CHAPTER 8
Name Lesson 3
Rewrite 2-Digit Subtraction
I Can write subtraction problems two ways.

World
Write the numbers for each subtraction problem.
 

      
    

−     −
    
 

      
    
−
     −
    

Talk MP
structure.
Explain why it is
Have children write the numbers in vertical format. important to line
There were 45 children at a party. Then 23 children up the digits of the
went home. How many children were still at the
party? Repeat for three more problems. numbers in columns.

Model and Draw
What is 81 − 36?
Rewrite the subtraction problem.
Then find the difference.
Step 1 For 81, write the tens Step 2Look at the ones.
digit in the tens column. Regroup if you need to.
Write the ones digit Subtract the ones.
in the ones column. Subtract the tens. 7 11
 
     
  
     8 1   
  
      
   8/  1/
Repeat for 36.
− 3 6
      ___− 3 6
         
Share and Show Math

Board
Rewrite the subtraction problem. Then find the difference.
1. 37 − 4 2. 48 − 24 3. 85 − 37 4. 63 − 19
     
  
  
          
       
         
    
−   
      −
      −
     −
    
  
5. 62 − 37 6. 51 − 27 7. 76 − 3 8. 95 − 48
    
         
          
  
  
         
    
−
     −
     −
         −
    
  
Name
On Your Own
Rewrite the subtraction problem. Then find the difference.
9. 49 − 8 10. 85 − 47 11. 63 − 23 12. 51 − 23
     
  
  
         
          
       
    
−
         −
     −
      −
    
  
13. 60 − 15 14. 94 − 58 15. 47 − 20 16. 35 − 9
    
         
          
       
    
−
     −
     −
      −
    

17. 78 − 10 18. 54 − 38 19. 92 − 39 20. 87 − 28
     
       
         
         
    
−
      −
     −
     −
    

21. For which of the problems above could

you find the difference without rewriting
on the
it? Explain. Spot

World
Read about the class trip. Then answer the questions.
Pablo’s class went to an art museum. They

saw 26 paintings done by children. They
saw 53 paintings done by adults. They also
saw 18 sculptures and 31 photographs.
22. How many more paintings were

done by adults than by children?
                
more paintings
—
23. How many more paintings than

sculptures did they see?
                
more paintings
—
24. Xiao drew 23 pictures last year.

Beth drew 14 pictures. How many
more pictures did Xiao draw than Beth?
Fill in the bubble next to all the ways to

show the problem.
● 23
       
●   23 ● 23 − 14 ● 23 + 14
−
_ 14 +_ 14
               
 
— more pictures
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to write and solve

a subtraction problem about a family trip.

LESSON 8.3
Name
Rewrite 2-Digit Subtraction
Rewrite the subtraction problem.

1. 35 − 19 2. 47 − 23 3. 55 − 28
       

−
_ −
_ −
_


World

4. Abraham went to the toy store. He saw
23 wooden trains and 41 plastic trains.
How many more plastic trains than
wooden trains did he see?
        
  more plastic trains
—
5. W
rite Math Is it easier to subtract when
the numbers are written above and below
each other? Explain your answer.

Lesson Check
6. What is the difference for 7. What is the difference for
43 − 17? 50 − 16?
   
_ − −
_
   
Spiral Review
8. What is the sum? 9. What is the sum of 41 + 19?
22
4
25         
—
+ 16
10. Write an addition fact that will 11. What is the difference?
give the same sum as 5 + 9.
       
10 + —
       
45 − 13 = —

CHAPTER 8
Name Lesson 4
Add to Find Differences
I Can use addition to solve subtraction problems.

World
Draw pictures to show the problem.

Then write a number sentence for your drawing.
                
markers
——— —
Now draw pictures to show the next part of the problem.

Write a number sentence for your drawing.
                
markers
——— —
Math Look for and express regularity

Talk MP
in repeated reasoning.
Describe what
FOR THE TEACHER • Have children draw happens when you add
pictures to represent this problem. Marilina had
25 markers. She gave 3 markers to Josh. How back the number that
many markers does Marilina have now? Then ask you had subtracted.
children: How many markers will Marilina have if
Josh gives the 3 markers back to her?

Model and Draw
Count up from the number you are
subtracting to find the difference.
45 − 38 = ■
Start at 38. Count up to 40.
+2 +5
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Then count up 5 more to 45. 2+5=7

So, 45             
− 38 = —
  .
Share and Show Math

Board
Use the number line. Count up to find the difference.
1. 36 − 27 =           
 
—
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
2. 56 − 49 =           
 
—
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
3. 64 − 58 =           
 
—
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70

Name
On Your Own
4. 33 − 28 =           
 
—
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
5. 45 − 37 =           
 
—
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
6. 58 − 49 =           
 
—
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
7. There were 55 books on the table. Sandra

picked up some of the books. Now there on the
are 49 books on the table. How many books Spot
did Sandra pick up?
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
            
books
—

World
Solve. You may wish to use the number line

to help.
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
8. There are 46 game pieces in

a box. Adam takes 38 game
pieces out of the box. How
many game pieces are still
in the box?
                
game pieces
—
9. R
achel had 27 craft sticks.
Then she gave 19 craft sticks to Theo.
How many craft sticks does Rachel have now?
Circle the number from the box to make

the sentence true.
6
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (t) imagebroker / Alamy
Rachel has 7 craft sticks now.
8
Explain how you can use addition to solve the problem.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child describe how they

used a number line to solve one problem in this lesson.

LESSON 8.4
Name
Add to Find Differences
Use the number line. Count up

to find the difference.
1.         
36 − 29 = —
 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
2.         
43 − 38 = —
 
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

World
Solve. You may wish to use the number line.
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
3. Paquita has 63 index cards. She uses

57 of them for a project. How many
index cards does Paquita have now?
 —          index cards
4. W
rite Math Explain how a number line can be
used to find the difference for 34 – 28.

Lesson Check
70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
5. 82 − 75 =         
 
— 6. 90         
− 82 = —
 
Spiral Review
7. Jordan has 41 toy cars at 8. Rita has 15 fish. 9 are goldfish
home. He brings 24 cars to and the rest are guppies.
school. How many cars are at How many fish are guppies?
home?
                 
—cars —guppies
9. What is the sum? 10. Each table has 5 pencils.

There are 3 tables. How many
pencils are there altogether?
  3 5
+1 9
_

        
—pencils

CHAPTER 8
Name Lesson 5
Model Subtraction
I Can use bar models to determine the unknown
whole number in a subtraction equation.
Delilah and her mom made 33 puppets for

the craft fair. They sold 14 puppets.
How many puppets do they still have?
UNLOCK the Problem

I need to use?
how many puppets
  ———
  
                                            
   
They made —— puppets.

they still have
They sold —— puppets.

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Solaie/Shutterstock
     33 - 14 = ■
                                            
——— —— puppets
HOME CONNECTION • Your child used a bar model and an

equation to represent the problem. Using a bar model helps show
what is known and what is needed to solve the problem.

Try Another Problem
Fill in the bar model. Write an equation
with a ■ for the unknown number. Solve. • What do I need
to find?
1. Carlette had a box of 46 craft sticks. • What information
do I need to use?
She used 28 craft sticks to make a sailboat.
How many craft sticks were not used?
                                             
   
               
craft sticks
——— —
2. Zion’s class made 31 clay bowls. Makayla’s class

made 15 clay bowls. How many more clay
bowls did Zion’s class make than Makayla’s class?
                                                         
more clay bowls
   
   
——— —
Math

that Problem 1 is a
take-away problem

Name
Share and Show Math

Board
Fill in the bar model. Write an equation

with a ■ for the unknown number. Solve.
3. Mr. Baeza makes 32 wooden
frames. He gives away
15 frames as gifts. How many
frames does he still have?
           
frames                                              
  
   
  ———
—
4. Yee-Tai has 21 ribbons in a

box. He has 15 ribbons on the
wall. How many more ribbons
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (t) ©Getty Images; (b) ©Photodisc/Getty Images
does he have in the box than

on the wall?
           
— more ribbons                                               
  
   
———
5. Jennifer wrote 9 poems at

school and 11 poems at
home. She wrote 5 more on the
poems than Nell. How many Spot
poems did Nell write?
           
poems
—

On Your Own
6. There are 70 children. 28 children are

hiking and 16 are at a picnic. The rest
of the children are playing soccer. How
many children are playing soccer?
Draw a model with bars for the

problem. Describe how your
drawing shows the problem.
Then solve the problem.
7. There are 48 crackers in a bag. The children eat

25 crackers. How many crackers are still in the bag?
Circle the bar model that can be used to solve the problem.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Dmitry Natashin/Shutterstock

25 23 48 25 73 48
48 73 25
Write an equation with a ■ for the unknown
number. Solve.
               
crackers
—


LESSON 8.5
Name
Model Subtraction
Fill in the bar model. Write an

equation with a for the
unknown number. Solve.
1. Mai picked some flowers that
were pink and yellow. She picked
34 pink flowers. She had 18 fewer
yellow flowers than pink flowers.
How many flowers were yellow?
         yellow flowers                                              

   
— —————
2. Azim had 45 toy cars. He put

26 toy cars in a box. How many
toy cars were not in the box?
                                                      
—toy cars   —————
   
3. Write Math Explain how a bar model can be used to show a

subtraction problem.

Lesson Check
4. There were 39 pumpkins at the 5. There were 48 ants on a hill.
store. Then 17 of the pumpkins Then 13 of the ants marched
were sold. How many pumpkins away. How many ants are still
are still at the store? on the hill?
                 
—pumpkins —ants
Spiral Review
6. Ashley had 26 markers. Her 7. What is the sum?
friend gave her 17 more
markers. How many markers
does Ashley have now?
 
   46
+
__ 24
         markers
—
8. Write a subtraction fact that 9. What is the sum?

will give the same difference as
15 − 7.
10 − 34 + 5 =         
 
—

CHAPTER 8
Name Lesson 6
Write Equations to
Represent Subtraction
I Can write an equation to represent a problem.

World
Draw to show the problem. Write an

equation. Then solve.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Matthew Cole/Shutterstock
                                             
  
   
  ———

Talk MP
FOR THE TEACHER • Read this problem to children. Describe how your
Franco had 53 crayons. He gave some crayons to drawing shows the
Courtney. Now Franco has 38 crayons. How many
crayons did Franco give to Courtney? problem.

Model and Draw
You can write an equation to show
a problem.
Hala had 65 postcards. She gave
24 postcards to Wesley. How many
postcards does Hala have now?
THINK
65 postcards
65 – 24 =
     ■
                                             
———
–24 postcards
4 1 postcards
Hala has postcards now.
Share and Show Math

Board

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (tr) ©Charles Smith/Corbis; ©William Leaman/Alamy
1. T
here were 32 birds in the
trees. Then some birds flew
away and 18 were left. How
many birds flew away?
birds
2. C
arla read some pages in her
book. Jose read 32 pages in
his book. Jose read 11 pages
fewer than Carla. How many
pages did Carla read?
pages

Name
On Your Own

3. T
here were 40 ants on a rock.
Some ants moved to the grass.
Now there are 26 ants on the
rock. How many ants moved to
the grass?
ants
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (bl) ©Photodisc/Getty Images; (tl) Burke/Triolo Productions/Brand X/Corbis
4. Keisha had a bag of ribbons. on the

She took 29 ribbons out of the Spot
bag. Then there were 17 ribbons
still in the bag. How many
ribbons were in the bag to start?
ribbons
5. There were 50 bees in a hive.

Some bees flew out. If fewer Use subtraction to prove your
than 20 bees were still in the answer.
hive, how many bees could have
flown out?
bees

World
6. Meir made this number line to

find a difference. What was he
subtracting from 100?
57 60 80 100
7. There are 52 pictures on the wall.

37 are wildcats and the rest are birds.
How many of the pictures are birds?
Choose the tiles with the correct numbers and symbols to write
an equation for the problem.
15 25 37 52 − + =
                                
                
birds
—
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain how they

solved one problem in this lesson.

LESSON 8.6
Name
Write Equations to
Represent Subtraction

Use a for the unknown number. Then solve.
1. 29 children rode their bikes
to school. After some of the
children rode home, there
were 8 children with bikes still
at school. How many children
rode their bikes home?
                                     
            children
 —

World
2. There were 21 children in the library.
After 7 children left the library, how many
children were still in the library?
        children
 —
3. Write Math Describe different ways that

you can show a story problem. Use one
of the problems in this lesson as your

example.

Lesson Check
4. Elise had 42 beads. She used 5. Kyson had 36 baseball cards.
some beads for a bracelet. He gave 17 cards to his sister.
She has 14 beads left. How How many baseball cards does
many beads did she use for the Kyson have now?
bracelet?
         
beads          
cards
—
—
Spiral Review
6 + 7 =         
— 16 − 9 =         
 
—
8. What is the difference? 9. Write an addition fact that will

give the same sum as 6 + 8. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
  4   6 10 +         

 
—
−
__3      9  


Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 8
1. Do you need to regroup to subtract? Choose
Yes or No.
65 − 23 ● Yes ● No
50 − 14 ● Yes ● No
37 − 19 ● Yes ● No
77 − 60 ● Yes ● No
2. Use the number line. Count up to find the difference.
52 − 48 =  
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
3. Ed has 28 blocks. Sue has

34 blocks. Who has more
blocks? How many more?
Label the bar model. Solve.
Circle the word and number
from each box to make the
sentence true.
6
Ed
has 16 more blocks.
Sue
52

Rewrite the subtraction problem. Then find the
difference.
4. 53 − 17 5. 29 − 12
6. What is 33 − 19? Use the numbers on the

tiles to rewrite the subtraction problem.
14 19 33 52
7. There are 43 berries in a basket. Omar takes

32 berries out of the basket. How many
berries are still in the basket?
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
berries

Name
8. Tens Ones 9. Tens Ones
   7 9  
         4 3  
     
− 2 8
___ − 1 3
___

10. Find the difference.
90
− 62
Fill in the bubble next to one number from

each
Tens
column
Ones
to show the difference.
Tens Ones
● 2 ● 1
● 3 ● 2
● 5 ● 8
11. There are 22 children at the park. 5 children are

on the swings. The rest of the children are playing
ball. How many children are playing ball?
● 13 ● 23 ● 17 ● 27
Chapter 8 341
12. Mr. Franco bought 41 paintbrushes.
Mr. Franco bought 22 more
paintbrushes than Mrs. Moskal.
How many paintbrushes did
Mrs. Moskal buy?
Draw a picture or explain.
paintbrushes
13. Jill collects stamps. Her stamp book has space for
64 stamps. She needs 18 more stamps to fill the
book. How many stamps does Jill have now?
Jill has stamps.
14. There are 23 ducks in a pond. If 14 ducks leave the

pond, how many ducks will still be in the pond?
Draw a picture or explain.
ducks

Chapter
9
Name
Show What You Know
Addition Models
Use the models to complete each addition sentence.
1. 2.
       
  +        
  =        
         
  +        
  =        
 
— — — — — —
Addition Facts
Write the sum.
3.   
  8 4.   
  9 5.   
  7 6.   
  9 7.   
  2 8.   
  1
+ _8 + _6 + _6 +
_ 3 + _8 + _1
Subtraction Facts
9.   
  12   13
10.      16
11.    12.   
  11 13.   
  17   10
14.   
−
_ 6 −
_ 4 −
_ 7 −
_ 5 −
_ 9 −
_ 5

Chapter 9 • 2-Digit Addition and Subtraction 343

Review Words
is equal to =
Visualize It is not equal to ≠
Use review words to fill in the graphic organizer.
number
example 2+4 6 1+3 5
model
example
words
symbol

1. 8 4 + 4.
2. 6 2 + 5.
3. 1 + 1 2.
4. 3 + 4 9.

CHAPTER 9
Name Lesson 1
Models for Multi-Step Problems
I Can model multi-step problems.

World
Label the bar model to show each problem. Then solve.


FOR THE TEACHER • Read this 1st problem for Talk MP
children. Cassie has 32 sheets of paper. She gives Jeff
9 sheets of paper. How many sheets of paper does Describe how the
Cassie have now? After children solve, read this
2nd problem. Now Cassie has fewer pieces of paper two bar models are
than she started with. How many more pieces of different.
paper does Cassie have than Jeff?

Model and Draw
Bar models help you know what to do to solve a problem.
Ali has 27 stamps. Milos has 38 stamps. How many more
stamps are needed so they will have 91 stamps?
27 38 First, find how many

stamps they have now.
                
They have —
  stamps now.
Next, find how many more

stamps they need.
91
                
They need —
  more stamps.
Share and Show Math

Board
THINK: What do you

Complete the bar models for the steps
you do to solve the problem. need to find first?
1. T
anguy has 93 beads. Ana
has 46 red beads and 29
blue beads. How many
more beads does Tanguy
have than Ana?
more beads

Name
On Your Own
Complete the bar models for the steps you do
to solve the problem.
2. M
ax has 35 trading cards. He
buys 22 more cards. Then he
gives 14 cards to Rafiq. How
many cards does Max have now?
cards
3. Django has 32 toy cars. He

trades 7 of those cars for
11 other toy cars. How many
toy cars does Django have now?
toy cars
4. Tony and Agatha each have

37 bows. They buy 1 package
with 15 bows in it. How many

bows do they have now?
ribbons

World
5. S
helby has 32 rocks. She finds
33 more rocks at the park on the
Spot
and gives 28 rocks to George.
How many rocks does she
have now?
rocks
6. B
jorn finds 31 pinecones at the park.
Together, Jenna and Ellen find the
same number of pinecones as Bjorn.
How many pinecones could they each
have found?
Jenna: pinecones
Ellen: pinecones
7. K
alene finds 22 leaves. Maurice finds 5 more leaves than Kalene
finds. How many leaves do the children find in all?
Draw or write to show how you solve the problem.
               leaves

—

would solve Problem 6 if the number 31 was changed to 42.

LESSON 9.1
Name
Models for Multi-Step Problems
Complete the bar models for the steps
you do to solve the problem.
1. Gunnar has 60 building blocks.

His sister gives him 17 more
blocks. He uses 38 blocks to
make a tower. How many blocks
are not used in the tower?
          
—blocks

World

2. Ava has 25 books. She gives away
7 books. Then Teo gives her 12 books.
How many books does Ava have now?
          books
 —
3. Write Math Choose one of the problems on

this page. Describe how you decided what
steps were needed to solve the problem.

Lesson Check
4. Sara has 18 crayons. Moritz 5. Jon has 12 pennies. Selena has
has 19 crayons. How many 17 pennies. How many more
crayons more than 24 do they pennies do they need to have
have altogether? 75 pennies altogether?
        
  crayons         
  pennies
—
—
Spiral Review
       
58 − 13 = —
 
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
7. What is the sum? 8. There are 26 cards in a box.

Ohan takes 12 cards. How
many cards are still in the box?
  4 7
+
_ 1 5

         
—cards

CHAPTER 9
Name Lesson 2
Write Problem Situations
I Can write a real-world problem that can be
shown by an equation.

World

Use a ■ for the unknown number.
                                                    
   
   
———
Draw to show how you solved for the unknown number.

Math
Is there a different
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following problem to
children, and have them write an equation for the equation that you
problem. Zach has a book with 79 pages in it. He reads could have written?
24 pages on Monday. How many more pages are there
in the book for Zach to read? Explain.

Model and Draw
This equation has an unknown addend.
34 + ■ = 61
The story problem below has an unknown part.
It could be shown with the equation.
Reina has 34 pages of photos. She

wantshas
Reina to have 61 pages
34 pages of photos
of photos. Shein
all. Howtomany
wants have more pages
61 pages of of photos
photos in
does she need?
all. How many more pages of photos
does she need?
Share and Show Math

Board
Write a story problem that could be shown with

each equation. Then solve.
1. 45 − 13 = ■
Mikhail had 45 tokens at the school fair.
2. 36 + 22 = ■
Kyla has a box of shells.

Name
On Your Own
Write a story problem that could be shown with
each equation. Then solve.
3. ■ + 48 = 97
4. 73 – ■ = 21
5. Marta and Debbie each have

17 ribbons. They buy 1 package on the
Spot
with 8 ribbons in it. How many
ribbons do they have now?
             
ribbons
—

Choose the correct answer.
6. There are 45 chickens, 24 cows, and 31 goats in
the field. Which problem can be solved with
the equation?
45 + 31 = ?
● How many animals are in the field?
● How many chickens and goats are in the field?
● How many chickens and cows are in the field?
7. There are 45 chickens, 24 cows, and

31 goats in the field. Which problem
can be solved with the equation?
31 − ? = 24
● How many more cows than goats?
● How many fewer cows than goats?
● How many cows and goats are in the field?
8. Write a story problem that could be shown
with the equation. Then solve.
38 + 47 = ■ © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain how they solved one of the
problems on this page.

LESSON 9.2
Name
Write Problem Situations
Write a story problem that could be shown
with the equation. Then solve.
1. 64 − 32 = ■
Gabriella has a book with 64 pages in it.
                                                                                                                    
    
      
————————
                                                                                                                    
    
      
————————
                                                                                                                    
    
      
————————
                                                                                                                    
    
      
————————
                                                                                                                    
    
      
————————

World

2. John and Leif each have 13 trading cards.
They buy 1 package with 6 cards in it. How
many trading cards do they have now?
             
trading cards
—
3. Franchon has 41 beads. She trades 8 of

those beads for 12 other beads. How many beads
does Franchon have now?

             
beads
—

Lesson Check
4. On a ranch, there are 46 cows, 23 pigs, and
38 horses. Which problem can be solved with
the equation?
23 + 38 = ?
● W
hat is the total number of cows and pigs on
the ranch?
● W
hat is the total number of cows and horses
on the ranch?
● W
hat is the total number of pigs and horses
on the ranch?
Spiral Review
5. There are 51 children, 22 adults, and 15 pets at
the town fair. What is the total number of people
and pets at the town fair?
● 73
● 8
8
● 3
7
6. Camilla has 24 marbles. Pim has 39 marbles. How many more

marbles do they need to have 75 marbles altogether?
                                       
   
———

CHAPTER 9
Name Lesson 3
Balance Number Sentences
I Can find unknown numbers in an equation.

World
Draw to show the problem.
         books
—
         books
—
FOR THE TEACHER Read this problem and have Math Construct arguments and
children draw a diagram to represent it. Anu had Talk MP
some books. She bought 5 more. Now she has 11
books. How many books did she have to start? Describe what you
Repeat activity for this problem. Luc had some
books. He gave 6 books to friends. Now he has 5 drew to show the
books left. How many books did he have before
he gave books to friends?
first problem.

Model and Draw
What number will complete the equation?
13 + 15 = 16 + ?  ■ THINK:

Both sides of the equal
sign must have the
same value.
28
         ■ ?
— = 16 +  

13 + 15 16 + ?
So, 13 + 15 = 16 + ■ .
Share and Show Math

Board
Write the number that will complete

each equation.
1. 18 + 7 = ■ + 20 2. 73 + ■ = 97 − 11
25 86
3. ■ − 23 = 26 + 2
4. 17 + 25 = ■ + 18 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. ■+ 18 = 29 + 24 6. 43 − 17 = 14 + ■
Name
On Your Own
each equation.
7. 31 − 26 = 49 − ■ 8. 17 + ■ = 0 + 19
9. ■ + 27 = 24 + 26
10. 45 − 6 = ■ + 5
11. 90 − 2 = 94 − ■ 12. ■ + 25 = 19 + 31
13. 35 + 49 = 67 + ■ 14. 43 − ■ = 33 + 5
15. 14 − ■= 17 − 9 16. 28 + 37 = ■ + 49
Write two numbers that will

complete each equation.
17. ■ = ■ + 37
25 + 18. 12 − ■=3+■
■ + ■ = 66 − 29 ■ + 43 = ■ + 29
19. 20.
21. ■ + 20 = 50 − ■ 22. 45 − ■ = 38 − ■

Problem Solving • Applications Math
Write equations that use both addition and

subtraction. Use each choice only once.
29 − 12
13 + 4
23.
29 —
— − 12 = —
                  13— +4
                  21 + 24
54 − 36
17 = 17 35 + 44
24.
99 − 20
                                   60 − 15
— — = —    —
9+9
25. 26.
                                                  
— = —
                  
— — = —    — —    —
27. W
hich number will make this
equation true? ● 40
● 33
● 29
35 + 18 = ■ + 27 ● 26
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Write two equations similar to those

in this lesson. Have your child solve for the unknown numbers.

LESSON 9.3
Name
Balance Number Sentences
each equation.
1. 13 + 16 = 24 + ■ 2. 28 + 35 = ■ + 46
3. 87 + 11 = 55 + ■ 4.
■ + 15 = 26 + 24
5. 80 + 20 = ■ + 50 6. 19 + ■ = 36 + 16
7.
■ + 12 = 25 + 45 8. 13 + 18 = ■ + 19
9. 33 + ■ = 47 + 35 10.
■ + 47 = 48 + 46
11. 16 + 39 = ■ + 28 12. 45 + ■ = 8 + 54
13. 80 + ■ = 35 + 46 14. 59 + 17 = 28 + ■

World
Write two numbers that will complete

each equation.
15. 35 + ■ = ■ + 42 16.
■ + 19 = 58 + ■
Lesson Check
17. What number completes the 18. What number completes the
equation? equation?
18 + 25 = ■ + 36 62 − 29 = ■ + 16
● 6 ● 27
● 7 ● 26
● 13 ● 11
● 19 ● 17
Spiral Review
19. Which number is another way 20. Which group of numbers is
to write seventeen? listed in order from least to
● 1 greatest?
● 7 ● 278, 326, 319
● 17 ● 457, 382, 460
● 71 ● 183, 192, 191
● 353, 361, 415
21. Which statement is true? 22. Count on by 10s. Which
● 105 < 95 number is next?
● 568 > 564 85, 95, 105, 115,
● 123 = 132 ● 116
785 > 875
●
● 118
● 120
● 125

CHAPTER 9
Name Lesson 4
Equal and Not Equal
I Can tell if both sides of an equation are
equal or not equal.

World
Use cubes to model the problem.

Then draw to show your work.

Talk MP
quantitatively.
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following problems. Have
children solve and explain their answers. Alana has 6 red Explain how you
buttons and 4 blue buttons. Sonika has 8 green buttons and can compare the
2 black buttons. Do Alana and Sonika have the same number
of buttons? Explain. Ross has 8 red buttons and 5 blue number of buttons in
buttons. Niko has 6 green buttons and 5 black buttons. Do the second problem.
Ross and Niko have the same number of buttons? Explain.

Model and Draw
Use = to show that two amounts are equal. 5 = 5

Use ≠ to show that two amounts are not equal . 5 ≠ 4
24 + 27 15 + 36 24 + 27 15 + 38
24 + 27 15 + 36 24 + 27 15 + 38
51 ●
= 51 51 ●
≠ 53
So, 24 + 27 = 15 + 36. So, 24 + 27 ≠ 15 + 38.

is not
is equal to equal to
Share and Show Math

Board
Write = or ≠ to make each statement true.
1. 17 + 28 ● 32 + 13 2. 17 + 23 ● 40 + 19 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. 32 −6 ● 41 − 16 4. 41 − 24 ● 35 − 18
5. 18 + 36 ● 27 + 27 6. 35 − 16 ● 29 − 13
Name
On Your Own
7.
● 22 + 20
26 + 18 8. 17 + 39 ● 23 + 33
9. ● 11 + 35
28 + 18 10.
● 28 − 14
27 − 12
11.
● 12 + 30
19 + 21 12. 29 + 25 ●
25 + 29
13. ● 30 + 10
26 + 14 14. 39 − 27 ● 45 − 33
15. ● 31 + 42
49 + 24 16. 32 − 13 ● 31 − 12
Write a number to make each statement true.
17. 4+7≠5+ ■ 18. 4

+ 5 = 12 −■
14 − 6 = 4 + ■ 8+2≠6+■
19. 20.
21. 16 − 7 ≠ 6 + ■ 22. 13 − 4 = 14 − ■

World
Circle all the cards that make each statement true.

23.
15 + 12 + 15 16 + 15
= 42
28 + 14 17 + 13 + 13
24.
38 − 9 33 − 15
≠ 29
13 + 6 + 13 46 − 17
25.
29 + 16 37 + 8
= 45
19 + 28 24 + 12 + 5
26. Marisa wrote a statement on

the board. ● 13 + 14
● 44 − 18
43 − 16 ≠
27 + 0
●
Which answer makes the
statement true? ● 36 − 9
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to tell you what the
symbol ∙ means and then complete this statement: 3 ∙ 8 ∙ __.

LESSON 9.4
Name
Equal and Not Equal
1. ● 5 + 21
14 + 2 2. 17 + 35 ● 26 + 26
3. 26 − 18 ● 27 − 19 4. 20 + 14 ● 31 + 4
5. 28 − 11 ● 31 − 13 6. 32 − 15 ●
30 − 13
7. 19 + 12 ● 12 + 19 8. 27 + 12 ● 16 + 24
9. 39 + 16 ● 38 + 16 10. 34 − 17 ●
16 + 1
11. 21 − 6 ●
38 + 16 12. 21 + 11 ● 44 − 12

World
ircle all the cards that make the

13. C
statement true.
5∙4∙5 7∙7
∙ 14
9∙5 7∙9

Lesson Check
14. Which makes the equation 15. Which makes the equation
true? true?
37 − 18 = —
         
15 + 75 = —
         

● 20 − 1 ● 56 + 53
● 4 + 5 ● 100 − 7
● 38 − 21 ● 34 + 57
● 12 + 17 ● 42 + 48
Spiral Review
16. Which is another way to write 17. Which is another way to
80 + 9? write 56?
● 8 ● 50 tens 6 ones
18. What is the value of the 19. Which is another way to write
underlined digit? 30 + 7?
758 ● 10
● 7 ● 37
● 70 ● 73
● 700 ● 307
● 750

Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 9
Complete the bar models for the
steps you do to solve the problem.
1. Alejandro has 41 green marbles.

He trades 8 of those marbles for
13 yellow marbles. How many
marbles does Alejandro have now?
                 marbles
2. Write a story problem that could be shown with the

equation. Then solve.
56 − ■ = 23
3. Write the number that will complete the sentence.
+ 23 = 14 + 35

4. Victor has a box of 24 pencils. Which equation could be
used to find how many more pencils he needs to have
50 pencils?
● 24 + 50 = ■
● 50 − 24 = ■
● ■ − 24 = 50
5. What number completes the equation?
68 − 39 = + 16
● 29
● 13
● 12
● 18
Complete the bar models for the

steps you do to solve the problem.
6. Jacob’s puzzle has 84 pieces.

Jacob puts together 27 pieces in
the morning. He puts together
38 more pieces in the afternoon.

How many pieces does Jacob
need to put together to finish
the puzzle?
               
  more pieces

Name
7. Some balloons were in the room. Then 13 balloons

popped. Now there are 27 balloons left in the room.
How many balloons were in the room to start?
Which equation shows this problem?
● 27 − 13 = ■
● ■ − 13 = 27
● ■ + 13 = 27
Write = or ≠ to make the statement true.
8. 16 + 52 33 + 34 9. 38 + 15 34 + 19
10. Which makes the statement true?
67 − 58 =
● 6+6
● 12 − 9
● 5+4
● 10 − 3
Chapter 9 371
11. Jay has 16 crayons. Suki has 24 crayons.
How many more crayons do they need
to have 50 crayons altogether?
Draw or write to show how you solve
the problem.
                 crayons
12. Write the number that will complete the equation.
− 16 = 14 + 25
13. Circle all the cards that make the statement true.
17 + 16 ≠
13 + 18 15 + 18 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
12 + 12 + 3 13 + 13 + 7

Chapter
10
Name
Show What You Know
Model Subtracting Tens

1. 2.
5 tens − 3 tens = —
  tens
7 tens − 2 tens = —
  tens

50 − 30 = —
  70 − 20 = —
 
2-Digit Addition
Write the sum.
  54
3.      35
4.      82
5.    6.   
  29
+
_ 25 +
_ 18 +
_ 67 +
_ 81

Write the hundreds, tens, and ones shown. Write the number.
7.
Hundreds Tens Ones
            
—
8.
Hundreds Tens Ones
            
—
Chapter 10 • 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 373

Vocabulary Builder

Fill in the graphic organizer by writing examples regroup
of ways to regroup. sum
difference
hundreds
regroup
name 13 ones as
1 ten 3 ones
1. Write a number that has
a hundreds digit that is
greater than its tens digit. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credit: ©HMH
               
—
2. Write an addition sentence

that has a sum of 20.                                           
   
———
3. Write a subtraction sentence

that has a difference of 10.                                           
  ———
   

CHAPTER 10
Name Lesson 1
Draw to Represent 3-Digit Addition
I Can use a model to show adding 3-digit numbers.

World
Draw quick pictures to model the problem.

Then solve.
Hundreds Tens Ones
                
pages
—

Talk MP
FOR THE TEACHER • Read this problem to Explain how your
children. Manuel read 147 pages in a book. Then
he read 33 more pages. How many pages did quick pictures show
Manuel read? Have children draw quick pictures the problem.
to solve the problem.

Model and Draw
Use the number line to add 147 and 33. Write the partial sums.
Then write the sum.
                
147 + 33 = —
145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

147 177 180
+30 +3
Share and Show Math

Board
Draw quick pictures. Write how many hundreds,

tens, and ones in all. Write the sum.
1. Add 125 and 347.
Hundreds Tens Ones
                             

—hundreds —
  tens   —ones


                
—
Use a number line to find the sum. Write the partial sums. Then write
the sum.
2. Add 630 and 280.
          
630 + 280 = —

600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950

630
+200 +80

Name
On Your Own
Use number lines to add. Write the partial sums.
Then write the sum.
3. Add 225 and 47.
225 + 47 =           
—
220 225 230 235 240 245 250 255 260 265 270 275 280
225
+40 +7
4. Add 180 and 120.

          
180 + 120 = —

100 150 200 250 300 350 400

180
+100 +20
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (t) ©Teguh Mujiono/Shutterstock
5. Use the quick pictures to find the two numbers

being added. Then write how many hundreds, on the
Spot
tens, and ones in all. Write the number.
Hundreds Tens Ones
            
Add —             
and — .
                             
—hundreds —
  tens —
  ones

                
—

World
6. There are 120 poems in Sarita's book

and 140 poems in Angie’s book. How
many poems are in these two books?
Use a number line to solve.
100 150 200 250 300

                
poems
—
7. Rhys wants to add 456 and 131.

elp Rhys solve this problem. Draw quick pictures.
H
Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones in all.
Write the number.
Hundreds Tens Ones
                             

—hundreds —
  tens —
  ones

                
—
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Write 150 ∙ 75. Have your child explain
how they use a number line to find the sum.

LESSON 10.1
Name
Draw to Represent 3-Digit Addition
Use a number line to add.

Write the partial sums.
Then write the sum.
1. Add 140 and 160.
          
 
140 + 160 = —
100 150 200 250 300

140
+100 +60

World
2. A farmer sold 324 lemons and 36 limes.
How many pieces of fruit did the farmer
sell altogether?
             pieces of fruit

—
3. Write Math Draw quick pictures

and write to tell how you would
add 342 and 416.

Lesson Check
4. Ms. Carol sold 346 child tickets 5. Mr. Harris counted 227 gray
and 13 adult tickets. How many pebbles and 80 white pebbles.
tickets did Ms. Carol sell? How many pebbles did
Mr. Harris count?
              
tickets               
pebbles
— —
Spiral Review
6. Sonia has 3 rows of shells. 7. Kara counted 32 red pens,
There are 4 shells in each 25 blue pens, 7 black pens,
row. How many shells does and 24 green pens. How many
Sonia have? pens did Kara count?
                 
—shells —pens
8. Kai had 46 blocks. He gave 9. A shop has 55 posters for sale.

39 blocks to his sister. 34 posters show sports.
How many blocks does Kai The rest of the posters show
have left? animals. How many posters
show animals?
       
46 − 39 = —
  blocks         

—posters

CHAPTER 10
Name Lesson 2
Break Apart 3-Digit Addends
I Can break apart addends to add
hundreds, tens, and then ones.
Listen and Draw

Write the number. Draw a quick picture for the
number. Then write the number in different ways.
                   
  
–––
                             
—hundreds —
  tens —
  ones

                
+—  +—                                   
—
                   
  
–––
                             

—hundreds —
  tens —
  ones

                
+—  +—                                   
—
Math
FOR THE TEACHER • Have children write 258 Talk MP Attend to precision.
on the blank in the left corner of the first box.
Have children draw a quick picture for this What number can be
number and then complete the other two forms
for the number. Repeat the activity for 325.
written as 400 + 20 + 9?

Model and Draw
Break apart the addends into hundreds, tens, and
ones. Add the hundreds, the tens, and the ones.
Then find the total sum.
538 500 + 30 + 8
             
 —+216   ———
  
   200 + 10 + 6
                                 
700 + —        
  +—        
 
             
=—
 
Use a number line to add 216 to 538 by breaking apart 216.

+ 100 + 100 + 10 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1
538 638 738 748 749 750 751 752 753 754
Share and Show Math

Board

Use the number line to add.
1. 321 —              
  +—

             
  +—              
 
             
+457              
               
+—
               
+—
 
                                                     
—
   ——————
   
   
—

             
               
               
               
 
— +—

+—
=—
321
2.               +              
744  —                
+—
 
—
             
+162              
               
+—
               
+—
 
                                                     
 —  ——————   
   
—

             
               
               
               
 
— +—
+—
=—
744

Name
On Your Own
3.               +              
374  —                
+—
 
—
             
+518  —               +              
  +—             
 
                                                     
 —  ——————
   
   
—

             
               
               
               
 
— +—

+—

=—
4.               +              
425  —                
+—
 
—
             
+232  —               +              
  +—             
 
                                                     
 —  ——————
   
   
—

             
               
               
               
 
—
+—
+— =—
5.              
849 —
               
+—
 
             
+—
 
             
+123  —               +              
  +—             
 
                                                     
 —  ——————
   
   
—

             
               
               
               
 
—
+—
+— =—
6. Use a number line to add 352 + 225.
352
7. M
r. Jones has many sheets of paper.
He has 158 sheets of blue paper, on the
Spot
100 sheets of red paper, and
231 sheets of green paper.
How many sheets of paper
does he have?                 
sheets of paper
—

World
8. Kheng added in a different way. Use Kheng’s way to find the sum.
     327    539 

  
_ + 468 +_ 247
700 7 hundreds
   80  8 tens
_ + 15 15 ones
795
9. There are 376 children at one school.

There are 316 children at another school.
How many children are at the two schools?
     376
        
  
   300 + 70 + 6
      
+ 316
__ 300 + 10 + 6
____
Select one number

from each column to Hundreds Tens Ones
solve the problem.
● 2 ● 4 ● 2
● 4 ● 8 ● 3
● 6 ● 9 ● 6
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Write 347 ∙ 215. Have your child

break apart the numbers and then find the sum.

LESSON 10.2
Name
Break Apart 3-Digit Addends
1. 518 +
+
+             
221 + +
—
+ + =
2. 438 + +
            
+ 142
— + +
+ + =

World
3. There are 126 crayons in a bucket.
A teacher puts 144 more crayons
in the bucket. How many crayons
are in the bucket now?
             crayons
—
4. Write Math Draw quick

pictures and write to explain
how to break apart addends
to find the sum of 324 + 231.

Lesson Check
218 + 145 =                664 + 223 =               

— —
Spiral Review
7. Ang found 19 berries and 8. Write a subtraction fact related
Barry found 21 berries. How to 9 + 6 = 15.
many berries did they find
altogether?
       
  berries
—
9. There are 25 goldfish and 10. Subtract 16 from 41. Draw to

33 betta fish. How many fish show the regrouping.
are there? What is the difference?
Tens Ones
       
  fish
—
        
—

CHAPTER 10
Name Lesson 3
3-Digit Addition: Regroup Ones
I Can regroup ones in addition.

World

Hundreds Tens Ones

FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following problem

and have children model it with blocks. There Math
were 213 people at the show on Friday and Talk MP Model with mathematics.
156 people at the show on Saturday. How many
people were at the show on the two nights? Have Describe how you
children draw quick pictures to show how they
solved the problem.
modeled the problem.

Model and Draw
Hundreds
Hundreds Tens
Tens Ones
Ones Hundreds Tens Ones
Add. 246 + 117
2 14 6
+ 12 4 6
Add the ones.
1 7
+ 1 1 7
13
3
Regroup. 13 ones = 1 ten + 3 ones
Add the tens. Hundreds Tens

Hundreds Tens Ones
11
22 44 6
+ + 11 11 7
6
6 3
Add the hundreds. Hundreds

Hundreds Tens
Tens Ones
1
22 4 66
+ + 11 11 77
246 + 117 = 363 33 6
6 33
Share and Show Math

Board
Use drawings or models to add. Solve the problem.

1. 328 + 134 =           
  — 2. 445 + 23 =           
 
—

3 2 8 4 4 5
+ 1 3 4 + 2 3

Name
On Your Own
3. 526 + 103 = —          
 
          
 
4. 348 + 19 = —

5 2 6 3 4 8
+ 1 0 3 + 1 9
          
 
5. 628 + 347 = —
          
 
6. 235 + 257 = —

6 2 8 2 3 5
+ 3 4 7 + 2 5 7
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (t) ©Teguh Mujiono/Shutterstock
          
 
7. 562 + 329 = — 8. 147 + 125 =           
 —
5 6 2 1 4 7
+ 3 2 9 + 1 2 5
9. On Thursday, there were 326 visitors at

on the
the zoo. There were 200 more visitors at Spot
the zoo on Friday than on Thursday. How
many visitors were at the zoo on both days?                 
visitors
—
World
10. The gift shop is 140 steps away

from the zoo entrance. The train
stop is 235 steps away from the
gift shop. How many total steps
is this?
                
steps
—
11. Katharh’s class used 249 noodles

to decorate their bulletin board.
Jameson’s class used 318 noodles.
How many noodles did the two                  
classes use? — noodles
Did you have to regroup to solve? Explain.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to explain why they

regrouped in only some of the problems in this lesson.

LESSON 10.3
Name
3-Digit Addition: Regroup Ones

          
 
1. 148 + 234 = —
          
 
2. 321 + 318 = —

1 4 8 3 2 1
+ 2 3 4 + 3 1 8
          
 
3. 414 + 179 = —
          
 
4. 602 + 258 = —

4 1 4 6 0 2
+ 1 7 9 + 2 5 8

World

5. In the garden, there are 258 yellow
daisies and 135 white daisies. How many
                
 — daisies
daisies are in the garden altogether?
6. Write Math Find the sum of 136 + 212. Explain why you
did or did not regroup.

Lesson Check
          
435 + 146 = —
 
          
436 + 306 = —
 

4 3 5 4 3 6
+ 1 4 6 + 3 0 6
Spiral Review
    82
       
9−4=—
  + 9

_
11. What is the sum? 12. Add 243 and 132. How many
hundreds, tens, and ones are
there in all?
                 
—hundreds  —tens
       
26 + 7 = —
 
        
—ones

CHAPTER 10
Name Lesson 4
3-Digit Addition: Regroup Tens
I Can regroup tens in addition.

World

Hundreds Tens Ones


Talk MP
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following problem
and have children model it with blocks. On Explain how your
Monday, 253 children visited the zoo. quick pictures show
On Tuesday, 324 children visited the zoo.
How many children visited the zoo those two what happened in the
days? Have children draw quick pictures to show
how they solved the problem.
problem.

Model and Draw
Add the ones. Hundreds
Hundreds Tens
Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones
142 + 285 1 4 2
1 4 2
++ 22 88 55
7
7
Add the tens. Hundreds
Hundreds Tens
Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones
11 4 2
1 4 2
+ 2 88 55
+ 2
12
2 77
Regroup. 12 tens = 1 hundred + 2 tens
Add the hundreds. Hundreds
Hundreds Tens Ones
11
11 44 22
++ 22 88 55
44 22 77
Share and Show Math

Board

1. 347 + 291 =           
— 2. 165 + 336 =           

—

3 4 7 1 6 5
+ 2 9 1 + 3 3 6

Name
On Your Own
Use drawings or models to add. Solve
the problem.
          

3. 764 + 153 = —
          

4. 372 + 185 = —

7 6 4 3 7 2
+ 1 5 3 + 1 8 5
          

5. 224 + 157 = —
          

6. 753 + 158 = —

2 2 4 7 5 3
+ 1 5 7 + 1 5 8
7. In 2 bowling games, Zion scored 116 points

and 124 points. Hal scored 262 points in the
2 games. How many points did they score
together in the 2 games?
points
Use drawings or models to add. Solve the

problem.
8. 760 + 178 9. 216 + 346 10. 419 + 289

World
11. These lists show the

pieces of fruit sold. Mr. Olson Mr. Lee
How many pieces of on the
Spot 257 apples 314 pears
fruit did Mr. Olson sell? 281 plums 229 peaches
                
pieces of fruit
—
12. There are 542 animal photos and 458 object

photos on the computer. How many photos
are on the computer?
                
photos
—
13. At the city park theater, 152 people

watched the morning play. Another 167
watched the afternoon play.
How many people watched the two plays?                 
people
—
Fill in the bubble next to each true sentence
about how to solve the problem.
● You need to regroup the tens as 1 ten and 9 ones.
● You need to regroup the tens as 1 hundred and 1 ten.
●
You need to add 2 ones + 7 ones.
● You need to add 1 hundred + 1 hundred + 1 hundred.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child choose a new combination

of two fruits on this page and find the total number of pieces of the
two types of fruit.

LESSON 10.4
Name
3-Digit Addition: Regroup Tens

1. 187 + 232 =           
— 2. 620 + 288 =           

—
1 8 7 6 2 0
+ 2 3 2 + 2 8 8
          

3. 445 + 34 = —
          

4. 285 + 531 = —

4 4 5 2 8 5
+ 3 4 + 5 3 1

World

5. There are 142 blue toy cars and
293 red toy cars at the toy store.
How many toy cars are there?                 
toy cars
—
6. Write Math Find the sum of

362 + 265. Explain why you did
or did not regroup.

Lesson Check
7. What is the sum? 8. Annika has 144 pennies and
Yahola has 284 pennies.
How many do they have
altogether?
       
472 + 255 = —
       
pennies

—
Spiral Review
  
  56        
326 + 139 = —

+_ 38
11. Francis had 8 toy cars, then 12. What is the difference?
his brother gave him 9 more.
How many toy cars does
Francis have now?
  
  82
−_ 34
       
8+9=—
cars

CHAPTER 10
Name Lesson 5
Addition: Regroup Ones and Tens
I Can regroup ones and tens in addition.
Listen and Draw

Use mental math. Write the sum for
each problem.
    40    

  200     70     500
+
__ 20 + 700
__ +
__ 30 +
__ 300
             
10 + 30 + 40 =  —
             
100 + 400 + 200 =  —
             
10 + 50 + 40 =  —
             
600 + 300 =  —

Talk MP
structure.
FOR THE TEACHER • With the children, you may

Were some problems
wish to discuss the addition problems before they easier to solve than
try solving. Discuss how each problem is limited
to adding only tens or only hundreds. Encourage
other problems?
children to do these problems quickly. Explain.

Model and Draw
In addition problems, you will sometimes regroup more than once.
9 ones + 6 ones = 15 ones,

11 or 1 ten 5 ones
   
   2 5 9
+
__
4 7 6 1 ten + 5 tens + 7 tens = 13 tens,
or 1 hundred 3 tens
7 3 5
1 hundred + 2 hundreds + 4 hundreds =
7 hundreds
THINK:
Are there 10 or more ones?
Share and Show Math
Board Are there 10 or more tens?
Write the sum.

1. 2. 3.
   
   1  8 4    
   5  4 6    
  3  2 7
+
__
3 2 9 + 2 7 8
__
+ 3 5 3
__

4. 5. 6.
    2  3 4
        3 7 5
       
  8 9
 1  
+
__
1 5 2 + 2 7 2 +
6 2 3
__ __


Name
On Your Own
Write the sum.
7. 8. 9.
    5 7 4
       
  4 1 6    
  3 4 6
+
__
2 8 1 +
__
4 8 3 +
__
5 9 7

10. 11. 12.

   
    3 6 5   6  4 7
       
   5  4 6
+ 2 8 3
__ +
__
1 0 9 + 3 5 6
__

13. 14. 15.

   
   3  4 8    
   4  5 5       6 3
  5  
+ 6 3 1
__ + 1 3 9 + 2 4 5
__ __

16. Miko wrote these problems.
What are the missing digits? on the
Spot
    
   6       
  6   7
+ 4 5
___ + 2 3
___
6 9 0 6 2

World
17. M
rs. Shoshana’s class is collecting pennies for
a fundraiser. They collect 498 pennies in one
month and 324 pennies the next month. How
many pennies were collected in all? pennies
18. Two bakeries are baking muffins for a bake sale.

One bakery is baking 302 muffins. The other
bakery is baking 249 muffins. How many muffins
are baked in all? muffins
19. Washington Elementary School is ordering 573

books for their new library. The community is
donating 117 books to the new library. How
many books will the new library have? books
20. Robin and Angelina each find 106 shells on the

beach during their vacation. How many shells
do they find in all? shells
21. A building has two entrances. 294 people enter

the building from the left entrance. 149 people
enter from the right entrance. How many people

enter the building in all? people
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain how to

solve 236 ∙ 484.

LESSON 10.5
Name
Addition: Regroup Ones and Tens
Write the sum.
1. 2. 3.
5 4 7 3 6 7 4 8 5
+ 4 3 5 + 2 8 4 + 4 5 6
4. 5. 6.
1 8 7 6 4 7 5 2 3
+3 0 6 + 1 2 8 + 1 7 4

World

7. Saul and Luisa each scored 167 points
on a computer game. How many points
did they score altogether?
               
points
—
8. Write Math Write the addition

problem for 275 plus 249 and
find the sum. Then draw quick
pictures to check your work.

Lesson Check
 
    348   123
   
+
__ 272 +
__ 217
Spiral Review
11. W rite an addition fact that has 12. What is the sum?
the same sum as 9 + 4.
   32
    
  15
+ 46
_
10 +        
 —
13. Add 29 and 35. Draw to show 14. Tom had 25 pretzels.
the regrouping. What is the He gave away 12 pretzels.
sum? How many pretzels does
Tom have left?
Tens Ones
        
— 25 − 12 =          
— pretzels


CHAPTER 10
Name Lesson 6
3-Digit Subtraction
I Can make a model to help me solve

subtraction problems.

World
Draw quick pictures to model the problem.

Then solve.
Hundreds Tens Ones

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©SketchMaster/Shutterstock
                
people
—

Talk MP
FOR THE TEACHER • Read this problem to Explain how your
children. There are 153 people at an art show.
Then 21 people leave. How many people are still at quick pictures show
the art show? Have children draw quick pictures to the problem.
solve the problem.

Model and Draw
Use the number line to subtract 240 from 465. Write the difference.
465 − 240 =                 
—
225 235 245 255 265 365 465

465
–40 –200
Share and Show Math

Board
Use number lines to subtract.

1. Subtract 210 − 34.
210 − 34 =           
—
176 177 178 179 180 190 200 210

210
–4 –30
2. Subtract 1,000 − 235.

          
1,000 − 235 = —

765 766 767 768 769 770 780 790 800 900 1,000
1,000
–35 –200

Talk MP
quantitatively.
Explain how you

solved the second
problem on this page.

Name
On Your Own
Make a model to solve.
3. There were 225 books on the

table. Miss Jackson took
45 books off the table.
How many books were still
on the table?
                
books
—
4. There were 304 postcards on

the table. The children used
140 postcards. How many
postcards were not used?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©HMH, ©Brand X Pictures/Getty Images
                
postcards
—
5. 164 children and 31 adults

saw the movie in the on the
morning. 125 children saw Spot
the movie in the afternoon.
How many fewer children saw
the movie in the afternoon
than in the morning?                 
fewer children
—

World
6. There were some grapes in

a bowl. Clancy’s friends ate
24 of the grapes. Then there
were 175 grapes in the bowl.
How many grapes were in
the bowl before?
                
grapes
—
7. At the warehouse there are 147 cans of peas

and corn. There are 67 cans of peas. How
many cans of corn are there?
Draw a quick picture or a number line to solve.
Circle the number that makes the sentence true.
214
There are 80 cans of corn.
180
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to choose one of the

problems in this lesson and solve it in a different way.

LESSON 10.6
Name
3-Digit Subtraction
Make a model to solve.
1. On Saturday, 770 people went to the

snack shop. On Sunday, 120 people went.
How many more people went to the snack
shop on Saturday than on Sunday?
                more people
—
2. There were 395 lemon ice cups at the

snack shop. People bought 77 lemon ice
cups. How many lemon ice cups are still
at the snack shop?
               
cups
—
3. There were 576 bottles of water at the

snack shop. People bought 480 bottles of
water. How many bottles of water are at
the snack shop now?
               
bottles
—
4. Write Math Use a number

line to show how to

subtract 405 − 23.

Lesson Check
5. There are 278 math and science 6. A book has 176 pages.
books. 128 of them are math Mr. Roberts has read
books. How many science books 119 pages. How many pages
are there? does he have left to read?
               
books               
pages
— —
Spiral Review
1 + 6 + 2 =        
 
—
       
54 − 8 = —
 
     
356     22
+ 174 + 16
_ _

CHAPTER 10
Name Lesson 7
3-Digit Subtraction: Regroup Tens
I Can regroup tens in subtraction.

World

Draw a quick picture to show what you did.
Hundreds Tens Ones


Talk MP
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following Describe what to

problem and have children model it with blocks. do when there are
473 people went to the football game. 146 people
were still there at the end of the game. How many not enough ones to
people left before the end of the game? Have
children draw quick pictures of their models.
subtract from.

Model and Draw
354 − 137 = ? Hundreds Tens
Hundreds Tens Ones
Are there enough 44 1414

ones to subtract 7? 33 55 4 4
yes no −
− 11 33 7 7
Regroup 1 ten as
10 ones.
Subtract the ones. Hundreds Tens

Hundreds Tens Ones
4 4 1414
33 55 4 4
− 11
− 33 7 7
77
Subtract the tens Hundreds Tens
Hundreds Tens Ones
then the hundreds
4 4 1414
354 − 137 = 217 33 55 4 4
+
− 11 33 7 7
22 11 7 7
Share and Show Math

Board
Use drawings or models to subtract. Solve the problem.

1. 431 − 326 =           
— 2. 658 − 237 =           

—

4 3 1 6 5 8
− 3 2 6 − 2 3 7

Name
On Your Own
Use drawings or models to subtract. Solve
the problem.
3. 728 − 107 =           
— 4. 452 − 216 =           
—
7 2 8 4 5 2
− 1 0 7 − 2 1 6
          

5. 965 − 238 = —           

6. 489 − 49 = —

9 6 5 4 8 9
− 2 3 8 − 4 9
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (t) ©SketchMaster/Shutterstock
7. A pet store has 148 goldfish to sell.

Some goldfish were sold. Now there
are 137 goldfish left. How many
                
goldfish
goldfish were sold? —
8. There were 287 music books

and 134 science books in on the
Spot
the store. After some books
were sold, there are 159 books
left. How many books were                 
books
—
sold?

World

9. There are 235 whistles and
42 bells in the store. Amari
counts 128 whistles on the
shelf. How many whistles
are not on the shelf?
                
whistles
—
10. Dr. Osmani had 326 stamps.
He sells 107 stamps. How many stamps

does he have now?                 
stamps
—
Would you do these things to solve the

problem?
Choose Yes or No.
Subtract 107 from 326. ● Yes ● No
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (tl) Getty Images/Photodisc
Regroup 1 ten as 10 ones. ● Yes ● No
Regroup the hundreds. ● Yes ● No
Subtract 7 ones from 16 ones. ● Yes ● No
Add 26 + 10. ● Yes ● No
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to explain why they

regrouped in only some of the problems in this lesson.

LESSON 10.7
Name
3-Digit Subtraction: Regroup Tens
Use drawings or models to subtract. Solve
the problem.
1. 774 − 236           
=—
2. 551 − 113           
=—


7 7 4 5 5 1
− 2 3 6 − 1 1 3
3. 489 − 273           

=—
4. 772 − 254           
=—


4 8 9 7 7 2
− 2 7 3 − 2 5 4

World

5. There were 985 pencils. Some pencils
were sold. Then there were 559 pencils
left. How many pencils were sold? —                
pencils
6. Write Math Choose one

problem from above.
Draw quick pictures
to check your work.

Lesson Check
       
346 − 127 = —

       
566 − 228 = —

Spiral Review
9. What is the difference? 10. Leroy has 11 cubes. Kiko has
15 cubes. How many cubes do
they have altogether?
       
45 − 7 = —
          

—cubes
11. Mina puts 5 flowers in one 12. Mr. Hill had 47 pencils.
vase, 4 flowers in another He gave away 16 pencils.
vase, and 6 flowers in another How many pencils did he
vase. How many flowers will keep?
she put in 3 vases?
                 
—flowers —pencils

CHAPTER 10
Name Lesson 8
3-Digit Subtraction: Regroup Hundreds
I Can regroup hundreds in subtraction.

World
Draw quick pictures to show the problem.
Hundreds Tens Ones

Math
Describe what to
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following problem do when there are
and have children model it with quick pictures.
The Reading Club has 349 books. 173 of the books not enough tens to
are about animals. How many books are not about subtract from.
animals?

Model and Draw
Hundreds
Hundreds Tens
Tens Ones
Subtract the ones.
4 2 8
428 − 153 = ?
− 41 25 83
− 1 5 3
5
5
Regroup 1 hundred. Hundreds
Hundreds Tens
Tens Ones
33 12
12
44 22 88
− 11
− 55 33
55
Subtract the tens Hundreds Tens

Hundreds Tens Ones
then the hundreds.

33 1212
44 22 88
− 11 55 33
22 77 55
Share and Show Math

Board

          

1. 523 − 356 = —
          

2. 814 − 263 = —

5 2 3 8 1 4
− 3 5 6 − 2 6 3

Name
On Your Own
3. 629 − 482 =           

— 4. 936 − 73 =           
—


6 2 9 9 3 6
− 4 8 2 − 7 3
          
5. 435 − 397 = —
          

6. 387 − 47 = —
4 3 5 3 8 7
− 3 9 7 − 4 7
          

7. 588 − 450 = —

          

8. 345 − 263 = —

5 8 8 3 4 5
− 4 5 0 − 2 6 3
9. Choose one problem. Describe the

subtraction that you did.

World
10. Sam made two towers. He used on the

139 blocks for the first tower. He Spot
used 276 blocks in all. For which
tower did he use more blocks?
Explain how you solved the problem.
11. This is how many points each class

scored in a math game.
Mrs. Rose Mr. Chang Mr. Pagano

444 points 1,000 points 293 points
How many more points did Mr. Chang’s class

score than Mr. Pagano’s class? Draw a
picture and explain how you found your answer.
                
more points
—
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain

how to find the difference for 745 ∙ 341.

LESSON 10.8
Name
3-Digit Subtraction: Regroup Hundreds
Use drawings or models to subtract.

Solve the problem.
          

1. 727 − 256 = — 2. 967 − 153 =           
—
7 2 7 9 6 7
− 2 5 6 − 1 5 3
          

3. 639 − 472 = —
          

4. 452 − 367 = —

6 3 9 4 5 2
− 4 7 2 − 3 6 7

World

5. There were 537 people in the parade.
254 of these people were playing an
instrument. How many people were
not playing an instrument?                  

— people
6. Write Math Write or draw to find

the difference for 838 – 462.

Lesson Check
       
438 − 145 = —

       
218 − 146 = —

Spiral Review
9. What is the difference? 10. Emmanuel has 8 crayons and
Kairi has 7. How many do
they have together?
52 − 15 =         
        crayons
8 + 7 = —
—
11. What is the sum? 12. Mrs. Lin’s class read 92 books
in February. Mr. Hook’s class
read 73 books. How many
more books did Mrs. Lin’s
class read?
  
  4 7
+ 2 6
_
  9 2
   
− 7 3
_
       
—
books

CHAPTER 10
Name Lesson 9
Subtraction: Regroup Hundreds and Tens
I Can regroup hundreds and tens in subtraction.
Listen and Draw
Use mental math. Write the difference

for each problem.
       
    
     
 
 
    50 600
  
   80 900
− 20
_ − 400
__ − 30
__ −
__ 300
           
90 − 40 = —
 
           
700 − 500 = —
 
70 − 60 =            
 
—
           
800 − 300 = —
 
Math
Were some problems

FOR THE TEACHER • With the children, you
may wish to discuss the problems before they easier to solve than
try solving. Discuss how each problem is limited other problems?
to subtracting only tens or only hundreds.
Encourage children to do these problems quickly. Explain.

Model and Draw
In subtraction problems, you will sometimes
regroup more than once.
Regroup 2 tens 5 ones as 1 ten 15 ones.
Subtract the ones.
11
6 /1 15 Regroup 7 hundreds 1 ten as
/7 /2 /5 6 hundreds 11 tens. Subtract the tens.
– 3 4 9
3 7 6 Subtract the hundreds.
Share and Show Math

Board
Solve. Write the difference.
1. 2. 3.
4 2 1 2 7 4 5 4 6
− 1 3 8 − 1 8 2 − 2 6 7
4. 5. 6.
      
   8 5 9 7 4 7 9 3 8
− 5 7
___ − 1 5 9 − 3 7 0


Name
On Your Own
7. 8. 9.
3 4 2 4 6 3 8 5 5
− 1 3 8 − 2 8 1 − 4 9 7
10. 11. 12.
6 5 7 5 2 1 7 5 8
− 3 8 4 − 1 4 6 − 5 3 7
13. 14. 15.
5 4 2 8 2 3 9 4 7
− 1 6 8 − 6 7 3 − 5 7 9
16. Alex wrote these problems.

What are the missing digits?
4 15 7 13
on the 9 7
Spot
− 6 2 8 − 1 5
3 2 7 6 8 1

World
17. This is how Walter found

Find the difference for
the difference for 617 − 350.
843 − 270 using Walter’s way.
350
+ 50
400
+ 200
600
+ 17
617
267
18. There are 471 children at Caleb’s school. 256 children

ride buses to get to school.
How many children do not ride buses

to get to school?

——
children
19. Mrs. Herrell had 427 pinecones.

She gave 249 pinecones to her children.
How many pinecones does she still have?
              
pinecones
—
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to find the difference

when subtracting 182 from 477.

LESSON 10.9
Name
Subtraction: Regroup Hundreds and Tens
1. 2. 3.
8  1  6 9  3  2 7  9  6

− 3  4  5 − 1  6  3 − 4  6  8

World
Solve.
4. Mia’s coloring book has 432 pages.
She has already colored 178 pages.
How many pages in the book are
left to color?
               
  pages
—
5. Write Math Draw quick

pictures to show how to
subtract 546 from 735.

Lesson Check
   349    336
−
__187 −
__178

Spiral Review
   246    38
+
__533 −
_ 14

10. What is the difference? 11. Omar had 15 daisies.

He gave away 7 daisies.
Then he found 3 more daisies.
How many daisies does Omar
have now?
       
17 − 9 = —
             
  daisies
—

CHAPTER 10
Name Lesson 10
Regrouping with Zeros
I Can regroup when there are zeros in the starting number.

World
Draw or write to show how you solved the problem.

Math Construct viable arguments

Talk MP
and critique the reasoning of
others.
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following Describe another
problem and have children solve. Mr. Sanchez
made 403 cookies. He sold 159 cookies. How way that you could
many cookies does Mr. Sanchez have now? solve the problem.
Encourage children to discuss the problem and
to show different ways of solving it.
Model and Draw
Ms. Dean has a book with 504 pages in it. 5 0 4
She has read 178 pages so far. How many
more pages are left for her to read? − 1 7 8
Step 1 There are Step 2 Next, regroup Step 3 Subtract

not enough ones to 10 tens 4 ones as the tens.
subtract from. 9 tens 14 ones. 9−7=2
Since there are Now there are enough Subtract the
0 tens, regroup ones to subtract from. hundreds.
5 hundreds as 14 − 8 = 6 4−1=3
4 hundreds 10 tens.
9 9
4 10 4 / 14
10 4 / 14
10
/5 /0 4/ /5 /0 4/
/5 /0 4
– 1 7 8
– 1 7 8
− 1 7 8
3 2
6 6
Share and Show Math

Board
1. 2. 3.
3 0 8 7 5 5 8 0 1
− 2 5 9 − 4 3 8 − 3 7 5

Name
On Your Own
4. 5. 6.
5 6 3 9 0 4 7 0 5
− 1 8 2 − 5 6 8 − 2 3 1
7. 8. 9.
6 0 3 4 4 2 9 0 1
− 3 2 8 − 2 3 8 − 6 7 5
7 0 2 6 8 4 4 7 9
− 4 2 6 − 2 1 9 − 1 3 7
13. Miguel has 125 more

on the
baseball cards than Chad. Spot
Miguel has 405 baseball cards.

How many baseball cards does
Chad have?
                
baseball cards
—

World
14. Claire has 250 pennies. Some

are in a box and some are in
her bank. There are more than
100 pennies in each place. How
                    
pennies in a box
many pennies could be in each —
place?                     
pennies in her bank
—
Explain how you solved the problem.
                                                                                                        
   
      
————————————
                                                                                                        
————————————
   
      
                                                                                                        
   
      
————————————
                                                                                                        
————————————
   
      
15. There are 404 people at the baseball game. 273 people are
fans of the gray team. The rest are fans of the pink team.
How many people are fans of the pink team?
Does the sentence describe how to find the answer?

Choose Yes or No.

Regroup 1 hundred as 10 tens. ● Yes ● No
Subtract 3 ones from 4 ones. ● Yes ● No
Subtract 2 hundreds from 4 hundreds. ● Yes ● No
There are                 

— fans of the pink team.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to explain how he or

she solved one of the problems in this lesson.

LESSON 10.10
Regrouping with Zeros

1. 2. 3.
8  0  6 9  0  2 7  9  4

− 3  4  5 − 7  8  3 − 2  6  8
4. 5. 6.
6  8  7 5  0  5 3  0  7

− 1  4  4 − 1  6   7 − 1  5  4

World
Solve.
7. There are 303 snacks. The snacks are apples and bananas.
There are 147 apples. How many bananas are there?
                  — bananas
8. Write Math Write the

subtraction problem 604 – 357.

Describe how you will subtract
to find the difference.

Lesson Check
  
  301   
  406
− _187 − _268
Spiral Review
11. What is the sum? 12. There are 555 students at
Roosevelt Elementary School
and 282 students at King
Elementary. How many
  
  35 students are at the two schools
+ _79 altogether?
  
  555
+ _282
students
13. What is the difference? 14. Gabriel’s goal is to read

43 books this year. So far he
has read 11 books. How many
books does he have left to
       
10 − 2 = —
 
meet his goal?
  
  43
− _11
books

Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 10
1. Mr. Kent's art class used 609 craft sticks on Monday.
They used 359 craft sticks on Tuesday. How many
crafts sticks were used in all?
craft sticks
2. At the library, there are 678 books and magazines. There are
569 books at the library. How many magazines are there?
Circle the number that makes the sentence true.
19
There are 109 magazines.
1,247
3. There are 176 gold coins and 241 silver coins in the
game. How many coins are in the game?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (c) PhotoDisc/Getty Images
176 100 + 70 + 6
         
+ 40 + 1
+
  241
______ 200
  
  
____________

  
Select one number from each

column to solve the problem.
Hundreds Tens Ones
● 2 ● 1 ● 3
● 3 ● 3 ● 5
● 4 ● 4 ● 7

4. Anna wants to add 246 and 132.
Help Anna solve this problem. Draw quick pictures. Write

how many hundreds, tens, and ones in all. Write the number.
Hundreds Tens Ones
hundreds tens ones
5. Mrs. Preston had 583 leaves. She gave 274 leaves to her
students. How many leaves does she still have? Draw to
show how you found your answer.
leaves
6. A farmer has 118 pecan trees and 97 walnut trees. How many
more pecan trees does the farmer have than walnut trees?
Fill in the bubble next to all the sentences that describe
what you would do.

● I would regroup the hundreds.
● I would add 11 + 97.
● I would subtract 7 ones from 8 ones.
● I would regroup the tens.

Name
7. Amy has 408 beads. She gives 322 beads to her

sister. How many beads does Amy have now?
Does the sentence describe how to find the
answer? Choose Yes or No.
Regroup 1 hundred as 10 tens. ● Yes ● No
Subtract 2 tens from 10 tens. ● Yes ● No
Amy has beads.
8. Raul used this method to find the sum 427 + 316.

427
+ 316
700
30
+ 13
743
Use Raul's method to find this sum.
229
+ 313
Describe how Raul solves addition problems.
Chapter 10 437
9. Sally scores 381 points in a game. Ty scores 262 points.
How many total points did they score?
● 129 ● 543 ● 119 ● 643
10. Use the number line to subtract 215 − 28.
          
215 − 28 = —
 
180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215

215
–8 –20
11. What addition problem is shown on the number line?
345 355 356 357 358

+ =
12. There are 135 pages in Roberto’s journal. Mariana has 211 pages
in her journal. How many more pages are in Mariana’s journal
than Roberto’s?
pages

Chapter
11
Name
Show What You Know
Identify Coins
Tell how much the coin is worth.
1. 2.
Identify Bills
Tell how much the bill is worth.
3. 4. 5.
WASHINGTON,D.C.
LINCOLN
       
$_        
$_        

$_
Count Coins
Count. Write the total value.
6. 7.
       

_ ¢

       

_ ¢


Chapter 11 • Money 439
Go
Go Online
Online For
For more
more help
help
Review Words
bill
Visualize It coin
Match each coin to its name from the review words dime
box with how much it is worth. nickel
penny
quarter
dime1¢
nickel25¢
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Golden Pixels LLC/Shutterstock
penny10¢
quarter5¢
Use the review words. Complete the sentences.
1. A               
— is money that is small round metal.
2. A               
— is money that is paper.

CHAPTER 11
Name Lesson 1
Find the Total Coin Value
I Can find the total value of a group of coins.

World
Draw the coins. Write the total value.
             
—
total value
             
—
total value
             
—
total value
Math
Explain how to count

a collection of dimes,
nickels, and pennies.
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the problem to children.
Jamal has 2 dimes and 3 nickels. What is the total
value of his coins? Have children draw coins and
label the drawings with 1¢, 5¢, or 10¢. Repeat for
collections of 3 nickels and 3 pennies, then 2 dimes,
3 nickels, and 1 penny.

Model and Draw
A quarter has a value of 25 cents.

25¢
Count by twenty-fives. Count by tens. Count by ones.
25¢, 50¢, 60¢, 70¢, 71¢, 72¢

                                                                                     
   
      
total value
———————
Share and Show Math

Board
Remember:
Count on to find the total value. ¢ is the cent sign.
1.
                                                   
    total value
————
2.
—————— total value
3.

Name
On Your Own
Count on to find the total value.
4.
5.
total value
6.
total value
Draw and label coins to solve.

7. Ed’s coin has the same
value as a group of 5 pennies on the
Spot
and 4 nickels. What is his coin?
8. Ginnie has two groups of coins.

Each group has a total value of 51¢.
There is at least 1 quarter in each group.
What coins could she have?

9. Mingyi has some coins. Her friend gives her 25¢.

Mingyi now has 75¢. How much money did Mingyi
have at the start?
● 80¢
● 50¢
● 75¢
10. Devon has 80 cents. He bought a cheese stick.

Now he has 35 cents. How much did the cheese
stick cost?
● 35¢
● 45¢
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Comstock/Getty Images

● 15¢
11. Tom gives these coins to his brother. How

much money does Tom give to his brother?
● 50¢
● 25¢
● 65¢
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child draw two quarters, two
dimes, and two nickels, and then find the total value.

LESSON 11.1
Name
Find the Total Coin Value
Count on to find the total value.

1.
total value
2.
total value
3.
total value
Problem Solving
4. Imelda has two different groups of coins that each have
a total value of 40¢. There is at least one quarter in
each group. What coins could she have?

Lesson Check
5. Levi gives these coins to his sister. How much money
does Levi give to his sister?
● 48¢ ● 43¢ ● 58¢

6. Kelly uses 2 quarters and 1 dime to buy a banana.
How much money does the banana cost?
● 50¢ ● 80¢ ● 60¢
7. Ming has 75 cents. Ming has 50 cents more

than Kayla. How much money does Kayla have?
● 55¢ ● 25¢ ● 50¢
Spiral Review
8. Tamra has 23 cards. Ming has 64 cards. How many

more cards do they need to have 90 cards altogether?
● 41 ● 3 ● 1

CHAPTER 11
Name Lesson 2
Equal Amounts
I Can solve a problem by acting it out.

World
Blake has 10 pennies. He counts the pennies

by twos. What is the total value of the coins?
Read Plan
What information am I given? What is my plan or strategy?
           
Blake has —
  pennies.

                       
I can  ——
   the problem.
Blake counts the pennies
                       
by ——
  
  .

Solve
Show how you solve the problem. Draw a different
way to show
the value of
10 pennies.
           ¢            
  ¢            
  ¢            
 — ¢            
  ¢
— —
—
—
FOR THE TEACHER • Your child used counters to

act out the problem. The graphic organizer helps
your child analyze the information given in the
problem.

Try Another Problem
Act it out to solve. Use . • What information

Draw and label the coins you use. Write the am I given?
total. • What is my plan or
strategy?
1. Cameron has 6 nickels. How can he show
the same amount in a different way?
            
—
2. Gemma has 4 dimes. How can she show

the same amount in a different way?
            
—
3. Atul has 5 nickels and 1 dime. How can he

show the same amount in a different way?
            
—

Talk MP
structure.
Explain how counting

dimes by tens is
faster than counting
by ones.
Name
On Your Own Real

World
Act it out to solve. Use .

Draw and label the coins you use.
Write the total.
4. Rosita has 5 dimes and 10 pennies.

How can she show the same amount
in a different way?
            
—
5. Daniel has 6 dimes, 2 nickels, and 5

pennies. How can he use 3 coins to show
the same amount?
            
—
6. Buddy counted 5 coins by tens. Then he

counted 6 coins by twos. Draw and write
the total value of the coins.
            
—

World
Use coins. Choose the correct answer.
7. Lennon saves 30 pennies. How many dimes

show the same amount?
● 2 dimes ● 3 dimes ● 1 dime
8. Which coins show the same amount?
9. Idris has 2 nickels. Which shows the

same amount in a different way?
● ● ●
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to show 45¢ two

different ways.

LESSON 11.2
Name
Equal Amounts

Write the total.
1. Hari has 2 nickels and 3 dimes. How can she

show the same amount in a different way?
            
—

World

2. Jason buys an apple for 35¢.
He uses 6 coins to pay for the apple.

Draw the coins Jason used to pay.

Lesson Check
3. Mrs. Washington counts 50 pennies.

How many dimes show the same amount?
● 10 dimes ● 5 dimes ● 2 dimes
4. Which coins show the

same amount?
Spiral Review
5. Helio sees 12 frogs on a log. Then 5 frogs hop
away. How many frogs are left on the log?
Draw a picture to help you solve.
● 17
● 8
● 7

CHAPTER 11
Name Lesson 3
One Dollar
I Can show the value of a dollar with coins.

World
Draw the coins. Write the total value.
             
—
             
—
Math
How many pennies

FOR THE TEACHER • In the first box, have children have the same value
draw eight nickels and then count to find the total
value. In the second box, have children draw eight as 80¢? Explain.
dimes and then count to find the total value.

Model and Draw
One dollar has the same

value as 100 cents. WASHINGTON,D.C.
$1 ∙ 100¢
dollar sign
Share and Show Math

Board
Count 100 cents

Draw the coins to show $1. Write the total value. for one dollar.
1. nickels
                
__
2. quarters
                
__
3. dimes
                
__

Name
On Your Own
Circle coins to make $1.
Cross out the coins you do not use.
4.
5.
6. Sara has these coins.

Draw more coins to show $1. on the
Spot
7. Warren shows $1 using only two

kinds of coins. Draw and
label coins he could use.

8. Pierre has 100¢. Tae-Song has 23¢. How much

more money does Pierre have than Tae-Song?
● 76¢
● 77¢
● $77
9. Ester has 5 dimes. Maribel gives her 2 more dimes.
She buys a bag of popcorn for 50¢. How many dimes
does Ester have now.
● 2 dimes
● 1 dime
● 10 dimes
10. Mary has these coins. Which coin

does she need to show $1?
●
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child draw a group of

coins to show $1.00.

LESSON 11.3
Name
One Dollar
Circle coins to make $1. Cross out the coins you do not use.
1.
2.
Problem Solving

3. Henry has these coins. Draw
more coins to show $1.

Lesson Check
4. Scott has these coins. Which coin does he need to
show $1?
● ● ●
5. Carlos has 86¢. Carlos has 14¢ less than Hugo.

How much money does Hugo have?
● $100 ● 72¢ ● $1
Spiral Review
6. Which represents the number four hundred nine?
● 419 ● 409 ● 490

315 − 270 =

CHAPTER 11
Name Lesson 4
One, Five, and Ten Dollar Bills
I Can name the values of $1, $5, and $10 bills.

World
Draw to show how Ilya trades.
$5 bill $1 bills
$10 bill $1 bills


Talk MP
FOR THE TEACHER • Ilya gets a one-dollar bill each How many one-dollar
time he weeds the garden. He wants to trade the bills would Ilya trade
one-dollar bills for a five-dollar bill and a ten-dollar
bill. How many one-dollar bills will he need to trade for 2 five-dollar
for a five-dollar bill and a ten-dollar bill? bills? Explain.
Model and Draw
WASHINGTON,D.C.
LINCOLN
or or or
U.S. TREASURY
LINCOLN MEMORIAL
one-dollar bill five-dollar bill ten-dollar bill
$                                    

—
— —
A one-dollar bill A five-dollar bill has A ten-dollar bill has

has the same value the same value as the same value as
as 100 cents. 5 one-dollar bills. 10 one-dollar bills.
Share and Show

Draw the coins to show $1. Write the total value.
1. Nickels
100 ¢
         
—
2. Dimes
         
¢
—
Use bills. Write the total value.

Count one-dollar
3. WASHINGTON,D.C.
bills by ones.
—
1
$                       
$—
 
          
$—
 

Name
On Your Own
Count five-dollar
Count by ones, fives, or tens. bills by fives.
Write the total value.
4. LINCOLN
LINCOLN MEMORIAL
LINCOLN
          
$—
 
          
$—
 
          
$—
 
          
$—
 
Count ten-dollar
5. U.S. TREASURY
bills by tens.
          
$  —           
$—
 
          
$—
 
          
$—
 
6. Look at the five-dollar bills.

Write how many one-dollar LINCOLN MEMORIAL
bills have the same value. Write

how many ten-dollar bills have the
same value. LINCOLN
           one-dollar bills
— LINCOLN
           ten-dollar bills
—
LINCOLN MEMORIAL
7. Diondre wants to buy an ice cream

for $1. He has 4 quarters. Does
Diondre have enough money?                                            
   
—————

World
Use bills. Choose the correct bills.
8. Claudio uses these bills to buy a book.

What is the total value of the bills?
WASHINGTON,D.C.
● $5 ● $4 ● $3
9. Gina wants to buy the .

Which set of bills can she use?
$20
●
WASHINGTON,D.C.
●
LINCOLN MEMORIAL
LINCOLN
10. What is the total value?

● $3 ● $10 ● $30
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Give your child different groups of
one-dollar bills. Ask them to count to find the total value of
each group. Repeat with groups of five-dollar bills and groups
of ten-dollar bills.

LESSON 11.4
Name
One, Five, and Ten Dollar Bills
Use bills. Write the total value.
WASHINGTON,D.C.
1.
          
 
$—
          
 
$—
          
 
$—
          
$  —
2.
LINCOLN
LINCOLN MEMORIAL
LINCOLN MEMORIAL
          
 
$—
          
 
$—
          
 
$—
          
$  —

World
Solve.
3. Luca has 106 pennies to buy a candy bar.
The candy bar costs $1. Does Luca have
enough money?
                                           
   
—————

Lesson Check
4. What is the total value of the bills?
WASHINGTON,D.C. WASHINGTON,D.C.
WASHINGTON,D.C. WASHINGTON,D.C. WASHINGTON,D.C.
● $4 ● $5 ● $6
5. Katarina wants to buy 2 books. The books cost $5 each.

Which set of bills matches the total cost of the books?
●
LINCOLN LINCOLN
Spiral Review
6. What is the total value?
● 6¢ ● 30¢ ● 60¢
CHAPTER 11
Name Lesson 5
Compute the Value of
Dollar Combinations
I Can find the value of a group of bills.

World
Line up the bills from greatest value to least

value. Then draw the bills in that order.
greatestleast
greatestleast

Talk MP
structure.
Describe how the

FOR THE TEACHER • Give each child a mixture
of four play bills. Have children order their bills values of the different
and then draw them. Have children trade sets of kinds of bills compare.
bills and repeat.

Model and Draw
JACKSON JACKSON
  $52
               
——
total value
Share and Show Math

Board

1.
LINCOLN LINCOLN
JACKSON
                 
——
2.
JACKSON
WASHINGTON,D.C.
                 
LINCOLN
——
3.
JACKSON JACKSON
                 
LINCOLN ——

Name
On Your Own
4.
WASHINGTON,D.C.
JACKSON JACKSON
                 
——
5.
JACKSON JACKSON
                 
LINCOLN LINCOLN
——
6.
JACKSON
WASHINGTON,D.C.
                 
——
7. Paulo has some bills. He needs 1 $5-bill

to make 90 dollars. What is the value
                 
of his bills? ——
8. Kou has only $5 bills and $10 bills. He has

twice as many $5 bills as $10 bills. The total
value of his bills is $60. What bills does Kou have?
             
$5 bills              
  $10 bills
— —

9. Mrs. Cabrera has these bills. She pays $31 for a repair.
How much money does she have now?
● $94
$30
JACKSON JACKSON
●
WASHINGTON,D.C.
● $32
10. Marisol has these bills. She wants to buy a dress for
$36 and shoes for $15. How much more money does
she need to buy both the dress and the shoes?
● $48
$51
LINCOLN
JACKSON JACKSON
●
● $3
11. Ivar has some bills. He needs one $5 bill to make $34.
What is the value of his bills?
● $29
● $34
● $39
12. Tyler has these bills in his pocket. What is the total
value of his bills?
● $50
● $60
● $55 LINCOLN LINCOLN
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child draw and label bills with a
total value of $67.

LESSON 11.5
Name
Compute the Value of
Dollar Combinations
1.
JACKSON JACKSON JACKSON JACKSON
             
 
—
2.
JACKSON
             
—
Problem Solving
3. Andy has only $20 bills and $5 bills. The total
value of his bills is $65. What bills could
Andy have?
            
 —             
$20 bills —
  $5 bills

Lesson Check
4. Mr. Blanco has these bills. Mrs. Cabrera has $25. They buy party
supplies for $54. How much money will they have left?
JACKSON LINCOLN LINCOLN LINCOLN
LINCOLN LINCOLN
● $16 ● $70 ● $45
5. Yee has some bills. Then his foster mom gives him $24. He now
has $38. How much money did he start with?
● $52 ● $62 ● $14
Spiral Review
6. Jan’s mother gives Jan these coins. How much did
she give Jan?
● 55¢ ● 40¢ ● 60¢
7. Steve has some coins in his bank. He needs 2 dimes to

make a dollar. What is the value of the coins in Steve’s bank?
● 80¢ ● 90¢ ● 75¢

CHAPTER 11
Name Lesson 6
Solve Problems Involving Money
I Can solve problems involving money.

World
Meg has 2 quarters, 2 dimes, 1 nickel, and 3 pennies.

She wants to buy a whistle for 65¢. How much money
will Meg have after she buys the whistle?
Read Plan
What information am I given? What is my plan or strategy?
The whistle costs                  
—.                                           
I can —
     —
Meg has these coins:
                                                   
   
   
                                                    
  
    — —.
————
                                                   
   
   
————
Solve
Show how you solve the problem.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Getty Images/Photodisc
Draw and label coins to show the problem.
Meg will have                 

 
— after she buys the whistle.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Your child used play coins to act out the problem.
Representing problems with objects can be a useful strategy for children to use
to solve problems.

Try Another Problem
• What information
Use coins or bills to solve the problem. am I given?
Draw to show what you did. • What is my plan or
strategy?
1. Natasha has 3 quarters and 4 nickels.
How much more money does she
need to buy the notebook?
$1
Natasha needs                 

 
— more to buy the notebook.
2. Mr. Vaughn has 10 one-dollar bills, 8 quarters, and 10

dimes. He wants to buy a pair of baby shoes for $12.
How much money will Mr. Vaughn have after he buys
the shoes?
Mr. Vaughn will have                

—   after he buys the shoes.

Talk MP
Explain how you

solved Exercise 1.

Name
On Your Own Real

World
Use coins to solve the problem.

3. Anna has 3 nickels, 5 pennies, and 1 quarter.
Her mom gives her another coin so Anna can
buy the balloon. What coin does Anna get 55¢
from her mom?
             
Anna gets —
  from her mom.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (t) ©Getty Images; (b) ©Photodisc/Getty Images; (c)©Comstock/Getty Images
Solve. Write or draw to explain. on the

Spot
4. An apple costs 36¢. Chris uses
dimes and pennies to buy 2 apples.
What coins could Chris use
to buy the apples?
             
  dimes
—
             
  pennies
—
5. Kees saves 3 quarters and 2 dimes.

How much money does Kees save?
             
—
World
6. Alejandro saves 4 quarters and 8 nickels. His

sister Monique saves the same amount. How much
money do they save altogether?
● $1.40
● $1.80
● $2.80
7. Ka Lao has $10. He earns $1 an hour by doing yard work
for his neighbor. How many more hours does he need to
work before he can afford a game that costs $15?
● 5
● 4
● 10
8. Esteban had 86¢ in his pocket. He bought a pen

for 47¢. Then he gave his cousin 12¢. How much
money does he have now?
● 98¢
● 56¢
● 27¢
9. Misha has five $1 bills, and Sam has four $1 bills. $5
●
How much money do they have altogether?
● $6
● $9
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain how they solved one of
the problems in this lesson.

LESSON 11.6
Name
Solve Problems Involving Money
Use coins to solve the problem. Draw to show what you did.
1. Trish has 5 pennies, 1 dime, and
3 quarters. She wants to buy a
headband that costs 69 cents.
How much money will she have
after she buys the headband?
Trish has           

— after she buys the headband.
Problem Solving
2. Jeff uses nickels and pennies
to buy a pencil that costs 39¢.
What coins could Jeff use
to buy the pencil?
             
 — nickels
             
 
— pennies
3. Mrs. Cheng uses 15 one-dollar bills, 6

quarters, and 10 dimes to buy food at
the grocery store. How much money
does Mrs. Cheng spend at the grocery

store?

Lesson Check
4. Han saves six $1 bills. Then he saves three more
$1 bills. How much money does Han save in all?
● $9
● $7
● $3
5. Lilly finds three coins at the park. The total value

of the coins is 60¢. What three coins does she find?
● 3 quarters
● 2 quarters, 1 dime
● 2 quarters, 1 nickel
6. Mr. Ahn pays $67 for camping supplies. Mrs. Perez pays
$15 more for her camping supplies. How much did
Mrs. Perez pay for her supplies?
● $72
● $52
● $82
Spiral Review
7. A number can be represented by two equal groups.

Is it even or odd? Given an example.
                                              
   
  ——————
8. 946 =         
  — hundreds +         
  tens +         
—   —ones

Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 11
1. Nelson has these coins. How
many pennies show the same
amount?
● 50 pennies
● 20 pennies
● 70 pennies
2. Adolfo has three one-dollar bills and four quarters.

He earns two one-dollar bills for raking leaves.
How much money does he have now?
● $9
● $6
● $5
3. What is the total value of these coins?
● 60¢
● 40¢
● 70¢

4. Steve has 3 dimes, 6 nickels, and 10 pennies.
What is the total value of Steve’s coins?
total value
Circle coins below to make another group of coins

that have the same total value. Cross out the coins
that you do not use.
Explain how you decided which coins to use for the

new group of coins.
5. Sarita has 32 fewer cents than Patricia. Sarita has

67 cents. How much money does Patricia have?
● 35¢
● 98¢
● 99¢

Name
6. Find the total value.
● 58¢ ● 33¢ ● 48¢
7. Marco has these coins. Which coin does he need to

have $1?
● ● ●
8. Fatima has 8 dimes. She finds 2 more dimes in the

couch. Then she gives 40¢ to her brother. How much
money does she have now?
● 14 dimes ● 5 dimes ● 6 dimes
Chapter 11 479
9. Vienna has some bills. She needs one
$10 bill to make $25. What is the value
of her bills?
● $10
● $25
● $15
10. Joni has these bills. What is the total value of

these bills?
JACKSON JACKSON
LINCOLN LINCOLN LINCOLN
● $55
● $25
● $50
11. Mr. Juarez has some money. He uses $2 to buy a

notebook. Then he uses one $20 bill and two $5 bills

to buy gas for his car. He has three $20 bills left.
How much money did Mr. Juarez have at the start?

Launch
Activity
Launch Activity
3 Telling Time
Time for the Beach!
The Coquina Clock Tower is on the
boardwalk near Daytona Beach, Florida.
Most clocks use the numbers 1 through
12. The Coquina Clock however, uses
the 12 letters that spell DAYTONA
BEACH!
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (top) ©Kevin Ruck/Adobe Stock, (top inset and bottom) ©Rosemarie Mosteller/Shutterstock
So if you see a clock that says

DAYTONA BEACH, you will know
exactly where you are. But you might
have to think hard to figure out what
time it is!
Three Reads
Fumi and Hana use the Coquina
Clock Tower to make up a game
about telling time.
Fumi uses the letters on the clock
to think of a time. Hana guesses
what time she means. They take
turns thinking up a time and
guessing what it is.
Ask children what the math might be in the problem. Then, have partners
Launch Activity • Telling Time 481

Go Online
Solve the Problem

Fumi and Hana use the Coquina Clock Tower
to make up a game about telling time.
Fumi uses the letters on the clock to think of
a time. Hana guesses what time she means.
They take turns thinking up a time and
guessing what it is.
The T is used in place of 12. Draw different
times using clock hands. Tell what time it
really is. Explain how you know.
Y T O Y T O Y T O
N
N
D A
D A
D A
A
A
H
H
B
E E E
A C A C A C
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Kevin Ruck/Adobe Stock
Math Fumi says the time is A o’clock. What time might

Talk that be? Is there more than one time it might
represent? Explain.

Chapter
12
Name
Show What You Know
Order Numbers to 100 on a Number Line

Write the number that is just before, between, or just after.
1. 2.
58 59 24 26
Skip Count by Fives and Tens

3. Count by fives. Write how many in all.
                                                 
                 
————
— paints in all
4. Count by tens. Write how many in all.
                                                 
                 
————
— paints in all
Time to the Hour

Write the time shown on the clock.
5. 6.
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5

Chapter 12 • Time 483
Vocabulary Builder
Review Words
Visualize It count
Fill in the graphic organizer. pattern
Show ways to count on. count on
7, 8, 9, 10, 11
by o nes
count on
               
by —
 
Write the unknown numbers in each counting
pattern.
1. Count by ones.         
40, —
        
,—
          
,—
          
, 44, —
, 46,         

—
2. C
ount by fives. 10, 15,         
—,         
 —,         
 
— , 35,         

—
        
,—
 
3. Count by tens. 20,         

—, —         
 

        
, 50, —
,         

        
 —, 80, —


CHAPTER 12
Name Lesson 1
Time to 15 Minutes
I Can tell time to 15 minutes on a clock.

World
Draw the hour hand to show each time.
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
Math
Describe where the

FOR THE TEACHER • Call out times to the hour
and to the half hour. Begin with 3:00. Have children hour hand points to
draw the hour hand to show the time. Repeat the show half past 4:00.
activity for half past 5:00, 11:00, and half past 8:00.

Model and Draw
It takes 5 minutes for the minute hand to 5 minutes
move from one number to the next number 5 minutes
on a clock face. 11 12 1
10 2 5 minutes
The clock hands on these clocks show 4:15 9 3
8 4 5 minutes
and 4:30. These times are shown on the
7 6 5
digital clocks. 5 minutes
30 minutes is
5 minutes
half an hour.
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
The 30 tells you
that the time is
30 minutes after
4: 15 4:30 the hour.
Share and Show Math

Board
Look at the clock hands. Write the time.

1. 2. 3.
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
7 6 5

Name
On Your Own
4. 5. 6.
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
Solve.
11 12 1
7. Allie eats lunch when the hour hand 10 11 12 1 2
points between the 11 and the 12 on the 23
Spot 9 10
and the minute hand points to the 3. 9 3
8 4
8 4
Show this time on both clocks. 77 6 55
6
How do you know what time to write in
the digital clock? Explain.
                                                                             

     
—————————
                                                                             

     
—————————
                                                                             

     
—————————
8. Gabriel sees this time on a digital 12 1

11 12
11 1
clock. Draw clock hands to show 10 2
10 2
this time. 99 3
7:30
7:30 4
3
88 4
77 66 55

9. Haidie goes to art class at 12:15. Which clock

shows this time?
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
● 9 3 ● 9 3 ● 9
8 11 12
3
4 1 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
10 2 7 6 5
9 3
8 4
12
10. 11
MP Which 6 1 5 clock shows the
7 digital
10 2 11 12 1
same9time as the clock to the right? 10 2
3
9 3
8 4
11 12 1 8 4
● 6 5 2
71:45 7 6 5
10
9 3
8 4
● 6 5
79:10
● 2:45
11. Reggie’s guitar lesson starts at 10:30. Which

clock shows this time?
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
● ● 8 4
● 8 4
8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain how

they completed the exercises on this page.

LESSON 12.1
Name
Time to 15 Minutes
1. 2. 3.
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5

World
4. Song leaves for school when the hour

hand points halfway between the 8 and 11 12 1
10 2
the 9 and the minute hand points to 9 3
the 6. When does Song leave for school? 8 4
Show the time on both clocks. 7 6 5
How do you know what time to write

in the digital clock? Explain.
                                                                              

     
————————
                                                                              

     
————————
                                                                              

     
————————

Lesson Check
5. Madeline’s piano lesson starts at 4:30. Which clock
shows this time?
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
● 9 3 ● 9 3 ● 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
6. Ana’s swim practice starts after school at 3:45.

Which clock shows this time?
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
● 8 4 ● 8 4 ● 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
7. Ricardo is having dinner at 6:15. Which clock

shows this time?
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
● 8 4 ● 8 4 ● 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
Spiral Review
Add.
8.    549
   
9. 174    
10. 407
+
_ 263 +
_ 381 +
_ 536

CHAPTER 12
Name Lesson 2
Time to 5 Minutes
I Can tell and show time to five minutes.

World
Draw the hour hand and the minute

hand to show the time.
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
Math
Describe where the

FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following story,
and have children draw the hour and minute minute hand points
hands to show each time. Sofia goes to music at to show half past the
10:30. She goes to the playground at 11:00. She
eats lunch at 11:30. Show the times Sofia does hour.
these things.

Model and Draw
05 What does it mean
11 12 1 10 when the minute hand Remember:
10 2 points to the 7? The minute hand
9 3 15 moves from one
8 4 Count by fives until you number to the
20
7 6 5 reach the 7. next in 5 minutes.
23
35 21
25
22
30
The hour hand points between the 10 and There are 60

the 11. The minute hand points to the 7. minutes in 1 hour.
1 0:35
The time is                       
— .
Share and Show Math

Board
1. 2. 3.
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
4. 5. 6.
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5

Name
On Your Own
7. 8. 9.
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
10. 11. 12.

11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
Look at the time. Draw the minute

hand to show the same time.
13. 14. 15.

7:25 1:50 5:05
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5

World
Draw the clock hands to show the time.

Then write the time. 11 12 1
10 2
16. My hour hand points 9 3
on the
8 4
between the 8 and the 9. 7 6 5
Spot
In 35 minutes it will be the next
hour. What time is it?
17. Mr. Brady fixes broken

11 12 1 11 12 1
computers. Look at the start 10 2 10 2
and finish times for his work on 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
one computer. How many minutes 7 6 5 7 6 5
did he work on the computer?

Start Finish
                  
——minutes
18. Angel eats lunch at 12:45. Angel spends 10 minutes

eating lunch. Draw the minute hand on the clock
to show when Angel finishes eating. Write the time.
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5                    
—: —
 
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child draw a large blank

clock face and use two pencils as clock hands to show some
different times.

LESSON 12.2
Name
Time to 5 Minutes
1. 2. 3.
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5

World
Draw the minute hand to show the time. 11 12

11 12 11
Then write the time. 10
10 22
99 33
4. My hour hand points between the
88 44
4 and the 5. My minute hand points 77 6 55
6
to the 9. What time do I show?
5. Write Math Draw a clock showing

2:50. Explain how you know where
the clock hands point.

Lesson Check
6. What is the time on this clock? 7. What is the time on this clock?

11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
                           
__
__
Spiral Review
8. What is the sum? 9. Which number has the same
value as 30 tens?
1 + 6 + 8 =        
 
_
             
__
10. Imhotep has 3 rows of toys. 11. Jill has 14 buttons. She buys
There are 4 toys in each row. 8 more buttons. How many
How many toys are there? buttons does Jill have?
   
14
+
_ 8
       
_ toys buttons

CHAPTER 12
Name Lesson 3
Practice Telling Time
I Can read the time on a clock in different ways.

World
Write the times on the digital clocks.

Then label the clocks with the children’s names.
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
                             
                                
  
———— ————
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
                             
                                
  
———— ————
Math
Where would the

FOR THE TEACHER • First have children write the
time for each analog clock. Then write Luke, Beth,
minute hand point to
Ivy, and Rohan on the board. Tell children to listen show 15 minutes after
for each name to label the different times with. Ivy
plays football at 3:25. Beth eats lunch at 11:45. Luke the hour? Explain.
reads a book at 6:10. Rohan eats breakfast at 7:15.

Model and Draw
These are different ways to write and say the time.
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
8 : 15 8:30 7:45
15 minutes after 8 a
30 minutes quarter til 8 a
quarter
quarter after 8 half quarter
after 8 quarter to 8
quarter past 8 half past 8
Share and Show Math

Board
Draw the minute hand to show the time. Write the time.
1. 15 minutes after 1 2. half past 9 3. quarter past 5
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
4. quarter after 10 5. 40 minutes after 3 6. quarter til 8

11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5

Name
On Your Own
Draw the minute hand to show the time.
Write the time.
7. 15 minutes after 11 8. quarter after 4 9. 25 minutes after 8
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
10. 10 minutes after 6 11. half past 2 12. quarter to 4
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
2 10 2 2
10 10
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
13. 5 minutes after 7 14. 30 minutes after 12 15. quarter til 11
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5

World
16. Lily eats lunch at quarter past 12. on the

Meg eats lunch at 12:30. Katie Spot
eats lunch at 12:15. Who eats lunch at
the same time?
and —
—  
17. MP Soccer practice starts at 4:30. Gabby

arrives at soccer practice at 4:15. Does she
arrive before or after practice starts? Explain.
                                                                                                   
   
      
———————
                                                                                                   
———————
   
      
                                                                                                   
———————
   
      
18. What time is shown on the clock? Fill in the bubble

next to all the ways to write or say the time.
● 3:25
● quarter past 5 11 12 1
10 2
● 5 minutes after 3 9 3
8 4
● 25 minutes after 3 7 6 5
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Name a time to 5 minutes. Ask your

child to describe where the clock hands point at this time.

LESSON 12.3
Name
Practice Telling Time
Draw the minute hand to show the time. Write the time.
1. quarter til 8 2. half past 3
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
3. 50 minutes after 1 4. quarter past 11
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5

World
Draw the minute hand on the clock to solve. 11 12 1

10 2
5. Josh got to school at a quarter til 11. 9 3
Show this time on the clock. 8 4
7 6 5
6. Write Math Write the time

8:30. Then write this time in two
other ways, using words.

Lesson Check
7. Write the time on this clock
using words.
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
Spiral Review
8. What is the value of this group
of coins?
              
—
9. What time is shown on 10. What number can be written

this clock? as six hundred forty-seven?
11 12 1
10 2
                              
— 9 3 —
8 4
7 6 5

CHAPTER 12
Name Lesson 4
A.M. and P.M.
I Can use a.m. and p.m. to describe times of day.

World
Draw the clock hands to show each time.

Then write each time.
Morning Evening
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
Math
Describe some
activities that you do
FOR THE TEACHER • Have children draw a picture and write
a label for the picture for an activity they do in the morning both in the morning
and for an activity they do in the evening. Then have them and in the evening.
show the time they do each activity on the clocks.

Model and Draw
Noon is 12:00 in the daytime.
Midnight is 12:00 at night.
Times after midnight and before Times after noon and before
noon are written with a.m. midnight are written with p.m.
11:00 a.m. is in the morning. 11:00 p.m. is in the evening.
11:00 11:00
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (tl) Getty Images (cr) Getty Images/PhotoDisc (bl) Getty Images/Stockdisc (br) Getty Images/PhotoDisc
midnight (a.m.) noon (p.m.) midnight
12:00 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00 5:00 6:00 7:00 8:00 9:00 10:0011:0012:00 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00 5:00 6:00 7:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00
Share and Show Math

Board
Write the time. Then circle a.m. or p.m.

1. eat breakfast 2. go to art class
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
a.m. a.m.
7:15 p.m. p.m.

Name
On Your Own
3. go to the library 4. go to science class
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
a.m. a.m.
p.m. p.m.
5. eat lunch 6. look at the moon

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (bl) Bananastock/Jupiterimages/Getty Images (br) Jupiterimages/Getty Images
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
a.m. a.m.
p.m. p.m.
7. Use the times in the list to complete the story.

on the
Spot
Don got to school at                        
  
—— .
His class went to the library 10:15 a.m.
at                       
  
—— . After school, 3:20 p.m.
                     
Don read a book at   ——
   . 8:30 a.m.

World
8. Some times are shown on this timeline.

Write a label for each dot that names something
you do at school during that part of the day.
8:00 a.m. 10:00 a.m. noon 2:00 p.m. 4:00 p.m.
At what times would you say the

dots are placed on the timeline?
                
—
               
and  —
9. The clock shows the time Ramla goes to recess.

11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
                        
  
 ____ a.m.
p.m.
ecess lasts one hour. Write the time recess
R
is over. Write a.m. or p.m.
                                       
   
  ______
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Name some activities and times.

Have your child say a.m. or p.m. for the times.

LESSON 12.4
Name
A.M. and P.M.
1. walk the dog 2. finish breakfast
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 a.m. 8 4 a.m.
7 6 5 7 6 5
p.m. p.m.

World
Use the list of times. Complete the story.

3. Azura woke up at __. She got on
3:15 p.m.
the bus at __ and went to school. 8:30 a.m.
She left school at __. 7:00 a.m.
4. Write Math List two school

activities that you do in the
morning and two school
activities that you do in the

afternoon. Write times for
these activities using a.m.
and p.m.

Lesson Check
5. The clock shows 6. The clock shows
11 12 1 11 12 1
when the soccer 10 2 when Jeff gets up 10 2
9 3 9 3
game ended. Write 8 4 for school. Write 8 4
7 6 5
the time. Then circle 7 6 5
the time. Then circle
a.m. or p.m. a.m. or p.m.
a.m. a.m.
___ ___
p.m. p.m.
Spiral Review
7. What coin has the same value 8. Describe 72 as a sum of tens
as 25 pennies? Draw your and ones.
answer.
         
_ +        
 
_
9. At the beginning of the school 10. What time is quarter past 3?

year, there were 437 students
at Woods Elementary. Over the
course of the year, 24 students
joined. How many students were
there at the end of the year?
   
4 3 7
+ __ 2 4                
__
students

Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 12
1. Which clocks show a quarter past 4?
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
● 9 3 ● 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
●
4:45 ●
4:15
2. The clock shows the time Michael eats breakfast.

Write the time. Circle a.m. or p.m.
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
a.m.
p.m
Tell how you knew whether to circle a.m. or p.m.


3. Does the clock show the time?
11:30 ● Yes ● No 11 12 1
10 2
9 3
half past 11 ● Yes ● No 8 4
7 6 5
a quarter after 11 ● Yes ● No
a quarter til 11 ● Yes ● No
4. Do the clocks tell the

11 12 1
same time? Explain. 10 2
9
8 4
3
2:10
7 6 5
5. Write the time that is shown on this clock.
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
:

11 12 1
10 2
9
8 4
3 ● 4:35 ● 35 minutes after 4
7 6 5
● 7:20 ● quarter past 4
Name
7. A time is shown by the arrow on this timeline.
midnight noon midnight
Circle the answers to complete the sentence. breakfast

6:00 a.m. lunch
The time is about , which is when I might eat .
6:00 p.m. dinner
8. Salil’s science class starts at 11:30 a.m. and lasts

an hour. He tells his mom that his class ends at
12:30 a.m. Is he correct? Explain.
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
Chapter 12 511
9. Write the times the clocks show.
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
10. Patricio sees this time on a digital clock.
9:45
Draw clock hands to show this time.
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5

● quarter til 6 11 12 1
10 2
● quarter after 6 9 3
8 4
● 5:45 7 6 5
● 6:45
12. The bus gets to the bus stop at

11 12 1
half past 4. Show the time on 10 2
9 3
both clocks. 8 4
7 6 5

Chapter
13
Name
Show What You Know
Compare Lengths
1. O
rder the pencils from shortest to longest.
Write 1, 2, 3.
 
—
        
 —
        
 —
Use Nonstandard Units to Measure Length

Use real objects and to measure.
2.
               
about —
 
3.
               
about —
 
Measure Length Twice: Nonstandard Units

Use first. Then use .

Measure the length of the pencil.
             
4. about —
 
             
5. about  —

Chapter 13 • Length in Customary Units 513

Vocabulary Builder
Review Words
Visualize It estimate
Fill in the graphic organizer to describe the inch
lengths of different objects. length
longer
length shorter
longest
shortest
Use review words. Complete the sentences.
                                © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©HMH

1. The blue pencil is the ————
   pencil.
                               
2. The red pencil is the ————
  
  pencil.
                               
3. The red pencil is ————
  
  than the yellow pencil.
                               
4. The blue pencil is  ————
  than the yellow pencil.

CHAPTER 13
Name Lesson 1
Measure with Inch Models
I Can use inch models to measure length.

World
Use color tiles to measure the length.
                
  color tiles
—
                
  color tiles
—
                
  color tiles
—
Math
Describe how to use

HOME CONNECTION • Your child used color tiles color tiles to measure
as an introduction to measurement of length before the length of an object.
using standard measurement tools.

Model and Draw
A color tile is about 1 inch long.
About how many inches long is this string?
Count the color tiles to

find how many inches
long the string is.
The string is 4 color tiles long.

  4
                
So, the string is about — inches long.
Share and Show Math

Board
Use color tiles. Measure the length of the object in inches.
1.
                
about —
  inches
2.
                
about —
  inches
3.
                
about —
  inches
4.
                
about —
  inches
Name
On Your Own
Use color tiles. Measure the length of the object in inches.
5.
                
about —
  inches
6.
                
about —
  inches
7.
                
about —
  inches
8.
                
about —
  inches
9.
                
about —
  inches
10.
                
about —
  inches

World
11. Blue paper chains are 8 inches

long. Red paper chains are on the
Spot
6 inches long. How many are
needed to have 22 inches of
paper chains?             
blue paper chains
—
            
red paper chain
—
12. MP
Felipa has a string that is 12 inches
long. She used color tiles to measure it.
How many color tiles did she use?
                
about  — color tiles
13. Jeremy used color tiles to measure a

ribbon. Each tile is 1 inch long. How long is
the ribbon? Circle the number in the box to
make the sentence true.
2
The ribbon is about 3 inches long.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child use several of the same
small item (such as paper clips) to measure the lengths of some
objects at home.

LESSON 13.1
Name
Measure with Inch Models
Use color tiles. Measure the length of the

object in inches.
1. OBJE
         
about —
  inches
2.
         
about —
  inches
3.
         
about —
  inches

World
4. Look around your classroom.

Find an object that is about 4 inches long.
Draw and label the object.
5. Write Math Describe how you would

find an object that is about 8 inches long.

Lesson Check
6. Jessie used tiles to measure the rope.
Each tile measures 1 inch. About how many
inches long is the rope?
         
about —
  inches
Spiral Review
7. Orlando has these coins. What is the total value of his coins?
____
8. Look at the clock hands. What 9. Hai has 84 marbles in a bag.

time does this clock show? His friend Mario has 71 marbles
in his bag. How many marbles
11 12 1 do they have altogether?
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5   
  84
+
_ 71
        :         
— —

CHAPTER 13
Name Lesson 2
Make and Use a Ruler
I Can use a ruler to measure length.

World
Use color tiles. Make the given length. Trace along

the edge to show the length.
4 inches
2 inches
3 inches

Talk MP
structure.
Describe how you

knew how many color
HOME CONNECTION • Your child used color tiles as tiles to use for each
1-inch models to show different lengths. This activity length.
helps to make inch units a more familiar concept.

Model and Draw
Use a color tile to make a ruler on a paper strip.
Color 6 parts that are each about 1 inch long.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
A ruler is like a number line.
How to use your ruler: The space between two numbers is
Line up the left edge of an one unit.
object with the first mark. The number closest to the end of the
object is the length of the object.
Share and Show Math

Board
Measure the length with your ruler.

Count the inches.
1.
                
about —
  inches
2. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
                
about —
  inches
3.
                
about —
  inches

Name
On Your Own
Count the inches.
4.
                
about —
  inches
5.
                
about —
  inches
6.
                
about — inches
7.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©FEV/Shutterstock, ©HMH
                
about —
  inches
8.
                
about —
  inches
World
9. W
ork with a classmate. Use both of your on the
rulers to measure the length of a bulletin Spot
board or a window. What is the length?
                
about —
  inches
10. MP
Describe what you did in Problem 9.
How did you measure a length that is longer
than your rulers?
11. Measure the length of the yarn with your ruler. Does the
sentence describe the yarn? Choose Yes or No.
The yarn is about 2 inches long. ● Yes ● No

The yarn is about 3 inches long. ● Yes ● No
The yarn is shorter than 2 inches. ● Yes ● No

The yarn is longer than 2 inches. ● Yes ● No
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Choose one object in this lesson. Have your
child find objects that are longer, about the same length, and shorter.

LESSON 13.2
Name
Make and Use a Ruler

Count the inches.
1.
         
about —
  inches
2.
         
about —
  inches
3.
         
about —
  inches

World
4. Use your ruler. Measure the width

of this page in inches.
        
about _
  inches
5. Write Math Would you rather use color tiles

or your ruler to measure the length of an object?
Explain your choice.

Lesson Check
6. Use your ruler. What is the length of this ribbon?
about         
_ inches
Spiral Review
7. What time is shown on this 8. What is the total value of
clock? these coins?
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
       
_ :_        
 

8 4
7 6 5
        
_ cents
9. The first group collected 10. There are 2 children in each

238 cans. The second group row. How many children are in
collected 345 cans. How 5 rows?
many cans did the two groups
collect?
        
_ children

CHAPTER 13
Name Lesson 3
Estimate Lengths in Inches
I Can estimate the lengths of objects in inches.

World
Choose three objects. Measure their lengths with
your ruler. Draw the objects and write their lengths.
about _ inches about _ inches
about _ inches
Math
Describe how the

FOR THE TEACHER • Provide a collection of
three lengths compare.
small objects, 2 to 6 inches in length, for children Which is the longest
to measure. Have them select one object, measure
it, and return it before selecting another object.
object?

Model and Draw
The bead is 1 inch long. Use this bead to help find
how many beads will fit on the string. Which is the
best estimate for the length of the string?
2 inches 5 inches 8 inches
2 inches is 5 inches is 8 inches is

too short. about right. too long.
Share and Show Math

Board
Circle the best estimate for the length of the string.

1.
1 inch 3 inches 5 inches
2.
3.

Name
On Your Own
4.
5.
6.
7. Use the 1-inch mark. Estimate the length of each ribbon.

on the
1 inch Spot
red ribbon: about             

 
— inches
Estimates:
blue ribbon: about             
 
— inches
World
8. Sasha has a string that is

the length of 5 beads.
Each bead is 2 inches long.
What is the length of the
string?                 
inches
—
9. Maurice has a string that is

15 inches long. He has beads
that are each 3 inches long.
How many beads will fit on
the string?
                
beads
—
10. Tameka has this string. She has many beads

that are 1 inch long, like this blue bead.
What is the best estimate for the length
of the string? Draw more beads on the
string to show your estimate.
                
about — inches
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • With your child, estimate the lengths in

inches of some small objects, such as books.

LESSON 13.3
Name
Estimate Lengths in Inches
The bead is 1 inch long.

Circle the best estimate for the length
of the string.
1.

2.

3.


World

4. Ashley has some beads. Each bead is
2 inches long. How many beads will fit on
a string that is 8 inches long?
        beads
—
5. Write Math Describe a way that someone

could estimate the length of a book.

Lesson Check
6. The bead is 1 inch long. Estimate the
length of the string.
        
about _
  inches
Spiral Review
7. Draw hands on the clock to show 5 minutes after 6.
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
8. Ella read 16 pages of her book 9. What is the sum?

on Monday and 26 pages on
Tuesday. There are 64 pages
in the book. How many more
pages are left for Ella to read?
             pages 38 + 24 =              
 

CHAPTER 13
Name Lesson 4
Measure with an Inch Ruler
I Can use an inch ruler to measure lengths.

World
Draw each worm to match the given length.


Talk MP
structure.
FOR THE TEACHER • Have children use the Describe how you
rulers that they made in Lesson 13.2 to draw a decided how long to
worm that is 1 inch long. Have children use the
1-inch-long worm as a guide to draw a worm draw the 2-inch and
that is 2 inches long and a worm that is 3 inches 3-inch worms.
long, without using their rulers.

Model and Draw
What is the length of the string Step 1
to the nearest inch?
Line up the end of the
string with the zero
mark on the ruler.
Step 2
0 1 2 3 4
inches Find the inch mark that
is closest to the other
end of the string.
about —
  2 inches
                 
Share and Show Math

Board
Measure the length to the nearest inch.

1.
                
about —
  inches
2.
                
about —
  inches
3. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
                
about —
  inches
4.
                
about —
  inches

Name
On Your Own
5.
                
about —
  inches
6.
                
about —
  inches
7.
                
about —
  inches
8.
                
about —
  inches
9. Is this object longer, shorter, or the same

length as the one in Problem 8? Circle the

correct answer.
Longer
Shorter
Same length

World
10. How much longer is the red

on the
string than the blue string? Spot
            
about — inches longer
11. If the red and blue strings were

straight and placed end to end,
what would the total length be?
            
about — inches
12. Mrs. Grant’s pencil is 5 inches long.

Is this Mrs. Grant’s pencil? Use an
inch ruler to find out. Use the numbers
and words on the tiles to make the
sentences true.
3 4 5 is is not
              
The pencil is about __
  inches long.
                Mrs. Grant’s pencil.

This pencil   __
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child measure the lengths of some
objects to the nearest inch using a ruler or a similar measuring tool.

LESSON 13.4
Name
Measure with an Inch Ruler

1.
         
about —
  inches
2.
         
about —
  inches
3.
         
about —
  inches
World
4. Measure the string. What is its total length?

about          
 
— inches
5. Write Math Compare the ruler you made to an inch ruler.

Describe how they are alike and how they are different.

Lesson Check
6. Use an inch ruler. What is the 7. Use an inch ruler. What is the
length to the nearest inch? length to the nearest inch?
        
about _
  inches about         
_ inches
Spiral Review
8. The clock shows the time that 9. What is the difference?
Truc got to school. Write the
time. Then circle a.m. or p.m.
a.m. 11 12 1
_ :_
  10 2

p.m.
9 3
8 4
13 − 5 = —
 
7 6 5
10. Each tile is about 1 inch long.

About how long is the ribbon?
         
about —
  inches

CHAPTER 13
Name Lesson 5
Add and Subtract Lengths in Inches
I Can draw a diagram to solve problems about length.
There is a paper-clip chain that is 16 inches long.

Aliyah removes 9 inches of paper clips from the
chain. How long is the paper-clip chain now?

World
What do I need to find? What information do I need

to use?
how long the paper-
    
                                                
—————— The chain is                
  inches long.
—
clip chain is now

    
                                                
——————
 
— inches of paper clips are

removed from the chain.
9
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
   
                                                    
  

——————
The paper-clip chain is  —

inches long now.
HOME CONNECTION • Your child drew a diagram to represent a

problem about lengths. The diagram can be used to choose the
operation for solving the problem.

Try Another Problem
Draw a diagram. Write an equation using • What do I need to
■ for the unknown number. Solve. find?
• What information
do I need to use?
1. Eli has a string that is 13 inches long
and a string that is 8 inches long. How many
inches of string does he have?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
                                                    
   
——————
Eli has —
  inches of string.

2. Reina has a cube train that is 24 inches long.

She removes 9 inches of cubes from the train.
How long is Reina's cube train now?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
                                                    
   
  
——————

Reina's cube train is —
  inches
Talk MP
long now.
Describe how your
diagram shows what
happened in the
second problem.

Name
Share and Show Math

Board
Draw a diagram. Write equations using

■ for the unknown number. Solve.
3. Lee has a paper-strip chain that is 40 inches long. He adds
another 25 inches to the chain. Then he unhooks 13 inches
from the chain. How long is Lee’s paper-strip chain now?
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65
Lee’s paper-strip chain is —

  inches long now.

4. Sue has two ribbons that have the same length.

She has 18 inches of ribbon in all. How long is on the
Spot
each ribbon?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • ©Virinaflora/Shutterstock
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
   
   
——————
                                                    
Each ribbon is —
  inches long.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain how he or she

used a diagram to solve a problem in this lesson.

On Your Own
5. Sahil and Nivedita are using string to

make an art project. Sahil has a piece of
string that is 21 inches long. Nivedita's
piece of string is 8 inches shorter than
Sahil's. How many inches of string do
they have together?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
They have —
  inches of string.

Draw a diagram. Write an equation using for

the unknown number. Solve.
6. A mark is 17 inches long. Jin erases 9 inches
from the mark. How long is the mark now?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
———
The mark is  —
inches long now.

LESSON 13.5
Name
Add and Subtract Lengths in Inches
Draw a diagram. Write an equation using for

the unknown number. Solve.
1. Pao had a ribbon that was 23 inches long. He

cut 7 inches off the ribbon. How long is his
ribbon now?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Pao’s ribbon is inches long now.
2. Write Math Describe how you could draw a diagram

for a problem about finding the total length for two
strings, 15 inches long and 7 inches long.

Lesson Check
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
3. Raquel has two pieces of string. 4. Molly has a cube train that is
Each one is 8 inches long. How 22 inches long. She removes
many inches of string does she 8 inches of cubes from the
have altogether? train. How long is Molly’s cube
train now?
_
inches
inches
_
Spiral Review
5. Ann buys a pencil for 45 cents. 6. Use an inch ruler. About how
Draw and label coins Ann could long is the string?
use to make 45 cents.
about _
  inch

7. Laur has these coins in a jar.

What is the total value of these coins? © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
or  
cents

CHAPTER 13
Name Lesson 6
Measure in Inches and Feet
I Can understand the difference between
measuring in feet and measuring in inches.

World
Draw or write to describe how you

did each measurement.
First measurement
Second measurement

Talk MP
quantitatively.
Describe how the

length of a sheet of
FOR THE TEACHER • Have pairs of children stand paper and the length
apart and measure the distance between them
with sheets of paper folded in half lengthwise. of a paper clip are
Then have them measure the same distance using different.
large paper clips.

Model and Draw
12 inches is the same as 1 foot.
A 12-inch ruler is 1 foot long.
You can measure lengths in inches
and also in feet.
The real table is about 60 inches long.

The real table is also about 5 feet long.
Share and Show Math

Board
Measure to the nearest inch.

Then measure to the nearest foot.
Find the real object. Measure.
desk
                
  inches
—
1.
                
 — feet
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©HMH, ©Photodisc/Getty Images
window
                
  inches
—
2.
                
 — feet
door
                
  inches
—
3.
                
 — feet

Name
On Your Own
whiteboard
                
  inches
—
4.
                
 — feet
poster
                
  inches
—
5.
                
 — feet
teacher’s desk
                
  inches
—
6.
                
 — feet
easel
                
  inches
—
7.
                
 — feet
bulletin board
                
  inches
—
8.
                
 — feet

World
9. E
stimate the length of a real shelf
in inches and in feet. Then measure. on the
Spot
Estimates: Measurements:
              
inches               
inches
— —
              
feet               
feet
— —
10. Look at your measurements for the shelf.

Why is the number of inches different
from the number of feet?
11. Use the words on the tiles that

make the sentence true.
inches feet
              long.
A book shelf is 4  __
              long.
Deb’s necklace is 20  __
              long.
A marker is 3  __
              long.
Jim’s bicycle is 4  __
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child measure the distance of

a few footsteps in inches and then in feet.

LESSON 13.6
Name
Measure in Inches and Feet

1. bookcase          
—inches
         
—feet
2. window
         
—inches
         
—feet

World
3. Mohammad has a piece of yarn that is 4 feet long.

Blair has a piece of yarn that is 4 inches long.
Who has the longer piece of yarn? Explain.
4. Write Math Would you measure the length of a

jump rope in inches or in feet? Explain your choice.

Lesson Check
5. Gael is telling his sister about using a ruler
to measure length. Write inch or foot in
each blank to make the sentence true.
One   __
is longer than one  __
.
Spiral Review
6. Malik put this money in his
pocket. What is the total value WASHINGTON,D.C.
of this money?
$__
 
7. What time is shown on this 8. Ali had 38 game cards. Her

clock? friend gave her 15 more game
cards. How many game cards
11 12 1 does Ali have now?
10 2
9 3
8 4 cards
 _
7 6 5
       
_ :_  

CHAPTER 13
Name Lesson 7
Estimate Lengths in Feet
I Can estimate the lengths of objects in feet.
Listen and Draw
Look for 3 classroom objects that are about the same

length as a 12-inch ruler. Draw and label the objects.

Talk MP
structure.
Which objects have a

FOR THE TEACHER • Provide a collection of
objects for children to choose from. Set a 12-inch greater length than
ruler on the table with the objects for children the ruler? Explain.
to use as a visual comparison.

Model and Draw
Estimate how many 12-inch rulers will be about
the same length as this bulletin board.
Think about how

many rulers will fit
end-to-end.
            
  rulers, or —
  feet             
—
Share and Show Math

Board
Find each object. Estimate how many 12-inch rulers

will be about the same length as the object.
1. bookshelf
            
Estimate: —
              
rulers, or —
  feet

2. chair
            
Estimate: —
 
            
rulers, or —
  feet

Name
On Your Own
Find each object. Estimate how many 12-inch rulers
3. desktop
            
Estimate: —
 
            
rulers, or —
  feet
4. wall map
45°N Juan Strait
de Fucaof
Puge Frankli
Soun t Roosev n D.
d elt Lake
Seattle
Pend
Olymp Tacom Oreille
ia a
WASH Spokan 45°N
INGT e
Portla ON Flathead CANADA
nd
Lake er
Colu
mbia River Missouri Ri NORTH DAKOTA iv
v er
R
Great Falls Lake Grand

Salem Forks
e
Fort Peck Sakakawea Super E

er
nc
Helena MONTAN Lake ke ior

Ri
v MINNESOTA La MAIN
re
Red
A
aw
e
Eugen Yellowston Bismarck Duluth
. L
Fargo a
e August
St
Marquette Sault Ste. Marie ton

OREG Superior lier
River
Billings Burling
40°N ON IDAHO M Lake Montpe
Lake I C in d
Connecticut R.
M Champla Portlan
Boise Yellowstone Oahe in WISCONSIN H H ud VT NH
Sun Valley Lake SOUTH DAKOTA n es I Lake Concord ster
o Minneapolis G Huron
ta Manche
so
S na k St. Paul
ri o
n
e R Green Bay
i ve Mi Onta
Lake Michiga
Cape Goose Pierre Boston

A
r ss Lake
R.
Mend Lake Ri v Rochester MA Worcester 40°N

Rapid City Syracuse
N
ocino er ce
WYOMIN Albany ProvidenCape Cod
iss
Shasta Pocatello G Saginaw Buffalo Springfield

Sioux Falls
ippi R
NEW YORK
Grand
Sacramento River
Lake Madison ie Sound CT RI

Rapids Er Hartford Haven
t New Long Island
Pyramid Sioux Milwaukee Lansing Detroit Erie Bridgepor Island
nna
i ve
r Long
Lake Ogden City ke River Jersey City Yonkers
Susqueha
Great Ann La City
Salt IOWA Cedar Rockford Arbor Cleveland Newark New York
Reno Cheyenne NEBRASKA Rapids LVANIA
Berke NEVAD Lake Chicago PENNSY
Miss
Carson Salt Lake South Toledo Youngstown Allentown Trenton

PAC ley
City
A Provo City
Davenport Gary Bend
Akron Camden
IFIC San Oaklan Harrisburg
r
Sacram Lake Tahoe Des Moines ia

Ri v e
San Francis d Utah er Omaha Fort Wayne

ou
Francis co ento Pla

tte Rive
r
OHIO Pittsburgh
Philadelph NJ Atlantic City
OCE Lake
San
iv
ri R
co Bay Peoria e DE
35°N
AN IC
nR
Lincoln Columbus Baltimor Dover

Boulder
ANT
is
Mont San UTAH INDIANA MD e

Jo
r
Gree
ATL
no
Vail s Delawar
i ve
erey Jose qu r MISSOURI Springfield Dayton

ve
in Ri Denver WEST Washington, Annapoli Bay

a
Illi
Bay Aspen Colorado Indianapolis D.C. AN

Fresno Springs
Kansas
City ILLINOIS
Cincinnati VIRGINIA
ake
OCE
COLORAD Topeka Charleston
VIRGINIA Chesape 35°N
Lake O KANSAS Kansas St. Louis East St. Louis
CALIF Powell Pueblo City Louisville Frankfort Richmond Bay
ORNI Las Arkan Beach
A sas R Jefferson Evansville Lexington News Virginia
Vegas iver r Newport
e
Santa City io Riv Norfolk
orado River
Barba
Wichita Lake of the Oh KENTUCKY
ra Lake Ozarks
Ventur Mead Lake Greensboro
a Los Taos Springfield Barkley Durham Hatteras
Angele OKLAHOMA Winston- Raleigh Cape
Keystone
Ch
Long s Riversid Flagstaff Santa Fe Salem A

Lake CAROLIN
ann
er
Nashville Knoxville
Beach e n River NORTH
Co l
adia Kentucky
Ri v
Tulsa Fayetteville
ARIZON
el
Palm
Anaheim Springs A Albuquerque C an Lake TENNESSEE Asheville Charlotte
Isla
125°W
Santa Oklahoma City Eufaula Chattanooga

30°N Ana Salton
i
nd
ipp
Amarillo Lake Memphis S Greenville

Sea Phoenix ARKANSAS
s
San NEW MEXICO SOUTH

s
av
Diego Lawton
sis
Huntsville nn Columbia
a
Gila Little Rock ah

Mis
To understand the relative locations of Alaska and Riv Lake Atlanta

CAROLINA
120°W
Hawaii, as well as the vast distances separating them Texoma

Casa Grande Pine Bluff Birmingham 30°N
er
zos R
Ri
from the rest of the United States, see the world map. Lubbock Br a iv MISSISSIPPI GEORGIA
ver
er Charleston
Tucson Las Cruces ALABAMA Macon
s
Columbus
d
Abilene Fort Worth

lan
Gulf Meridian
Chattahoochee R.
Midland Dallas Shreveport Vicksburg Savannah

Califo of El Paso
Is
rnia TEXAS Jackson Montgomery

Sea
Re
Pec Odessa Colora

os
d
Ri d iv
R
v Waco Toledo er
Bend
oR
Mobile Jacksonville
er
Reservoir Pensacola Tallahassee N

LOUISIANA
ive
Baton Rouge
Amistad Beaumont
r
Rio Austin Biloxi Gainesville E

Reservoir
Houston New Orleans Chandeleur FLORIDA W
San Antonio Islands Cape
Canaveral
Gr
Orlando S
Galveston
and
25°N
80°W
Tampa
e
Lake
e
Corpus Christi St. Petersburg Okeechobe
Laredo Gulf of Mexico AMA
S
Fort Fort
Lauderdale BAH
MEXICO Padre Myers
rida
Island Miami
75°W
85°W
Flo
Cape Sable
90°W
ys
95°W
Ke
of
70°W
ts
ida ai
Flor Str
U.S. Political
MS-2_SFLESE682211_97Maa
88p0 x 44p0
HMH Civics Econ/Geog FL Split
first proof 2/10/11 Spatial Graphics
            
Estimate: —
 
            
rulers, or —
  feet
5. window
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (bc) ©Getty Images/PhotoDisc
            
Estimate: —
 
            
rulers, or —
  feet
6. teacher’s desk
            
Estimate: —
 
            
rulers, or —
  feet

World
7. Estimate the distance from your desk to the

door in feet. Then estimate the same distance on the
in inches. Spot
                
feet
—
                
inches
—
Explain how you made your estimates for the

number of feet and for the number of inches.
8. Match the object with the estimate of its length in feet.
1 foot 3 feet 7 feet

• • •
• • •
jump rope 12-inch ruler baseball bat
9. About how much longer is the jump rope than the

baseball bat in Problem 8?
              
— feet
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • With your child, estimate the

lengths of some objects in feet.

LESSON 13.7
Name
Estimate Lengths in Feet
Find the object. Draw it.

Estimate how many 12-inch rulers will
be about the same length as the object.
1. door
         rulers, or           feet
Estimate:  — —
2. window
         rulers, or           feet

World

3. Mr. and Mr. Baker take turns placing 12-inch rulers
end-to-end along the entire length of a rug. They each
use 3 rulers. About how many feet long is the rug?
        feet
about —
4. Write Math Choose an object that is about the

same length as a real baseball bat. Explain how
to estimate its length in feet.

Lesson Check
5. Estimate how many 12-inch 6. Estimate how many 12-inch
rulers will be about the same rulers will be about the same
length as a car. length as a pillow.
rulers, or _
_   feet
rulers, or _
_   feet

Spiral Review
7. What is the total value of 8. What is the total value of
2 quarters, 3 dimes, and 2 dimes, 3 nickels, and
4 nickels? 2 pennies?
$_
  _ , or  __
__ cents
9. There are 68 children in the 10. What is the sum?

school. There are 19 children
on the playground. How many
more children are in the school
than on the playground?
   
548
+ 436
children
_ _

CHAPTER 13
Name Lesson 8
Estimate and Measure to the
Nearest Yard
I Can estimate the lengths of objects in yards.
Listen and Draw
Look for 3 classroom objects that are about the same

length as a yardstick. Draw and label the objects.
Math
Which objects have a

FOR THE TEACHER • Group children and have
each group look for objects that are about the greater length than
same length as a yardstick. the yardstick? Explain.

Model and Draw
A yardstick shows 3 feet. Estimate how many
yardsticks will be about the same length
as a classroom.
Think about how

many yardsticks will
fit end-to-end.
            
  yardsticks, or —
  yards             
—
Share and Show Math

Board
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (tc) ©Panom/Adobe Stock (cc) ©enterlinedesign/Shutterstock (bc) ©STEROIDS/Shutterstock
Find each object. Estimate how many yardsticks
1. football playing field
            
Estimate: —
 
            
yardsticks, or —
  yards
2. area rug
            
Estimate: —
 
            
yardsticks, or —
  yards

Name
On Your Own
Find each object. Estimate how many yardsticks
3. teacher's desk
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ((tc) ©Brian Klutch/DigitalVision/Getty Images (cc) ©Cagkan/Adobe Stock (bc) ©Getty Images/PhotoDisc (bc) ©Michael Chamberlin/Adobe Stock
            
Estimate: —
 
            
yardsticks, or —
  yards
4. whiteboard
            
Estimate: —
 
            
yardsticks, or —
  yards
5. window
            
Estimate: —
 
            
yardsticks, or —
  yards
6. lunch table
            
Estimate: —
 
            
yardsticks, or —
  yards

World
7. Estimate the distance from your desk to

your teacher's desk in yards. Then estimate
the same distance in feet.
                
yards
—
                
feet
—
Explain how you made your estimates for the

number of yards and for the number of feet.
8. Estimate the length in yards for each object.
school bus               

— yards
bicycle               
— yards
basketball court               

— yards
9. About how many yards shorter are the bicycle and

school bus together than the basketball court?
              
— yards

lengths of some objects in yards.

LESSON 13.8
Name
Estimate and Measure to the
Nearest Yard
Find the object. Draw it.

Estimate how many yardsticks will
be about the same length as the object.
1. a wall
         yardsticks, or           yards
2. vehicle
         yardsticks, or           yards

World

3. Mr. and Mrs. Agarwal take turns placing yardsticks end-to-end
along the entire length of a garden. They each use
4 yardsticks. About how many yards long is the garden?
        yards
about —
4. Write Math Choose an object that is about the

same length as a table. Explain how
to estimate its length in yards.

Lesson Check
5. Estimate how many yardsticks 6. Estimate how many yardsticks
will be about the same length will be about the same length
as a bus. as a bench.
yardsticks, or _
_   yards
yardsticks, or _
_   yards

Spiral Review
7. Nur has 3 quarters, 1 dime, 8. What is the total value of
and 2 nickels. What coin does 1 quarter, 4 dimes, and 3
she need to have 1 dollar? pennies?
__ , or  __
__ cents
9. There are 57 apples and 39 10. What is the sum?

oranges on the lunch counter.
How many more apples than
oranges are there?
more
_ 472 + 286 =               
  — —

CHAPTER 13
Name Lesson 9
Estimate Lengths to Solve Problems
I Can estimate lengths to solve measurement problems.
Listen and Draw
Draw or write to solve the problem.
          inches of ribbon now.

Ellen has  —
          
Derek's ribbon is —
  inches long now.
FOR THE TEACHER • Have children solve the

following problem using the top workspace. Ellen Math Construct arguments and
has a blue ribbon that is 13 inches long. She gets Talk MP
a green ribbon that is 8 inches long. How many
inches of ribbon does Ellen have now? Then ask How did you choose
children to use the bottom workspace to solve this
problem: Derek has a red ribbon that is 24 inches to solve the second
long. He cuts 9 inches off the ribbon. How many problem? Explain.
inches long is Derek's ribbon now?

Model and Draw
Maria has these two flowers.
If her orange flower is 6 inches tall,
about how tall is her yellow flower?
Which is the best estimate?
about 3 yards tall
about 12 inches tall
about 6 feet tall
Share and Show Math

Board
Circle the best estimate.

1. Kelsey builds a 2-foot long red cube train. She builds
two blue cube trains. Use the picture of her cube
trains to estimate the total length of the 3 trains.
about 4 feet long
about 1 foot long
about 3 feet long
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (b) ©Getty Images Royalty Free
2. Domingo has paper clips that are each about
1 inch long. About how long is the pencil?
about 12 inches long
about 5 inches long
about 3 inches long

Name
On Your Own
Circle the best choice.
3. Mai Ka needs 5 pieces of 2 feet of string
string that are each about a
12-inch ruler long. Which length 20 feet of string
of string will be closest to the 2 yards of string
amount she needs?
4. Yee-Tai makes a paper chain about 3 yards long

that is the about the same
about 10 yards long
distance as the ceiling to the
floor. About how long is about 20 yards long
Yee-Tai's paper chain?
5. Kim has a toy train. Each train car is about 6 inches

long. If Kim puts 8 train cars together, about how
long will the train be in inches? Explain.
6. Jasper thinks the length of his book is about

1 yard. Clark thinks the length of the book
is about 1 foot. Who made the better estimate?
Explain.

7. Grayson has a white flower that is about a 12-inch

ruler long and a pink flower that is about half
as long as the white flower. Which is the best
estimate for the length of the pink flower?
● about 2 feet long
● about 5 inches long
8. Each section of a sidewalk is about 2 yardsticks

long. Billy’s rope is about as long as three sections
of sidewalk. Which is the best estimate for the
length of Billy’s rope?
● about 4 yards long
9. Kee has two pencils. If the yellow pencil is 8 inches

long, about how long is the green pencil?


● about 1 foot long
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to explain how he or she solved one
of the problems in this lesson.

LESSON 13.9
Name
Estimate Lengths to Solve Problems
Circle the best choice.

1. Igor builds a 1-foot-long red cube train. He
builds two blue cube trains. Which estimate
shows the total length of the trains?
about 4 feet
about 1 foot
about 2 feet

World
2. Gail needs 3 pieces of string that are 15 inches of string

each the length of a 12-inch ruler. Which
length of string will be closest to the 75 inches of string
amount she needs? 40 inches of string
3. Rosita makes a paper chain. Each loop of the

paper chain is about 3 inches long. Rosita puts
8 loops of paper together. About how long will
the paper chain be in inches? Explain.
                                                                                                                      
       
————————
                                                                                                                      
       
————————
                                                                                                                      
       
————————

Lesson Check
4. Hai has two pencils. The blue pencil
is 6 inches long. About how long is
the red pencil?
● about 1 foot ● about 8 inches ● about 2 inches
5. Ivan has a sunflower that is 2 feet tall.

He also has a lily plant. The sunflower is
about twice as tall as the lily plant.
Which is the best estimate for the height
of the lily plant?
● about 1 yard ● about 1 foot ● about 6 inches
Spiral Review
6. Tula is eating dinner after soccer practice. 11 12 1

The time is shown on the clock. Would this 10 2
9 3
be a.m. or p.m.? 8 4
7 6 5
7. Melinda has a quarter, 2 nickels, and 6 pennies.

What is the value of her coins?

CHAPTER 13
Name Lesson 10
Choose a Tool
I Can choose a measuring tool to measure lengths.

World
Draw or write to describe how you measured

the distances with the yarn.
Distance 1
Distance 2

Talk MP
FOR THE TEACHER • Have each small group Which distance was
use a 1-yard piece of yarn to measure a distance
marked on the floor with masking tape. Have longer? Explain how
groups repeat the activity to measure another you know.
distance that is different from the first one.

Model and Draw
You can use different tools to measure
lengths and distances.
inch ruler yardstick measuring tape

An inch ruler can A yardstick shows A measuring tape
be used to measure 3 feet. It can be used can be used to
shorter lengths. to measure greater measure lengths and
lengths and distances. distances that are
not flat or straight.
Share and Show Math

Board
inch ruler
Choose the best tool for measuring the real object. yardstick
Then measure and record the length or distance. measuring tape
1. the length of a book
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Photodisc/Getty Images, ©HMH
                                                  
Tool: ——————
    
                                                  
Length:   ——————
   
2. the distance around a cup
                                                  
Tool: ——————
    
                                                  
Distance:   ——————
   

Name
On Your Own inch ruler

yardstick
Choose the best tool for measuring the real object. measuring tape
Then measure and record the length or distance.
3. the length of a chalkboard
                                             
Tool: ———
    
                                             
Length:   ———
   
4. the length of a marker
                                             
Tool: ———
    
                                             
   
5. the distance around a globe

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©HMH, ©D. Hurst/Alamy
                                             
   
Tool: ———
 
                                             
Distance:   ———
   
6. the length of a classroom wall
                                             
Tool: ———
    
                                             
   
World
7. Rachel wants to measure the length

on the
of a sidewalk. Should she use an Spot
inch ruler or a yardstick? Explain.
Rachel should use  —————— because

                                                                                                   

   
      
——————— —
                                                                                                   

   
      
——————— —
                                                                                                   

   
      
——————— —
8. What is an object that you would

measure with a measuring tape?
Explain why you would use this tool.
                                                                                                   
   
      
———————
—
                                                                                                   

   
      
——————— —
                                                                                                   

   
      
——————— —
9. J
im measures the length of a picnic
table to be two 36-inch yardsticks. He
uses a yardstick to measure the width.
The width is 30 inches. How much
longer is the length than the width?
              
— inches
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child choose a tool to measure some
objects around the room.

LESSON 13.10
Name
Choose a Tool
Choose the best tool for measuring

the real object. Then measure and inch ruler
record the length or distance. yardstick
1. the length of your desk measuring tape
Tool:
Length:
2. the distance around a basket
Tool:
Length:

World
3. Lucia estimates the length of a garden to be
15 yards. Lucia and Santiago measure the
length of the garden together using yardsticks.
Lucia uses 5 yardsticks and Santiago uses
8 yardsticks for their combined measurement.
How much longer was the estimate than
the actual length? yards
_
4. Write Math Describe how you would use a

yardstick to measure the length of a rug.

Lesson Check
5. Ema wants to measure the 6. Berto wants to measure the
distance around her bike tire. length of a guitar. Circle
Circle the best tool for her the best tool for him to use.
to use.
cup yardstick cup yardstick
color tiles measuring tape color tiles paper clips
Spiral Review
7. Estimate how many 12-inch 8. Emilio has a rope that is
rulers will be about the same 24 inches long. He cuts off
length as a sheet of paper. 7 inches from the rope. How
long is the rope now?
ruler
_ inches
_
9. Khanh is telling her friend about using a ruler to

measure length. Draw an object that is about

3 inches long.

CHAPTER 13
Name Lesson 11
Display Measurement Data
I Can display measurement data on a line plot.

World
Use an inch ruler. Measure and record each length.
            
  inches
—
            
  inches
—
            
inches
—

Talk MP
quantitatively.
Describe how the

lengths of the three
HOME CONNECTION • Your child practiced
measuring different lengths in inches in preparation strings are different.
for collecting measurement data in this lesson.

Model and Draw
A line plot is a way to show data.
On this line plot, each X stands for
the length of one pencil in inches.
How many pencils
X are just 6 inches long?
X X How many different pencils
X X X X X X are shown
in this data?
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Lengths of Pencils in Inches
Share and Show Math

Board
                
1st book: —
  inches
1. Use an inch ruler. Measure and                 
record the lengths of 5 books 2nd book:  — inches
in inches.                 
3rd book: —
  inches
                
4th book:  — inches
                
5th book:  — inches
2. Write a title for the line plot. Then write

the numbers and draw the Xs.

Name
On Your Own                 

1st pencil: —
  inches
3. Use an inch ruler. Measure and                 
2nd pencil:  — inches
record the lengths of 5 pencils
in inches.                 
3rd pencil: —
  inches
4. Write a title for the line plot. Then                 
4th pencil: —
  inches
write the numbers and draw the Xs.
                
5th pencil: —
  inches
5. Use an inch ruler. Measure and

                
1st crayon: —
  inches
record the lengths of 4 crayons in
inches. Then complete the line plot.                 

2nd crayon:  — inches
                
3rd crayon: —
  inches
                
4th crayon:  — inches

World
6. Use the data in the list to complete the Lengths of

line plot. Ribbons
6 inches on the
Spot
5 inches
7 inches
6 inches
7. Sarah made a line plot to show the data

about the length of leaves. Is Sarah’s line plot correct?
Tell why or why not.
The Length of Leaves

X
4 inches 6 inches X X
X X X X
5 inches 4 inches
3 inches 5 inches
3 4 5 6
4 inches
Lengths of Leaves in Inches
                                                                                   
————
   
      — ——
                                                                                   
————
   
      — ——
                                                                                   
————
   
      — ——
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child describe

how to make a line plot.

LESSON 13.11
Name
Display Measurement Data
1. Use an inch ruler. Measure and record

the lengths of 4 different books 1st book: inches
in inches. 2nd book: inches
2. Write a title for the line plot. Then 3rd book: inches
write the numbers and draw the Xs. 4th book: inches

World
3. Jesse measured the lengths of some strings. Lengths

Use his list to complete the line plot. of Strings
5 inches
7 inches
6 inches
8 inches
5 inches
4. Write Math Describe how you made a

line plot in this lesson.

Lesson Check
5. Use the line plot. How many
sticks are 4 inches long? X
X X X
X X X X
 
_ sticks
2 3 4 5
Lengths of Sticks in Inches
Spiral Review
6. Kim wants to measure a ball. 7. Estimate how many 12-inch
Circle the best tool for Kim rulers will be about the same
to use. length as a teacher’s desk.
counter pencil
paper clip measuring tape rulers, or _

_   feet

8. Kurt has a string that is 9. One box has 147 books. The
12 inches long and another other box has 216 books. How
string that is 5 inches long. many books are there in both
How many inches of string boxes?
does he have altogether?
inches
_ books
__

Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 13
1. Berto wants to measure the distance
around a soccer ball.
Circle the best choice of tool.
inch ruler yardstick measuring tape
Explain your choice of tool.
2. Luke has a string that is 6 inches long and a

string that is 11 inches long. How many inches of
string does Luke have?
Draw a diagram. Write an equation using
a for the unknown number. Solve.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Luke has inches of string.

3. What is the length of the lip balm to the nearest
inch?
Lip balm
Circle the number in the box to make

the sentence true.
2
The lip balm is 3 inches long.
4
4. Rosita uses tiles to measure a string. Each tile is

1 inch long. Rosita says the string is 3 inches long.
Is she correct? Explain.

Name
5. Kiaya cuts a piece of ribbon that is about the same distance

as the ceiling to the floor. About how long is the ribbon?
6. Alison has a toy train. Each train car is about 4 inches long. If Alison
puts 5 cars together, about how long will the train be in inches?
● 16 inches
● 20 inches
● 9 inches
7. Estimate the length in yards for each object.
swimming pool yards.
bookshelf yards.
school bus yards.
8. Use the 1-inch mark. Estimate the length of the brush.
1 inch
about inches
Chapter 13 583
9. Measure the length with your ruler. What is the
length of the paper clip to the nearest inch?
inches
10. Maryelyn has a piece of string that is 5 feet long.

Romeo has a piece of string that is 5 inches long.
Who has the longer piece of string? Explain.
11. Naomi measured the lengths of some strings.

Lengths
Use her list to complete the line plot.
of Strings
3 inches
5 inches
4 inches
6 inches
3 inches

Chapter
14
Name
Show What You Know
Compare Lengths
1. O
rder the strings from shortest to longest.
Write 1, 2, 3.
      
 —
      
 —
      
 —
Use Nonstandard Units to Measure Length

Use real objects and to measure.
2.
            
about —
 
3.
            
about —
 
Measure Length Twice: Nonstandard Units

Use first. Then use .

Measure the length of the ribbon.
4. about            
 
— 5. about             
—

Chapter 14 • Length in Metric Units 585

Review Words
Visualize It measure
Fill in the graphic organizer. Think of an object length
and write about how you can measure the length estimate
of that object.
length
Use the color tile to estimate the length of each straw.
1.
               
about —
  tiles
2.
about                
 
— tiles

CHAPTER 14
Name Lesson 1
Measure with a Centimeter Model
I Can use a centimeter model
to measure the lengths of objects.

World
Use to measure the length.
         unit cubes
 —
         unit cubes
 —
         
—unit cubes

Talk MP
Describe how to use

HOME CONNECTION • Your child used unit unit cubes to measure
cubes as an introduction to measurement of an object’s length.
length before using metric measurement tools.

Model and Draw
A unit cube is about 1 centimeter long.
About how many centimeters long is this string?
You can make

a mark for each
centimeter to keep
track and
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
to count.
  11
                
The string is about — centimeters long.
Share and Show Math

Board
Use a unit cube. Measure the length in centimeters.

1.
               
about —
  centimeters
2.
about                
 
— centimeters
3.
about                
 
— centimeters

Name
On Your Own
4.
               
about —
  centimeters
5.
               
about —
  centimeters
6.
               
about —
  centimeters
7.
               
about —
  centimeters
8.
               
about —
  centimeters

World
9. M
rs. Duncan measured the lengths of on the
a crayon and a pencil. The pencil is Spot
double the length of the crayon. The
sum of their lengths is 24 centimeters.
What are their lengths?
                                                         
    
crayon: ————
 
                                                         
pencil: ————
    
 
10. Marita uses unit cubes to

measure the length of a straw.
Circle the number in the box that makes
the sentence true.
The straw is about 7 centimeters long.

10
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child compare the lengths

of other objects to those in this lesson.

LESSON 14.1
Name
Measure with a Centimeter Model

1.
        centimeters
about —
2.
about —
3.
about —
World

4. Aura has a pencil that is 3 centimeters shorter
than this string. How long is the pencil?
about           
—centimeters
5. Write Math Write about using a unit

cube to measure lengths in this lesson.

Lesson Check
6. Carola used unit cubes to measure the length of a ribbon. Each unit
cube is about 1 centimeter long. What is the length of the ribbon?
about _
centimeters
Spiral Review
7. What is the time on this clock? 8. What is the time on this clock?
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
_ :
 
_ _ :
 
_
9. Dan has a paper strip that is 10. Rita has 1 quarter, 1 dime,
28 inches long. He tears and 2 pennies. What is the
6 inches off the strip. How long total value of Rita’s coins?
is the paper strip now?
28 – 6 = ■
inches
_ _
or _
  cents


CHAPTER 14
Name Lesson 2
Estimate Lengths in Centimeters
I Can use known lengths to estimate unknown lengths.

World
Find three classroom objects that are shorter

than your 10-centimeter strip. Draw the objects.
Write estimates for their lengths.
about centimeters
about centimeters
about centimeters
Math
Which object has a

HOME CONNECTION • Your child used a 10-centimeter length closest to 10
strip of paper to practice estimating the lengths of some
classroom objects. centimeters? Explain.

Model and Draw
This pencil is about 10 centimeters long.
Which is the most reasonable estimate
for the length of the ribbon?
7 centimeters
13 centimeters
20 centimeters
The ribbon is longer The ribbon is not

than the pencil. twice as long as the pencil.
7 centimeters is not 20 centimeters is not
reasonable. reasonable.
The ribbon is a little longer than the pencil.

So, 13 centimeters is the most reasonable estimate.
Share and Show Math

Board
1. The yarn is about 5 centimeters long. Circle the

best estimate for the length of the crayon.
10 centimeters
15 centimeters

20 centimeters
2. The string is about 12 centimeters long.

Circle the best estimate for the length of the straw.
3 centimeters
7 centimeters
11 centimeters

Name
On Your Own
3. The rope is about 8 centimeters long. Circle the best
estimate for the length of the paper clip.
2 centimeters
4 centimeters
8 centimeters
4. The pencil is about 11 centimeters long.

Circle the best estimate for the length of the chain.
6 centimeters
10 centimeters
13 centimeters
5. The hair clip is about 7 centimeters long.

Circle the best estimate for the length of the yarn.
10 centimeters
17 centimeters
22 centimeters
6. The ribbon is about 13 centimeters long.

5 centimeters
11 centimeters
17 centimeters

World
7. For each question, circle the best estimate.

on the
Spot
About how long is a
About how long
new crayon? is a new pencil?
5 centimeters 20 centimeters
8. MP Mr. Lott has 87 more centimeters

of tape than Mrs. Sanchez. Mr. Lott
has 98 centimeters of tape. How
many centimeters of tape does
Mrs. Sanchez have?
               
centimeters
—
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Photodisc/Getty Images

9. This feather is about 5 centimeters long.
Rachel says the yarn is about 10 centimeters long.
Is Rachel correct? Explain.
                                                                                                       
_____________
    
       
                                                                                                       
_____________
    
       
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Give your child an object that

is about 5 centimeters long. Have your child use it to
estimate the lengths of some other objects.

LESSON 14.2
Name
Estimate Lengths in Centimeters
1. The toothpick is about 6 centimeters long. Circle

6 centimeters
the best estimate for the length of the yarn.
9 centimeters
12 centimeters
2. The pen is about 11 centimeters long. Circle the

best estimate for the length of the eraser.
4 centimeters
10 centimeters
14 centimeters

World
3. The string is about 6 centimeters long. Draw

a pencil that is about 12 centimeters long.
4. Write Math Choose one problem above.

Describe how you decided which estimate
was the best choice.

Lesson Check
5. The pencil is about 12 centimeters long.
Circle the best estimate for the length
of the yarn.
1 centimeter 5 centimeters 11 centimeters
Spiral Review
6. Diego has 58 baseball cards. 7. What is the sum?
He gives 23 of them to his
sister. How many baseball
cards does Diego have left?
   58 14 + 65 =  _
−
_ 23
baseball cards
8. Yolanda has a cube train that 9. What is the total value of this
is 13 inches long. She adds 6 group of coins?
inches of cubes to the train.
How long is the cube train now?
13 + 6 =
inches
_ , or  _
__ cents

CHAPTER 14
Name Lesson 3
Measure with a Centimeter Ruler
I Can use a centimeter ruler to measure lengths.

World
Find three small objects in the classroom.

Use unit cubes to measure their lengths.
Draw the objects and write their lengths.
                
about —
  centimeters                 
about —
  centimeters
                
about —
  centimeters
Math
Describe how
the three lengths
HOME CONNECTION • Your child used unit cubes
to measure the lengths of some classroom objects compare. Which
as an introduction to measuring lengths in
centimeters.
object is shortest?

Model and Draw
What is the length of the crayon
Remember: Line up
to the nearest centimeter?
the left edge of the
object with the zero mark
on the ruler.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
centimeters
9
  centimeters
         
—
Share and Show Math

Board
Measure the length to the nearest centimeter.

1.
                
centimeters
—
2.
                
  centimeters
—
3.
                
  centimeters
—

Name
On Your Own
4.
                
centimeters
—
5.
                
  centimeters
—
6.
                
  centimeters
—
7.
                
  centimeters
—
8. A marker is almost 13 centimeters long.

This length ends between which two
centimeter-marks on a ruler?

World
on the
9. T
he crayon was on the table next to the Spot
centimeter ruler. The left edge of the crayon was
not lined up with the zero mark on the ruler.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
centimeters
What is the length of the crayon?

Explain how you found your answer.
10. This is Lee’s string. Elsa’s string is 7 centimeters

long. Whose string is longer? Use a centimeter
ruler to find out. Explain.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child measure the lengths

of some objects using a centimeter ruler.

LESSON 14.3
Name
Measure with a Centimeter Ruler

1.
        
—centimeters
2.
        
—centimeters

World
3. Draw a string that is about 8 centimeters long. Use the pictures

above to help you. Then use a centimeter ruler to check the length.
4. Write Math Measure the length of

the top of your desk in centimeters.
Describe how you found the length.

Lesson Check
5. Use a centimeter ruler. What is the length
of this pencil to the nearest centimeter?
centimeters
_
Spiral Review
6. What is the time on this clock? 7. What is the total value of this
group of coins?
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
 _ :_
 

or _
__   cents

8. Use an inch ruler. How many

inches long is the feather? © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
 
_ inches


CHAPTER 14
Name Lesson 4
Add and Subtract Lengths
in Centimeters
I Can solve problems about lengths.
Rohan got 23 centimeters of string from his mom.

He gave 9 centimeters of string to Myra.
How much string does Rohan have now?

World

I need to use?
how much string Rohan got                
 — centimeters
of string from his mom.
Rohan has now                
He gave  — centimeters
of string to Myra.

9
23
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
                                                                     
    
—————
Rohan has          

—centimeters of string now.
HOME CONNECTION • Your child drew a diagram to

represent a problem about lengths. The diagram can be
used to choose the operation for solving the problem.

Try Another Problem
• What do I need
Draw a diagram. Write an equation
to find?
using a ■ for the unknown number. • What information
Then solve. do I need to use?
1. Ellie has a rope that is 12 centimeters long.

Farah has a rope that is 9 centimeters long.
How many centimeters of rope do they have?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
                                                     
   
——————
They have         
 
— centimeters of rope.
2. A string is 47 centimeters long. Justin

cuts 18 centimeters off. How long is the
string now?
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

Talk MP

                                                     
   
—————— Explain how your
diagram shows what
Now the string is happened in problem
               
  centimeters long. 2 using a number line
—
that does not start

at zero.

Name
Share and Show Math

Board

a ■ for the unknown number. Then solve.
3. A chain of paper clips is 18 centimeters long.

Kumiko adds 6 centimeters of paper clips to
the chain. How long is the chain now?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
                                                                  
    
————————
The chain is               
 
— centimeters long now.
4. A ribbon was 22 centimeters long. Then on the

Martha cut a piece off to give to Tao. Now Spot
the ribbon is 5 centimeters long. How many
centimeters of ribbon did Martha give to Tao?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Martha gave               

 
— centimeters of ribbon to Tao.

they used a diagram to solve one problem in this lesson.

World
Solve each problem.

5. Sara makes a paper strip that is 19 centimeters long.
She cuts 6 centimeters off the paper strip, which
makes it too short. She tapes 2 centimeters back onto
the paper strip. How long is the paper strip now?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
The paper strip is         

 
— centimeters long now.
6. Cado has a ribbon that is 24 centimeters long.

He cuts off 8 centimeters to give to one of his
brother. He cuts off 7 more centimeters to give
to her other brother. How long is his ribbon now?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Cado's ribbon is  —centimeters long now.
7. N
iam's board is 7 centimeters long. Ziv's board
is the same length as Niam's board. Wold's
board is 8 centimeters long. If all three boys

lay their boards end-to-end, how long will it be?
––centimeters

LESSON 14.4
Name
Add and Subtract Lengths in
Centimeters

a for the unknown number. Then solve.
1. A straw is 20 centimeters long. Mr. Song
cuts 8 centimeters off the straw. How long
is the straw now?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
The straw is              centimeters long now.
2. Draw and describe a diagram for a problem

about the total length of three ribbons,
13 centimeters long, 2 centimeters long, and
5 centimeters long.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Lesson Check
3. Acacia has a paper clip chain that is 25 centimeters long.
She takes off 8 centimeters of the chain. Then she puts 4
centimeters back on the chain. How long is the chain now?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
 _
centimeters
Spiral Review
4. What is the sum? 5. What is another way to write
the time half past 7?
   
327
+1
__ 45 _ :  _
6. Seylum has these coins in her

pocket. How much money does
she have in her pocket?
 __
or _
  cents


CHAPTER 14
Name Lesson 5
Centimeters and Meters
I Can understand the difference between
measuring in meters and in centimeters.

World
Draw or write to describe how you

did each measurement.
1st measurement
2nd measurement

Talk MP
quantitatively.
Describe how the

FOR THE TEACHER • Have each small group use
a 1-meter piece of yarn to measure a distance lengths of the yarn
marked on the floor with masking tape. Then and the sheet of
have them measure the same distance using a
sheet of paper folded in half lengthwise. paper are different.

Model and Draw
1 meter is the same as 100 centimeters.
The real door is about 200 centimeters tall.
The real door is also about 2 meters tall.
You measure in centimeters with a centimeter ruler.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
centimeters
You measure in meters with a meter stick.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99
centimeters
Share and Show Math

Board
Choose a centimeter ruler or a meter stick. Then measure the

real object. Be sure to label your answers.
chair
centimeter ruler meter stick
1.
           
—
teacher’s desk

2.
           
—
wall

3.
           
—

Name
On Your Own
Choose a centimeter ruler or a meter stick. Then measure the
real object. Be sure to label your answers.
classroom board

4.
           
—
bookshelf

5.
           
—
table

6.
           
—
7. Write these lengths in order 200 centimeters

from shortest to longest. 10 meters
1 meter

World
8. Mr. Ryan walked next to a barn.

He wants to measure the length on the
Spot
of the barn. Would the length
be a greater number of centimeters
or a greater number of meters?
9. Write the word on the tile that makes

the sentence true.
centimeters meters
                      
A bench is 2  ___
   long.
                      
  
A pencil is 15  ___ long.
                      
  
A paper clip is 3  ___ long.
                      
  
A bed is 3  ___ long.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child describe how

centimeters and meters are different.

LESSON 14.5
Name
Centimeters and Meters
Choose a centimeter ruler or a meter stick.

Then measure the real object. Be sure to
label your answers.

1. bookcase
           
—
2. window

           
—

World
3. Daniela will measure the length of a wall in both

centimeters and meters. Will there be fewer
centimeters or fewer meters? Explain.
                                                                                                                      
      
                                                                                                                      
      
                                                                                                                      
      
4. Write Math Would you measure the length of a bench

with a centimeter ruler or a meter stick? Explain your choice.

Lesson Check
5. Choose a centimeter ruler or a meter stick. Then
measure the real object. Be sure to label your answers.
____
Spiral Review
6. Draw and label a group of 7. Athena has a poster that is
coins that has a total value about 3 feet long. Write inches
of 65 cents. or feet in each blank to make
the statement true.
3 ___
  is longer than
12   ___
.
8. Last week, 483 children checked 9. Draw and label a group of coins
books out from the library. This that has a total value of $1.
week, only 162 children checked
books out from the library.
How many children checked
out library books in the last

two weeks?
    
483
+
__162

CHAPTER 14
Name Lesson 6
Estimate Lengths in Meters
I Can estimate the lengths of objects in meters.

World
Find an object that is about 10 centimeters long.

Draw and label it.
Is there a classroom object that is about

50 centimeters long? Draw and label it.
Math
FOR THE TEACHER • Provide a collection of Describe how the

objects for children to choose from. Above the
table of displayed objects, draw and label a lengths of the two
10-centimeter line segment and a 50-centimeter real objects compare.
line segment.

Model and Draw
Estimate. About how many meter sticks
will match the width of a door?
A 1-meter measuring
stick is about
100 centimeters long.
about          
 
— meters
Share and Show Math

Board
Find the real object.

Estimate its length in meters.
1. bookshelf
about          
  meters
—
2. bulletin board
         
about —
  meters

Name
On Your Own
3. teacher’s desk
         
about —
  meters
4. wall
         
about —
  meters
5. window
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©HMH; ©WidStock/Alamy
         
about —
  meters
6. classroom board
         
about —
  meters

World
7. In meters, estimate the distance from your teacher’s

desk to the door of your classroom. on the
Spot
        meters
about   —
Explain how you made your estimate.
8. E
stimate the length of an adult’s bicycle.
Fill in the bubble next to each sentence
that is true.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Comstock/Getty Images

● The bicycle is about 2 meters long.
● The bicycle is about 200 centimeters long.
● The bicycle is less than 1 meter long.
● The bicycle is about 2 centimeters long.
● The bicycle is more than 200 meters long.

lengths of some objects in meters.

LESSON 14.6
Name
Estimate Lengths in Meters

1. poster
about          
—meters
2. classroom board
        meters
about  —

World
3. Barbara and Luke each placed 2 meter sticks

end-to-end along the length of a large table.
About how long is the table?
about         
 
— meters
4. Write Math Choose one object from above.

Describe how you estimated its length.

Lesson Check
5. What is the best estimate for 6. What is the best estimate for
the length of a real baseball the length of a real couch?
bat?
meter
_ meters
_
Spiral Review
7. Sadhika has 2 pennies, 3 8. Use an inch ruler. What is the
quarters, and 1 dime. How length of this straw to the
much money does she have? nearest inch?
  __ inches
_
9. Scott opened his piggy bank and found three one dollar
bills, 5 quarters, and 3 dimes. What is the total value of
this money?   __

CHAPTER 14
Name Lesson 7
Measure and Compare Lengths
I Can compare the lengths of two objects.

World
Measure and record each length.
                
centimeters
—
                
centimeters
—
Math
Name a classroom
object that is longer
HOME CONNECTION • Your child measured than the paintbrush.
these lengths as an introduction to measuring
and then comparing lengths. Explain how you know.

Model and Draw
How much longer is the pencil than the crayon?
 
—
8
                
centimeters

 
—
5
                
centimeters

  — 8
                
5
                
−   —
                
=—
 
centimeters centimeters centimeters
         
The pencil is —
  centimeters longer than the crayon.
Share and Show Math

Board
Measure the length of each object. Complete the equation

to find the difference between the lengths.
1.                 
centimeters
—
                
centimeters
—
                
−—                  
=—                  
—
centimeters

centimeters

centimeters

The string is          

 
— centimeters longer than the straw.
2.
                
centimeters
—
                
centimeters
—
                
−—                  
=—                  
—
centimeters

centimeters

centimeters

                
The paintbrush is —
  centimeters longer than
the toothpick.

Name
On Your Own
Measure the length of each object. Complete the equation
to find the difference between the lengths.
3.                 
centimeters
—
                
centimeters
—
                
−—                  
=—                  
—
centimeters

centimeters

centimeters

                
The yarn is —
  centimeters longer than the crayon.
4.
                
centimeters
—
                
centimeters
—
                
−—                  
=—                  
—
centimeters

centimeters

centimeters

         
The string is —
  centimeters longer than the paper clip.
5. Use a meter stick. Measure the length of

your desk and the length of a window. on the
Spot
            
desk:  — meters
            
window:  — meters
                                                
  
   
Which is shorter?  ——————
                                                
How much shorter is it?  ——————
  
   

World
6. Enrique has a rope that is

23 centimeters long. He cuts
15 centimeters off. What is the
length of the rope now?
                
centimeters
—
7. The lane is 15 meters longer than
the sidewalk. The sidewalk is 29
meters long. What is the length of
the lane?
                
meters
—
8. Measure the length of each object. Which

object is longer? How much longer? Explain.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child tell you how to solve
one of the problems in this lesson.

LESSON 14.7
Name
Measure and Compare Lengths
Measure the length of each object. Write an equation to

find the difference between the lengths.
1.
               
centimeters
—
               
centimeters
—
             
−—  =—                             
—
centimeters centimeters centimeters
               
The craft stick is —
  centimeters longer than the chalk.

World

2. A lawn is 11 meters long, a field is
24 meters long, and a board
is 5 meters long. How much shorter is
the board than the lawn         
and field combined? —meters shorter
3. Write Math Suppose the lengths of two

banners are 10 meters and 17 meters.

Describe how the lengths of these two
banners compare.

Lesson Check
4. How much longer is the marker
than the paper clip? Circle the correct answer.
11 centimeters
3 centimeters
11 centimeters longer 8 centimeters longer

10 centimeters longer 5 centimeters longer
Spiral Review
5. What is the total value
of these coins?
 __
or _
  cents

6. What is a reasonable estimate 7. Chany leaves at half past

for the length of a real 2. At what time does Chany
whiteboard? leave?
feet
_ :_
_ 

Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 14
1. Amado uses unit cubes to measure the length
of the yarn. Circle the number in the box that
makes the sentence true.
2
The yarn is about 4 centimeters long.
2. The paper clip is about 4 centimeters long.

Myleen says the string is about 7 centimeters long.
Leila says the string is about 20 centimeters long.
Who has the better estimate? Explain.


3. Sandy’s paper chain is 14 centimeters long. Tim’s paper
chain is 6 centimeters long. How many centimeters of paper
chain do they have? Draw a diagram. Write an equation
using a ■ for the unknown number. Then solve.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
             
The paper chain is __
  centimeters long now.
4. Write the word on the tile that makes the sentence true.
centimeters meters
A hallway is 4                     
  
___ long.
A marker is 15                     
  
___ long.
A toothpick is 5                     
  
___ long.
A sofa is 2                     
  
___ long.

Name
5. Estimate the length of a real car. Fill in the bubble next

to all the sentences that are true.
● The car is more than 100 centimeters long.

● The car is less than 1 meter long.
● The car is less than 10 meters long.
● The car is about 20 centimeters long.
● The car is more than 150 meters long.
6. Measure the length of each object. Does the sentence describe

the objects? Choose Yes or No.
centimeters
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Robert Churchill/Getty Images
centimeters
The marker is 11 centimeters longer than ● Yes ● No

the crayon.
The crayon is 4 centimeters shorter than ● Yes ● No

the marker.
The total length of the marker and the crayon ● Yes ● No

is 18 centimeters.
Chapter 14 631
7. Ethan’s rope is 25 centimeters long. Ethan
cuts the rope and gives a piece to Omar.
Ethan’s rope is now 16 centimeters long.
How many centimeters of rope did Omar
get from Ethan?

a ■ for the unknown number. Then solve.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Omar got centimeters of rope.
8. Measure the length of the paintbrush to the nearest

centimeter. Circle the number in the box that makes
the sentence true.
12
The paintbrush is about 13 centimeters long.
14

Launch
Activity
Launch Activity
4 Comparing Shapes
Learn Through Play
Children have played with blocks for
hundreds of years. They learn how
to build and create new things
using different types of blocks.
Blocks can help children learn
the alphabet and make new
shapes and structures. They
show how things can fit and
be put together.
Words, shapes, and buildings
can all be made by children playing with
blocks. What will you create with blocks?
Three Reads
Lita, June, and Ali are playing with
building blocks. The face of each
block shows a different shape.
The faces of some of the blocks
are rectangles, some are squares,
and some are triangles.
Ask children what the math is in the problem. Then, have partners read
the problem to each other. Ask children what math questions they can ask
about the problem.
Launch Activity • Comparing Shapes 633

Go Online
Solve the Problem

Lita, June, and Ali are playing with
building blocks. The face of each block
shows a different shape.
The faces of some of the blocks are
rectangles, squares, and triangles.
Compare the shapes shown. How
could you sort the shapes into
2 groups? Draw the shapes into
2 groups then label each group.
Math How many different ways can you group the shapes?
Talk Explain another way to compare the shapes. How could
you compare a rectangle and a square?

Chapter
15
Name
Show What You Know
Sort the Figures

Loop the shapes that follow the rule.
1. curved 2. 3 sides
Sketch the Figures

3. 4 straight sides and 4 vertices 4. 6 straight sides and 6 vertices
Identify the Figures

Circle all the figures that match the shape name.
5. triangle
6. rectangle

Chapter 15 • Geometry 635
Vocabulary Builder
Review Words
Visualize It sides
Draw pictures to complete the graphic organizer. vertex/vertices
hexagon
closed shape
Two-dimensional
open shape
figures
rectangle
Examples Parts
Draw an example of each term.

Open shape Closed shape

CHAPTER 15
Name Lesson 1
Three-Dimensional Shapes
I Can identify objects as three-dimensional shapes.

World
Draw a picture of an object with the same
shape shown.
Math
Describe how the

FOR THE TEACHER • Have children look at the shapes are alike.
first shape and name some real objects that have
this shape, such as a cereal box. Have each child Describe how they
draw a picture of a real-life object that has the are different.
same shape. Repeat for the second shape.

Model and Draw
These are three-dimensional shapes.

cube rectangular prism
sphere cylinder cone
Which of these objects has the shape of a cube?
Share and Show Math

Board
Circle the objects that match the shape name.
1. s phere © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2. cube

Name
On Your Own
Circle the objects that match the shape name.
3. cylinder
4. rectangular prism
5. cone
6. Julio used cardboard squares as the flat

surfaces of a cube. How many squares did he use?
         squares
 —
7. C
ircle the shapes that have a curved surface. Draw an X on the
on the shapes that do not have a curved surface. Spot

World
8. Reba traced around the bottom of each block.

Match each block with the shape Reba drew.
•
•
• •
• •
9. Match the shapes.
• • • •
• • • •
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to name an object

that has the shape of a cube.

LESSON 15.1
Name
Three-Dimensional Shapes
Circle the objects that match

the shape name.
cube
cone
rectangular
prism

World
4. Lisa draws a circle by tracing around the bottom

of a block. Which could be the shape of Lisa’s block?
Circle the name of the shape.
cone cube rectangular prism

5. Write Math Describe one way that

a cube and a cylinder are alike.
Describe one way they are different.

Lesson Check
6. What is the name of this 7. What is the name of this
shape? shape?
___ ___
Spiral Review
8. The string is about 6 centimeters long. Circle the best
estimate for the length of the crayon.
  3 centimeters 9 centimeters 14 centimeters

9. What is the total value of this 10. What time is shown on this
group of coins? clock?
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
 
_ _ : _
_

CHAPTER 15
Name Lesson 2
Attributes of Three-Dimensional Shapes
I Can use attributes to identify a three-dimensional
shape.

World
Circle the cones. Draw an X on the sphere.

Math Attend to precision.

Talk MP
Name the other

shapes on this page.
HOME CONNECTION • Your child identified the Describe how they
shapes on this page to review some of the different
kinds of three-dimensional shapes. are different.

Model and Draw
The faces of a cube are squares.
face
The vertices are
edge the corner points
of the cube.
vertex
Share and Show Math

Board
Write how many for each.
faces edges vertices
1.
rectangular
— — —
prism
2.
cube
— — —

Name
On Your Own
3. Use dot paper.

Follow these steps to draw a cube.
Step 1 D raw a square. Make Step 2 D raw edges from
each side 4 units long. 3 vertices, like this.
4 units
Step 3 D raw 2 more edges. Step 4 D raw 3 dashed edges to
show the faces that are
not seen.
4. Trace all the faces of a rectangular prism on a sheet of

paper. Write to tell about the shapes that you drew.

on the
Spot

World
5. Marcus traced around the faces of a three-dimensional shape.

Circle the name of the shape he used.
cylinder
cube
sphere
cone
6. Use the words on the tiles to label the parts of the cube.
               
—
edge face vertex
               
—
               
—
Describe the faces of a cube.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child tell you about

the faces on a cereal box or another kind of box.

LESSON 15.2
Name
Attributes of Three-Dimensional Shapes
Circle the set of shapes that are the faces of
the three-dimensional shape.

World
3. Kevin keeps his marbles in a container that

has the shape of a cube. He wants to paint each
face a different color. How many different paint colors
does he need?
        different paint colors
—
4. Write Math Describe a cube. Use the words

faces, edges, and vertices in your description.

Lesson Check
5. How many faces does a 6. How many faces does a
cube have? rectangular prism have?
faces
_ faces
_
Spiral Review
7. What time is shown on this 8. Circle the cone.
clock?
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
:_
_ 
9. Use the line plot. How many books are 8 inches long?
X
X X X
X X X X
 _
books
5 6 7 8
Lengths of Books in Inches

CHAPTER 15
Name Lesson 3
Two-Dimensional Figures
I Can identify figures just by the number of sides and angles.

World
Use a ruler. Draw a figure with 4 sides that are straight.
Then draw a different figure with the same number of sides.
Math
Describe how your

FOR THE TEACHER • Have children use rulers as figures are different
straight edges for drawing the sides of figures. Have
children draw a two-dimensional figure with 4 sides in from the figures a
the top box and then draw a different figure with 4 classmate drew.
sides in the bottom box.

Model and Draw
Plane figures can be open or closed.

A closed figure starts and
ends at the same point.
An open figure does not start

and end at the same point.
You can count sides and angles to name

parts of some closed figures. Look at how many
sides and angles each figure has.
triangle
side 3 sides
angle 3 angles
quadrilateral pentagon hexagon
4
sides sides sides

angles angles angles

Name
Share and Show Math

Board
Write whether the figure is open or closed.

1. 2. 3. 4.
Write the number of sides and the number of angles.

5. triangle 6. hexagon 7. pentagon
sides sides sides

On Your Own pentagon

triangle
Write the number of sides and the number hexagon
of angles. Then write the name of the figure. quadrilateral
8. 9. 10.
sides sides sides



World
Solve. Draw to explain.

on the
11. Alex draws a hexagon and two Spot
pentagons. How many sides
does Alex draw altogether?
sides
12. Ed draws a figure that has 4

sides. It is not a square. It is not
a rectangle. Draw a shape that
could be Ed’s figure.
13. Count the sides and angles of each

two-dimensional figure. Draw each
figure where it belongs in the chart.
Quadrilateral Hexagon Triangle
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to draw figure

that is a quadrilateral.

LESSON 15.3
Name
Two-Dimensional Figures
Write the number of sides and the

number of angles. Then write pentagon triangle
the name of the figure. hexagon quadrilateral
1. 2. 3.
                          

—sides — sides — sides
                          
—angles —angles —angles

World
Solve. Draw or write to explain.
4. Oscar is drawing a picture of a house.
He draws a pentagon shape for a window.
How many sides does his window have?
        
  sides
—
5. Write Math Change the figure

so that it is a closed figure.

Name it.

Lesson Check
6. How many sides does a 7. How many angles does a
hexagon have? rectangle have?
sides
_ angles
_
Spiral Review
8. Use a centimeter ruler. What is the length of
the ribbon to the nearest centimeter?
centimeters
_
9. What is the total value? 10. Add.
7+6+3+4
_
LINCOLN
WASHINGTON,D.C.
LINCOLN
__

CHAPTER 15
Name Lesson 4
More Two-Dimensional Figures
I Can identify the number of sides and
number of angles of a polygon.
Listen and Draw

Use a ruler. Draw the figure.
Write the numbers.
hexagon pentagon
sides sides
angles angles

Talk MP
structure.
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following Describe how the two
problem. Levi wants to draw a hexagon and a
pentagon. How many sides and angles do each
figures are the same
of Levi’s figures have? Have children use rulers and how they are
as straight edges for drawing the sides of the
figures.
different.

Model and Draw
A polygon is any closed, two-dimensional An octagon has

figure with only straight sides. 8 sides.
            
 — 3 sides              
sides

—
            
—
3 angles              
angles
—
             
sides              
sides
— —
             
angles              
angles
— —
Share and Show Math

Board
Write the number of sides and the number of angles

for each polygon.
1. 2. 3.
             
sides              
sides              
sides
— — —
             
angles              
angles              
angles
— — —

Name
On Your Own
Write the number of sides and the number of angles
for each polygon.
4. 5.
             
sides              
sides
— —
             
angles              
angles
— —
6. Kat drew these three shapes.

on the
She says they are all polygons. Spot
Is Kat correct? Explain.
7. Berto wants to draw a polygon

with fewer than 5 sides. Draw to
show a polygon Berto could draw.
             
The polygon has —
  sides.


8. Which figure has exactly 5 sides?
● B
A
● C
● A
9. Which figure has exactly 8 angles?

B
● D
● A
● C
C
10. Which figures have fewer than
5 sides?
● A and B
● C and D D
● B and D
11. How many sides does this

polygon have?
11 sides
●
● 12 sides
● 8 sides

solved one of the problems in this lesson.

LESSON 15.4
Name
More Two-Dimensional Figures
Write the number of sides and the number

of angles for each polygon.
1. 2.
                   
—sides —sides
                   
—angles —angles
Problem Solving
3. Zoila drew these three shapes.
She says they are all polygons.
Is Zoila correct? Explain.
4. Ethan starts to draw a polygon that

looks like a house. Draw more sides for

the polygon. How many sides does the
polygon have?
The polygon has                  

— sides.

Lesson Check
5. Which figure has more than 4 sides?
● C
A B C D
● B
● A
6. Which figure is an octagon?
● ● ●
Spiral Review
7. Subtract 649 – 275.
                
 
—
8. Add 547 + 238.
                
 
—
9. Estela has 27 more figures on her art project than

Gerardo. Estela has 56 figures. How many figures
does Gerardo have on his art project?
         
—figures

CHAPTER 15
Name Lesson 5
Draw Two-Dimensional Figures
I Can draw two-dimensional figures.
Listen and Draw

Write the number of sides and angles. hexagon quadrilateral
Use the word list to name the figure. octagon pentagon
         
—sides
         
—angles
                                               
 ———
  
   
         
—sides
         
—angles
                                               
4 ———
  
   
         
—sides
         
—angle
                                               
4 ———
  
   

Talk MP
structure.

the names of the
three figures.

Tracey draws three figures. What are the figures
that Tracey draws?

Model and Draw
Here is a figure with 4 angles. Use a ruler.
Draw a different figure with 4 angles.
Share and Show Math

Board
Use a ruler to draw the figure.

1. a figure with 5 sides 2. a figure with 3 angles
3. a figure with 8 angles 4. a figure with 6 sides © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

Name
On Your Own
5. a figure with 5 angles 6. a figure with 4 sides
7. Janet drew a pentagon and a

hexagon. How many sides did on the
Spot
she draw? Draw to prove             
— sides
your answer.
8. Ziv drew 3 figures that had 14 sides in all.

Draw figures Ziv could have drawn.


9. Alejandro drew a picture to show
the shape of a garden. How many
sides does the garden have?
● 5 sides
● 8 sides
● 6 sides
10. Use a ruler. Draw a figure with 8 sides.

Then draw a figure with 5 angles.
11. Terry draws this figure. How many angles does

the figure have?
● 8 angles
● 4 angles
● 6 angles
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain how they solved one of the
problems in this lesson.

LESSON 15.5
Name
Draw Two-Dimensional Figures

1. a figure with 6 angles 2. a figure with 3 sides
Problem Solving
3. Layla drew a hexagon and an octagon. How many

sides did she draw? Draw to prove
your answer.
                
sides
—

Lesson Check
4. Nate draws his bedroom. How many
sides does his bedroom have?
● 4
● 8
● 6
5. Melinda draws a picture of an octagon.

How many angles does this figure have?
● 8
● 7
● 10
Spiral Review
6. Use a centimeter ruler. How long is the ribbon?
                
about — centimeters
7. Enter a number to make the equation true.

22 − ■ = 10 +5

CHAPTER 15
Name Lesson 6
Sort Two-Dimensional Shapes
I Can sort two-dimensional figures.

World
Make the shape with pattern blocks. Draw and

color the blocks you used.
Use one block.
Use two blocks.
Use three blocks.


Talk MP
structure.
FOR THE TEACHER • Tell children that the shape Describe how you
shown three times on the page is a trapezoid. Have
children use pattern blocks to make the trapezoid
could sort the blocks
three times: with one pattern block, with two you used.
pattern blocks, and then with three pattern blocks.

Model and Draw
Which shapes match the rule?

Shapes with more than 3 sides Shapes with fewer than 5 angles
Share and Show Math

Board
Circle the shapes that match the rule.

1. Shapes with 5 sides 2. Shapes with more than 3 angles
3. Shapes with fewer 4. Shapes with fewer

than 4 angles than 5 sides

Name
On Your Own
5. Shapes with 4 sides 6. Shapes with more
than 4 angles
7. Shapes with fewer 8. Shapes with fewer

9. Draw three shapes that match the rule. Circle them.

Then draw two shapes that do not match the rule. on the
Spot
Shapes with fewer than 5 angles


World
10. Sort the shapes.

• Use red to color the shapes with more than 4 sides.
• Use blue to color the shapes with fewer than 5 angles.
11. Draw each shape where it belongs in the chart.
Shapes with fewer Shapes with more

than 5 sides than 4 sides © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to draw

some shapes that each have 4 angles.

LESSON 15.6
Sort Two-Dimensional Shapes

1. Shapes with fewer than 5 sides 2. Shapes with more than 4 sides

World
Circle the correct shape.

3. Aarti drew a shape with more than 3 angles.
It is not a hexagon. Which shape did Aarti draw?
4. Write Math Draw three shapes

that match the rule. Shapes with
more than 3 angles.

Lesson Check
5. Which shape has fewer than 4 sides?
Spiral Review
6. Use an inch ruler. What is the length of the pencil to the
nearest inch?
inches
_
7. Use the tally chart. How many

children chose basketball as their Favorite Sport
favorite sport? Sport Tally
soccer
children
_ basketball
football
baseball

CHAPTER 15
Name Lesson 7
Partition Rectangles
I Can find the total number of same-size squares that
will cover a rectangle.
Listen and Draw
Put several color tiles together. Trace around the

shape to draw a two-dimensional shape.
Math
Is there a different
shape that can be
FOR THE TEACHER • After putting together made with the same
tiles, your child traced around them to draw
a two-dimensional shape. This activity is an number of tiles?
introduction to partitioning a rectangle into Explain.
several same-size squares.

Model and Draw
Trace around color tiles. How many
square tiles cover this rectangle?
  2
         
Number of rows: —
  3
         
Number of columns: —
Total:          
 
— square tiles
Share and Show Math

Board
Use color tiles to cover the rectangle.

Trace around the square tiles. Write how many.
1.
Number of rows:          

 
—
Number of columns:          

 
—
         
Total: —
  square tiles © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2.
Number of rows:           
—
Number of columns:           
—
Total:           
—square tiles

Name
On Your Own
Use color tiles to cover the rectangle.
Trace around the square tiles. Write how many.
3.          
Number of rows: —
 
Number of columns:          

 
—
Total:           
—square tiles
4. Number of rows:           

—
Number of columns:           
—
Total:           
—square tiles
5. M
ary started to cover this rectangle
with ones blocks. Explain how you would
estimate the number of ones blocks that on the
Spot
would cover the whole rectangle.

World
Solve. Draw to show your work.
6. Adewale and Dove used color tiles to make rectangles.

Then they traced the rectangles.
6 tiles are needed to cover Adewale's rectangle.
4 tiles are needed to cover Dove's rectangle.
Use color tiles to cover the rectangles below. Then label
each rectangle with the name of the child who made it.
7. Use color tiles to make a rectangle that is the same size as

Dove's rectangle, but is a different shape. Trace around the
square tiles to show your rectangle.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child describe what they did in
this lesson.

LESSON 15.7
Name
Partition Rectangles
Use color tiles to cover the rectangle. Trace

around the square tiles. Write how many.
1.
Number of rows:          

_
Number of columns:  _         
        
Total:   _ square tiles
2.
        
Number of rows: _
 
Number of columns: _         

 
Total:         
 
_ square tiles

World

3. Nina wants to put color tiles on a square. Number of rows:          
3 color tiles fit across the top of the Number of
square. How many rows and columns columns:           
of tiles will Nina need? How many
Total:           square tiles
square tiles will she use in all?
4. Write Math Look at Exercise 1 above.

Is there a different rectangle that you
could cover with 6 color tiles? Explain.

Lesson Check
5. Gina uses color tiles to cover
the rectangle. How many
square tiles does she use?
        
 
_ square tiles
Spiral Review
6. How many faces does a cube 7. How many vertices does this
have? shape have?
        
 
_ faces         
 
_ vertices
8. Use the line plot. How many

strings are 3 centimeters long?
X
X X
X X X X
X X X X
        
 
_ strings
2 3 4 5
Lengths of Strings in Centimeters

Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 15
Draw the figure.
1. a figure with 6 sides 2. a figure with 4 angles
3. Write the number of sides and 4. Which statement is true about

the number of angles. these figures?
hexagon
sides
angles
● The figures are all rectangles.
● The figures are all open.
● The figures have more than 4
angles.

5. Nikki draws a circle by tracing around the bottom of a block. Which
could be the shape of Nikki’s block?
Circle the name of the shape.
rectangular prism cone cube
6. Benito wants to put color tiles on

Number of rows:
a square. 4 color tiles fit across
the top of the square. How many
rows and columns of tiles will Number of columns:
Benito need? How many square
tiles will he use in all? Total: square tiles
7. Sarita draws a figure with 5 sides and 5 angles.

Draw Sarita’s figure.

Name
8. Gaia traced the faces of a three-dimensional shape

on a sheet of paper. She drew 6 squares. Which
three-dimensional shape did Gaia trace? Explain how
you know.
9. Circle figures that have exactly 4 sides. Draw an X on

figures that have more than 4 angles.
10. Rachel makes a pentagon and a quadrilateral with

toothpicks. She uses 1 toothpick for each side of each
shape. How many toothpicks does Rachel need?
toothpicks
Chapter 15 681
11. Kevin wants to draw 2 two-dimensional figures
that have 7 angles in all. Draw the shapes Kevin
could draw.
12. Which of the following figures has more than 6 sides?

● ● ●
13. Draw each figure where it belongs in the chart.
Figures with fewer Figures with more


Chapter
16
Name
Show What You Know
Equal Parts
Circle the shape that has 2 equal parts.
1.
2.
Identify Shapes
Circle all the figures that match the shape name.
3. circle
4. rectangle

Chapter 16 • Fraction Concepts 683

Review Words
Visualize It equal parts
Draw pictures to complete the graphic organizer. shape
rectangle
circle
equal parts square
Examples Not Examples

Draw a shape to match the shape name.
rectangle circle square

CHAPTER 16
Name Lesson 1
Equal Parts
I Can identify halves, thirds, and fourths.
Listen and Draw

Put pattern blocks together to match the shape
of the hexagon. Trace the shape you made.

Talk MP
Describe how the

FOR THE TEACHER • Have children place a shapes you used are
yellow hexagon pattern block on the workspace
and make the same shape by using any different from the
combination of pattern blocks. Discuss how they shapes a classmate
know if the outline of the blocks they used is the
same shape as the yellow hexagon. used.

Model and Draw
The green rectangle is the whole.
It can be divided into equal parts.
There are 2 halves. There are 3 thirds. There are 4 fourths.

Each part is a half. Each part is a third. Each part is a fourth.
Share and Show Math

Board
Write how many equal parts there are in the whole.

Write halves, thirds, or fourths to name the equal parts.
1. 2. 3.
—equal parts —equal parts —equal parts
—— —— ——

4. 5. 6. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
—— —— ——

Name
On Your Own
7. 8. 9.
—— —— ——
10. 11. 12.
—— —— ——
13. Draw to show halves. Explain

how you know that the parts on the
Spot
are halves.

World
14. MP
Sort the shapes.
• Draw an X on shapes that do not show
equal parts.
• Use red to color the shapes that show thirds.
• Use blue to color the shapes that show fourths.
15. Draw lines in each shape to show fourths.
Are the fourths in the three shapes the same? Explain.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to fold one sheet of

paper into halves and another sheet of paper into fourths.

LESSON 16.1
Name
Equal Parts

1. 2. 3.
        equal parts                  

— —equal parts —equal parts

World
4. Sort the shapes.

• D raw an X on the shapes
that do not show equal parts.
• Circle the shapes that
show halves.
5. Write Math Look at the shapes in Problem 4.

Describe the shapes that you did not put an X on or circle.

Lesson Check
6. What are the 3 equal parts of 7. What are the 4 equal parts of
the shape called? the shape called?
___ ___
Spiral Review
  
  8 7   
  5 9
+
_ 45 −
_ 15
10. Circle the quadrilateral. 11. Circle the hexagon.

CHAPTER 16
Name Lesson 2
Show Equal Parts of a Whole
I Can show halves, thirds, and fourths.
Listen and Draw

Circle the shapes that show equal parts.

Talk MP
quantitatively.
HOME CONNECTION • Your child completed Does the bigger circle

this sorting activity with shapes to review the show halves? Explain.
concept of equal parts.

Model and Draw
You can draw to show equal parts of a whole.
halves thirds fourths
2 equal parts 3 equal parts 4 equal parts
There are 2 halves There are 3 thirds There are 4 fourths

in a whole. in a whole. in a whole.
Share and Show Math

Board
Draw to show equal parts.
1. thirds 2. halves 3. fourths
4. halves 5. fourths 6. thirds


Name
On Your Own
13. halves 14. thirds 15. fourths
16. Does this shape show thirds?

Explain.
                                                                    
 —————————
   
    
                                                                    
 —————————
   
    
                                                                    
 —————————
   
    
                                                                    
 —————————
   
    
World
17. Colton and three friends want

on the
to share a pizza equally. Draw Spot
to show how the pizza should
be divided.
18. There are two square pizzas.

Each pizza is cut into fourths.
How many pieces of pizza are
there?
pieces
—
19. Fill in the bubble next to the shapes that

show thirds. Explain your answer.
● ● ● ●
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child describe

how to show equal parts of a shape.

LESSON 16.2
Name
Show Equal Parts of a Whole

World

7. Nicolai has one sandwich. He cuts the
sandwich into fourths. How many pieces
of sandwich does he have?
pieces
_
8. Write Math Draw three rectangles.

Then draw to show halves, thirds,
and fourths. Write about each whole
that you have drawn.

Lesson Check
9. Circle the shape divided into fourths.
Spiral Review
10. How many vertices does this 11. How many sides does a
shape have? hexagon have?
vertices
_         
_ sides
12. Use a centimeter ruler. Measure the length of each object.

How much longer is the top ribbon than the string?
centimeters longer
_

CHAPTER 16
Name Lesson 3
Describe Equal Parts
I Can find a half of, a third of, or a fourth of a whole.
Listen and Draw

Find shapes that show fourths and color them green.
Find shapes that show halves and color them red.

Talk MP
Describe how the

thirds in the unshaded
HOME CONNECTION • Your child identified shapes compare to
the number of equal parts in shapes to review
describing equal parts of a whole.
each other.

Model and Draw
These are some ways to show and 1 of 4 equal parts is
describe an equal part of a whole. called a quarter of
that shape.
2 equal parts 3 equal parts 4 equal parts
A half of the shape A third of the shape A fourth of the

is green. is green. shape is green.
Share and Show Math

Board
Draw to show thirds.

Color a third of the shape.
1. 2. 3.
Draw to show fourths.

Color a fourth of the shape.
4. 5. 6.

Name
On Your Own
Draw to show halves.
Color a half of the shape.
7. 8. 9.

10. 11. 12.

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Matthew Cole/Shutterstock
Draw to show fourths.

Color a fourth of the shape.
13. 14. 15.

World
16. Two posters are the same size. A third

on the
of one poster is red, and a fourth of the Spot
other poster is blue.
Is the red part or the blue part larger?

Draw and write to explain.
17. Draw to show halves, thirds,

and fourths. Color a half of, a third of,
or a fourth of the shape.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Draw a square. Have your child

draw to show thirds and color a third of the square.

LESSON 16.3
Name
Describe Equal Parts
Draw to show halves.

Color a half of the shape.
1. 2.

3. 4.

World
5. Circle all the shapes that have a third of the

shape shaded.
6. Write Math Draw pictures to show

a third of a whole and a fourth of
a whole. Label each picture.

Lesson Check
7. Circle the shape that has a half of the shape shaded.
Spiral Review
8. What is the name of this 9. Use a centimeter ruler. What
shape? is the length of the string to
the nearest centimeter?
____ centimeters
_
10. The clock shows the time 11. What time is shown on this
Chris finished his homework. clock?
Write the time. Then circle
a.m. or p.m.
11 12 1
11 12 1 10 2
10 2 9 3
9 3 8 4
8 4 7 6 5
7 6 5
a.m. :_
_ 
:_
_ 
p.m.

CHAPTER 16
Name Lesson 4
Equal Shares
I Can draw a diagram when solving problems
about equal shares.
There are two sandwiches that are the same

size. Each sandwich is divided into fourths, but
the sandwiches are cut differently. How might
the two sandwiches be cut?

World

I need to use?
how the sandwiches
                                                  
   
   
——————
There are  —          sandwiches.
could be cut
                                                    
   
   
—————— Each sandwich is divided
into                                    
   .
———

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Spasiblo/Shutterstock
HOME CONNECTION • Your child drew a diagram to represent and solve

a problem about dividing a whole in different ways to show equal shares.

Try Another Problem
• What do I need to
Draw to show your answer.
find?
1. Marquis has two square sheets of paper • What information do
I need to use?
that are the same size. He wants to cut
each sheet into halves. What are two
different ways he can cut the sheets
of paper?
2. Shanice has two pieces of cloth that are the

same size. She needs to divide each piece
into thirds. What are two different ways she
can divide the pieces of cloth?

Talk MP
quantitatively.
In Problem 2, explain
how the thirds from
the two pieces of cloth
are alike and how they
are different.
Name
Share and Show Math

Board
3. Brandon has two pieces of toast that are the

same size. What are two different ways he
can divide the pieces of toast into halves?
4. Mr. Rivera has two small trays of pasta that are

the same size. What are two different ways he
can cut the pasta into fourths?
5. Erin has two ribbons that are the same size.

What are two different ways she can on the
Spot
divide the ribbons into thirds?

World
6. David needs to divide two pieces of paper

into the same number of equal parts. Look at
how the first piece of paper is divided. Show
how to divide the second piece of paper
a different way.
7. Mrs. Lee has two sandwiches that

are the same size. She cuts each
sandwich into halves. How many
equal parts does she have in all?
equal parts
—
8. Emma wants to cut a piece of paper into fourths.

Fill in the bubble next to all the ways she could cut
the paper. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
● ● ● ●
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to draw two rectangles

and show two different ways to divide them into fourths.

LESSON 16.4
Name
Equal Shares
1. Max has two square pizzas that are the same size.
What are two different ways he can divide the
pizzas into fourths?
2. Lia has two pieces of paper that are the same size.
What are two different ways she can divide the
pieces of paper into halves?
3. Write Math Draw and write to

explain how you can divide a
rectangle into thirds in two
different ways.

Lesson Check
4. Bree cut a piece of cardboard
into thirds like this.
Circle the other shape that is partitioned into thirds.
Spiral Review
5. Circle the shape with three 6. How many vertices does this
equal parts. shape have?
vertices
_
7. What is the best estimate for 8. What is another way to write

the length of a baseball bat? 10 minutes after 9?
feet
_ :_
_ 

Name Chapter
Chapter Review 16
1. Write how many equal parts there are in the whole.
equal parts equal parts equal parts
2. Sort the shapes.
• C ross out shapes that do not show equal parts.

• Use yellow to color the shapes that show halves.
• Use red to color the shapes that show thirds.
• Use blue to color the shapes that show fourths.

3. Draw lines to show thirds.
Explain how you know that the parts are thirds.
4. Will and Ana have gardens that are the same size.
They each divide their gardens into fourths. What
are two different ways they can divide the gardens?
Draw lines to show your answer.
Will Jose
5. Draw lines to show halves, thirds, and fourths.

Color a half of, a third of, and a fourth of
the shape. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
halves thirds fourths

Name
6. Draw lines to show halves three different ways.
Explain how you know that the parts are halves.

show a third of the shape shaded.
● ● ● ●

show half of the shape shaded.
● ● ● ●
Chapter 16 711
9. Draw to show thirds.
Color a third of each shape.

show fourths.
● ● ● ●
11. Ines and Abu have two flatbreads that are

the same size. They cut the flatbreads in half.
What are two different ways they can cut their
flatbreads into halves?

Chapter
17
Name
Show What You Know
Read a Picture Graph

Use the picture graph.
1. How many children chose
Favorite Fruit              
pear?  — children
orange 2. Circle the fruit that more
children chose.
pear
Read a Tally Chart

Complete the tally chart.
3. How many children chose red?
Favorite Color Total                  children
 
—
green
4. Which color did the fewest
red number of children choose?
                            
   ———
blue
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Artville/Getty Images
Addition and Subtraction Facts

Write the sum or difference.
5. 10 − 4 =          
  6.          
4+5=—
  7.          
6 + 5 =  —
—
8.          
9−3=—
  9. 5 + 7 =            10. 11 − 3 =          
 

—
—

Chapter 17 • Data 713
Review Words
Visualize It is more than
Draw tally marks to show each number. is fewer than
1111 11
1
7 4
tally
marks
10 13
Write a number to complete the sentence.
            
1. 10 apples is more than —
  apples.
             © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©HMH

2. 6 bananas is fewer than —
  bananas.
            
3. —
grapes is more than 6 grapes.
            
4. —
oranges is fewer than 5 oranges.

CHAPTER 17
Name Lesson 1
Collect and Represent Data
I Can use a tally chart to record data from a survey.
Listen and Draw
Take turns choosing a cube from the bag.

Draw a tally mark in the chart for each cube.
Cube Colors
Color Tally
blue
red
green
Math Use appropriate tools

Talk MP
strategically.
Explain how tally

marks help you keep
HOME CONNECTION • Your child made tally
marks to record the color of cubes chosen from
track of what has
a bag. This activity prepares children for using been chosen.
and recording data in this chapter.

Model and Draw
You can take a survey to collect data.
You can record the data with tally marks.
Greg asked his classmates which lunch
was their favorite.
Favorite Lunch
Lunch Tally
pizza The tally marks in the

tally chart show the
sandwich children’s answers. Each
salad tally mark stands for
one child’s choice.
pasta
Share and Show Math

Board
1. T
ake a survey. Ask 10 classmates
which pet is their favorite. Use Favorite Pet
tally marks to show their choices. Pet Tally
2. How many classmates chose cat
dog?
classmates dog
3. W
hich pet did the fewest fish
classmates choose?
bird
4. Did more classmates choose cat or dog?
How many more? more classmates

Name
On Your Own
5. T
ake a survey. Ask 10 classmates Favorite Indoor Game
which indoor game is their
favorite. Use tally marks to Game Tally
show their choices.
board
6. How many classmates chose card

board game? computer
classmates puzzle
7. W
hich game did the most classmates
choose?

8. Did more classmates choose a card game

or a computer game?

How many more? more classmates
9. Which game did the fewest classmates choose?

10. How many classmates did not choose a board

game or a puzzle? Explain how you know.

World
11. Maeko asked her classmates to

choose their favorite subject. Favorite Subject
She made this tally chart.
Subject Tally
How many more classmates reading
chose math than reading? on the
Spot math
——more classmates
science
Write a question about the
data in the chart. Then write
the answer to your question.
12. Choose all the sentences that

describe data in the tally chart.
● 10 children voted for lunch. Favorite Meal
● 13 children voted for breakfast.
Meal Tally
● More children voted for dinner
breakfast
than for lunch.
lunch
● A total of 35 children voted for

dinner
their favorite meal.
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • With your child, take a survey about

favorite games and make a tally chart to show the data.

LESSON 17.1
Name
Collect and Represent Data
1. Take a survey. Ask 10 classmates

how they got to school. Use tally How We Got to School
marks to show their choices.
Way Tally
walk
bus
2. How many classmates rode in a
car
bus to school?
bike
classmates
3. How many classmates rode in

a car to school?
classmates
4. In which way did the fewest

classmates get to school?
5. In which way did the most classmates

get to school?
6. Write
Math Explain how you would take
a survey to find your classmates’
favorite shirt color.

Lesson Check
7. Use the tally chart. Which color
did the fewest children choose? Favorite Color
Color Tally
blue
___
green
red
yellow
Spiral Review
8. How many dimes have the 9. Jace has two ropes. Each
same value as $1? rope is 9 inches long. How
many inches of rope does he
have in all?
dimes
_ inches
_
10. The clock shows the time Lee 11. Liza finished studying at
got to school. At what time half past 3. What time did
did she get to school? Liza finish studying?
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
:  
_ _ :  
_ _

CHAPTER 17
Name Lesson 2
Read Picture Graphs
I Can use a picture graph to show data.

World
Use the tally chart to solve the problem.

Favorite Hobby
Hobby Tally
crafts
reading
music
sports
                
more children
—

Talk MP
structure.
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following Can the chart be used
problem. Mr. Martin’s class made this tally chart. to find how many
How many more children in his class chose sports
than chose reading as their favorite hobby? people liked fishing?

Model and Draw
A picture graph uses pictures to show data.
Number of Soccer Games

March
April
May
A key tells how
June many each picture
stands for.
Key: Each stands for 1 game.
Share and Show Math

Board
Use the picture graph to answer the questions.
Favorite Snack
pretzels
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Photodisc/Getty Images

grapes
popcorn
apples
Key: Each stands for 1 child.
1. Which snack was chosen by the fewest children?                                

  
––––
2. How many more children chose pretzels

than apples?                
more children
—

Name
On Your Own
3. How many pencils do Alana and

Brad have?
Number of Pencils
               
pencils
—
4. How many more pencils does

Kiana have than Alana has?
               
more pencils
—
5. Mrs. Green collected

pencils from Brad and on the
Spot
one other child. She
collected 12 pencils.
Who else did she
collect pencils from? Alana Kiana Dante Brad
___ Key: Each stands for 1 pencil.
6. Christy has 7 pencils. Write two sentences to describe

how her number of pencils compares to the data in the
picture graph.
                                                                                                 

      
——————————
                                                                                                 

      
——————————
                                                                                                 

      
——————————
                                                                                                 

      
——————————
World
Favorite Balloon Color

green
blue
red
purple
7. The picture graph shows the favorite color balloons

chosen by a group of children. Some children chose
purple. Fill in the row for purple with enough balloons to
bring the total balloons in the graph to 20.
8. Use the numbers on the tiles to complete the
sentences about the picture graph.
Number of Pets
1 2 3
Scott
4 5 6 Andre
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: ©Getty Images

Maddie
Key: Each stands for 1 pet.

Scott has _ pets.
Andre has _ fewer pets than Scott.
Maddie and Scott have _ more pets than Andre.


LESSON 17.2
Name
Read Picture Graphs
Number of Books Read

Carlos
Gwen
Anna
Henry
Key: Each stands for 1 book.
1. How many books in all did Henry and Anna read?                
 
__ books
           
2. How many more books did Carlos read than Gwen? __
  more books
3. How many fewer books did Gwen read than Anna? _

  fewer books


World
Use the picture graph above. Write or draw to explain.

4. Two children read a total of 7 books. Carlos is one
of the children. Who is the other child?
___
5. Write Math Write a few sentences

to describe the different parts of
a picture graph.

Lesson Check
6. Use the picture graph. Who has
Our Fish
the most fish?
___
Jane Will Gina Evan

Key: Each stands for 1 fish.
Spiral Review
7. What time is shown on this 8. Each unit cube is about
clock? 1 centimeter long. What is
the length of the paper clip?
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
:  
_ _ about _
  centimeters

9. What is the total value of this group of coins?
¢ or _
_   cents


CHAPTER 17
Name Lesson 3
Make Picture Graphs
I Can make a picture graph to show data in a tally chart.
Listen and Draw

Take turns choosing a cube from the bag.
Draw a smiley face in the graph for each cube.
Cube Colors
blue
red
green
orange
Key: Each stands for 1 cube.


Talk MP
structure.

that the number of
smiley faces for blue
HOME CONNECTION • Your child made a graph
by recording smiley faces for the colors of cubes matches the number
taken from a bag. This activity prepares children
for working with picture graphs in this lesson. of blue cubes.

Model and Draw
Each picture in the graph stands for 1 flower.
Draw pictures to show the data in the tally chart.
Number of Flowers Picked Number of Flowers Picked

Name Tally Jessie
Jessie Inez
Inez Paulo
Paulo Key: Each stands for 1 flower.
Share and Show Math

Board
1. Use the tally chart to complete the picture graph.

Draw a for each child.
Favorite Sandwich Favorite Sandwich

Sandwich Tally cheese
cheese ham
ham tuna
tuna turkey
turkey
2. How many children chose tuna?                 

— children
3. How many more children chose cheese

than ham?                 more children
—

Name
On Your Own
Favorite Fruit Favorite Fruit

Fruit Tally
apple
plum
banana
orange
5. How many children chose

                apple plum banana orange
banana?  — children
6. How many fewer children chose plum

than banana?                
  fewer children
—
7. How many children chose a fruit that

was not a plum? on the
                Spot
 
— children
8. Which three fruits were chosen by a

total of 10 children?
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to explain how to

read the picture graph on this page.

World
spring summer fall winter
Use the tally chart to complete the
picture graph. Draw a stands
Key: Each for each
for 1 child.
child.
Favorite Season
Favorite Season
Season Tally
spring
summer
fall
winter
9. Which season did the fewest

children choose?
                                     spring summer fall winter

   
 — ——
10. How many more children chose

spring than fall?                 
— more children
11. How many children chose a season

that was not winter?                
 — children
12. How many children chose a favorite season?

               children
 ___
Draw tally marks to show this number.

                                                                                 

   
     
________________ _
LESSON 17.3
Name
Make Picture Graphs

Favorite Cookie Favorite Cookie

Cookie Tally chocolate
chocolate oatmeal
oatmeal peanut butter
peanut butter shortbread
shortbread
2. How many children chose chocolate?         

 
_ children
3. How many fewer children chose oatmeal than

peanut butter?         fewer children
 __
4. Which cookie did the most children choose?
                                  
_____
   
5. How many children in all chose a favorite cookie?        

 
_ children
6. Look at the picture graph above. Write about the

information shown in this graph.

Number of Rainy Days
Lesson Check
March
7. In May there were 2 rainy
April
days. There were 2 more Number of Rainy Days
rainy days in April than
May March
in May.
Draw
Key: Each to complete
stands for 1 day. April
the graph.
May
Key: Each stands for 1 day.
Spiral Review
8. Rita has one $1 bill, two $5 9. Lucas put 3 quarters and
bills, and one $10 bill. What 3 nickels into his coin bank.
is the total value of Rita’s How much money did Lucas
money? put into his coin bank?
$_
  _  __
10. Use a centimeter ruler. What 11. What is the total value of this
is the length of this string group of coins?
to the nearest centimeter?
 
_ centimeters
 
_ ¢ or _
  cents


CHAPTER 17
Name Lesson 4
Read Bar Graphs
I Can use a bar graph to show data.

World
Use the picture graph to solve the problem.

Red Trucks Seen Last Week

Morgan
Terrell
Jazmin
Carlos
Key: Each stands for 1 red truck.
                
red trucks
—

Talk MP
quantitatively.
Describe how the

FOR THE TEACHER • Read this problem to data in the graph for
children. Morgan made a picture graph to show
the number of red trucks that she and her
Terrell and for Jazmin
friends saw last week. How many red trucks did are different.
the four children see last week?

Model and Draw
A bar graph uses bars to show data. There are
Look at where the bars end. 8 children playing
This tells how many. soccer.
Children Playing Games

Outdoor game
basketball
jump rope
soccer
tag
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Number of Children
Share and Show Math

Board
Use the bar graph.

1. How many green marbles are Marbles in a Bag
in the bag? 7
6
Number of Marbles
green marbles
5
2. How many more blue marbles
than purple marbles are in 4
the bag? 3
more blue marbles 2

1
3. How many marbles are in the bag?
0
red blue green purple
marbles
Color

Name
On Your Own
Use the bar graph.
Favorite Place to Go
aquarium
zoo
Place
beach
museum
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Number of Children
4. How many children chose the 5. Which place did the fewest
beach? children choose?
children
6. Twelve children chose either the

zoo or one other place as their
favorite place to go. What is
the other place?
7. Greg chose a place that has more votes

than the aquarium and the museum on the
Spot
together. Which place did Greg

choose?
                                               
   
—— ———

World
Use the bar graph.

Trees at the Farm
8. How many trees are at the farm? 8
            
  trees 7
Number of Trees
6
9. H
ow many trees are not 5
apple trees? 4
            
  trees 3
2
10. Suppose some pecan trees are 1
brought to the farm and there are 0
now 18 trees. Find the number of oak pecan maple apple
pecan trees and draw a bar on the Tree
graph to show them. Explain how you
found the number of pecan trees.
11. Use the data in the bar graph

about trees to complete the sentences.
There are _ fewer apple trees than

oak trees. Explain.
                                                                              
   
     

________________

to read a bar graph.

LESSON 17.4
Name
Read Bar Graphs
Use the bar graph.
Favorite Sport
baseball
soccer
Sport
basketball
football
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Number of Children
1. How many children chose basketball?   _children

_
2. Which sport did the most children choose?                              

  
  
____
3. How many more children chose basketball

than baseball?  __more children
4. Which sport did the fewest children choose?                                    

   
  _____

World
5. Ten children chose either soccer or one

other sport as their favorite sport.
What is the other sport?                                    

   
  _____
6. Write Math Look at the bar graph

above. Write about the information
shown in the graph.

Lesson Check
7. Use the bar graph. How many
Our Shells
shells do the children have in all? 6
5
Shells
4
3
shells
_
2
1
0
Ella John Lily David
Children
Spiral Review
8. Draw a shape with 6 vertices.
9. Use a centimeter ruler. What 10. Noah uses 1 quarter and

is the length of the yarn to the 2 nickels to pay for a pencil.
nearest centimeter? How much money does he pay
for the pencil?
centimeters
_  
_ ¢ or _
  cents


CHAPTER 17
Name Lesson 5
Make Bar Graphs
I Can make a bar graph to show data.

World
Use the bar graph to solve the problem.

Writing Tools in the Box

Number of Writing Tools
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
chalk crayon marker pencil
Writing Tool
                
writing tools
—

Talk MP
quantitatively.
Describe how the

information in the
graph for crayon
FOR THE TEACHER • Read the following and for marker is
problem. Barry made this bar graph. How
many writing tools are in the box? different.

Model and Draw
Abel read 2 books, Jiang read
4 books, Cara read 1 book, Books Read
5
and Jamila read 3 books.
Number of Books
4
Complete the bar graph to
show this data. 3
2
1
0
Abel Jiang Cara Jamila
Children
Share and Show Math

Board
Ella is making a bar graph to

Our Pets
8
show the kinds of pets her
classmates have. 7
Number of Classmates
• 5 classmates have a dog. 6

• 7 classmates have a cat.
5
• 2 classmates have a bird.
4
• 3 classmates have fish.
3
1. W
rite labels and draw bars
to complete the graph. 2
1
2. How will the graph change if

one more child gets a bird? 0
dog cat bird fish
Pet

Name
On Your Own
Dexter asked his classmates which
pizza topping is their favorite.
• 4 classmates chose peppers.
• 7 classmates chose meat.
• 5 classmates chose mushrooms.
• 2 classmates chose olives.
3. W rite a title and labels for the bar graph.
4. D raw bars in the graph to show the data.
peppers
meat
mushrooms
olives
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
5. Which topping did the most classmates

choose?   –––––––
6. Did more classmates choose peppers and on the

olives than meat? Explain. Spot
———————
———————
———————

World
Cody asked his classmates which zoo

animal is their favorite.
• 6 classmates chose bear. 8

• 4 classmates chose lion. 7
• 7 classmates chose tiger.
• 3 classmates chose zebra. 6
5
7. Use the data to complete
the bar graph. Write a title 4
and labels. Draw bars. 3
2
8. How many fewer classmates
chose lion than classmates 1
that chose the other zoo 0
animals? bear lion tiger zebra
             fewer classmates
9. Look at the bar graph above.

Suppose 2 of Cody’s classmates chose zebra instead of bear.
Explain how the bar graph would change.
                                                                                 

   
     
________________ _
                                                                                 

   
     
________________ _
                                                                                 

   
     
________________ _
TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to describe how to

make a bar graph to show data.

LESSON 17.5
Name
Make Bar Graphs
Maria asked her friends how many hours
they practice soccer each week.
• Jessie practices for 3 hours. • Saba practices for 5 hours.

• Victor practices for 2 hours. • Kheng practices for 6 hours.
1. Write a title and labels for the bar graph.
2. Draw bars in the graph to show the data.
Jessie
Victor
Saba
Kheng
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3. Which friend practices soccer for the most

hours each week?

World
4. Which friends practice soccer for
fewer than 4 hours each week?
5. Write Math Look at the bar graph above. Describe

how you shaded bars to show the data.

Lesson Check
6. Use the bar graph.
How many more
Favorite Season
children chose summer
summer than spring?
Season
fall
winter
spring
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
more children
_ Number of Children
Spiral Review
7. Ahn-Na’s chain is 22 8. Use an inch ruler. What is
centimeters long. She takes 9 the length of the yarn to
centimeters off the chain. How the nearest inch?
long is Ahn-Na’s chain now?
centimeters
_ inches
_
9. Alonso finished studying at 10. Jill has two $1 bills, three $5

quarter past 1. What time did bills, and one $20 bill. How
Alonso finish studying? much money does Jill have?
_ :  
_ $ __


CHAPTER 17
Name Lesson 6
Practice Picture and Bar Graphs
I Can use picture graphs and bar graphs to show the same data.

World
Use the graph to solve.
Dogs at the Park
black
brown
red
gray
Key: Each stands for 1 dog.
           brown dogs
—

Talk MP
How many brown

dogs and gray dogs
Jason and his dad went to the park. They saw are at the park?
these dogs at the park. How many brown dogs did Explain.
they see at the park?

Model and Draw
Use the data in the bar graph to make a picture graph.
Games Played Games Played

checkers checkers
Game
chess
chess
computer
computer
puzzle
puzzle
0 1 2 3 4
Number of Children Key: Each stands for 1 child.
Share and Show Math

Board
1. U
se the data in the picture graph to
make a bar graph.
Insects in the Garden Insects in the Garden
bee bee
Insect
butterfly butterfly
ladybug
ladybug
dragonfly
dragonfly
0 1 2 3 4 5
Key: Each stands for 1 insect.
Number of Insects
2. How many bees are in the garden?         

—bees
3. How many more butterflies than ladybugs

are in the garden?         
—more butterflies

Name
On Your Own
4. Use the data in the bar graph to

make a picture graph. on the
Spot
Favorite Pet
bird
cat
Pet
dog
fish
0 1 2 3 4 5
Number of Children
5. Look at the graphs above. Ted thinks that

2 more children chose dog than fish.
Is Ted correct? Explain.
                                                                                                          

       
———————— ————
                                                                                                          

       
———————— ————
                                                                                                          

       
———————— ————
                                                                                                          

       
———————— ————

Follow the directions.
6. Use the key. Draw pictures in the

picture graph to show the data.
There are 4 white Cats at the Cat Show

cats at the cat show.
black
Colors
There are 3 black
cats at the cat show.
brown
There are 2 brown
cats at the cat show. white
Key: Each stands for 1 cat.
7. Use the picture graph. How many fewer ● 2

brown cats than black cats are at ● 3
the cat show? ● 1
8. Use the bar graph. How Books Read

Number of Books
many books did Noah read? 5

4
● 1
3
● 3
2
● 4 1
0
Ben Gia Noah Pat

LESSON 17.6
Name
Practice Picture and Bar Graphs
1. Use the data in the picture graph

to make a bar graph.
Favorite Stuffed Animal Favorite Stuffed Animal
bear bear
Animal
puppy puppy
kitten
kitten
penguin
penguin
0 1 2 3 4 5
Number of Children
2. How many children chose puppy or bear?

             
children
—

World
Use the graphs above.

3. How many children chose a favorite animal that was not
kitten? Explain how you found your answer.
                                                                                              
      
—————————
—
                                                                                              
      
—————————
—
                                                                                              
      
—————————
—

Lesson Check
Rosa makes a picture graph to record
the color of bikes she sees at the park.
Bike Colors
red
black
Color
blue
pink
Key: Each stands for 1 bike.
4. There are 4 black bikes at the park. How many

will Rosa draw to show the black bikes?
● 8 ● 2 ● 4
5. Rosa draws 3 in the row for pink bikes.

How many pink bikes does she see at the park?
● 3 ● 6 ● 1
Spiral Review Flag Stickers

5
6. Use the bar graph. How many
Number of Stickers
flag stickers does Kyle have? 4

3
● 1
2
● 3 1
● 2 0
Karen Jim Cindy Kyle
Children

Chapter
Name
Chapter Review 17
1. Hara asked her friends to choose
their favorite yogurt flavor. Use
the data to make a tally chart. Favorite Yogurt Flavor
Yogurt Tally
peach - 3 friends peach
berry - 5 friends berry
lime - 2 friends
lime
vanilla - 7 friends
vanilla
2. Does the sentence describe the data in the tally chart

above? Choose Yes or No.
7 friends chose berry and peach together ● Yes ● No
More friends chose peach than lime. ● Yes ● No
More friends chose vanilla than any other flavor. ● Yes ● No
3. Hara asks 5 more friends to choose their favorite flavor.

3 friends choose berry and 2 friends choose lime. Do more
friends like berry or vanilla now? Explain.

4. Turia counts the leaves on her plant once a month
for 4 months. Describe how the number of leaves
on the plant changes from May 1 to August 1.
Use the data in the bar graph to make a picture graph.
Turia’s Plant
May 1
June 1
Date
July 1
August 1
0 1 2 3 4 5
Number of Leaves
Key: Each stands for 1 leaf.

Use the graphs above.

5. How did the number of leaves change?

Name

Favorite Recess Game Favorite Recess Game

tag tag
hopscotch hopscotch
kickball kickball
jacks jacks
7. How many children choose hopscotch?
children
8. How many fewer children choose tag than kickball?
fewer children
9. Which two games are chosen by a total of 4 children?

Chapter 17 753
10. Mr. Sanchez asked the children in his class to
name their favorite type of book. Use the data to
complete the bar graph.
8 children chose fiction fiction
Books
4 children chose science science
6 children chose history history

poetry
9 children chose poetry
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11. Fill in the bubble next to all the sentences that describe
the data in the bar graph above.
● 8 children chose fiction.

● Fewer children chose fiction than history.
●
3 more children chose history than science.
●
More children chose poetry than any other kind
of book.
12. Did more children choose science and history books

together than poetry books? Explain.
13. How many children chose a book that is

not poetry?
children

Picture Glossary
addend sumando bar graph gráfica de barras
Children Playing Games

5 + 8 = 13
Outdoor Game
kickball
four square
addends
tag
jump rope
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Number of Children
a.m. a.m. cent sign símbolo de centavo
Times after midnight and before 53¢

noon are written with a.m.
cent sign
11:00 a.m. is in the morning.
angle ángulo centimeter centímetro

0 1 2 3 4 5
angle
centimeters
Picture Glossary G1
Picture Glossary
column columna cone cono

column
33
34
+32
compare comparar cube cubo

Use these symbols when you
compare: >, <, =.
241 > 234
123 < 128
247 = 247
compare comparar cylinder cilindro

Compare the lengths of the pencil
and the crayon.
The pencil is longer than the crayon.

The crayon is shorter than the
pencil.
G2 Go Math! Grade 2

data datos digit dígito
Favorite Lunch
Lunch Tally
pizza 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
sandwich and 9 are digits.
salad
pasta
The information in this

chart is called data.
decimal point punto decimal dime moneda de 10¢
$1.00
A dime has a value of 10 cents.

decimal point
difference diferencia dollar dólar
9−2=7
difference
One dollar is worth 100 cents.
Picture Glossary G3
Picture Glossary
dollar sign símbolo de dólar estimate estimación
An estimate is an amount that tells

$1.00 about how many.
dollar sign
doubles dobles even par

2, 4, 6, 8, 10, . . .
even numbers
+ 2 = 4
2
edge arista face cara
edge face
face
An edge is formed where two faces

Each flat surface of this
of a three-dimensional shape meet.
cube is a face.
G4 Go Math! Grade 2

foot pie half of mitad de
1 foot is the same

length as 12 inches.
A half of the shape

is green.
fourth of cuarto de halves mitades
This shape has 2 equal parts.

A fourth of the shape These equal parts are called
is green. halves.
fourths cuartos hexagon hexágono

This shape has 4 equal parts. A two-dimensional shape with

These equal parts are called 6 sides is a hexagon.
fourths.
Picture Glossary G5
Picture Glossary
hour hora is equal to (∙) es igual a
There are 60 minutes in

1 hour.
247 is equal to 247.

247 = 247
hundred centena is greater than (>) es mayor que
There are 10 tens in

1 hundred.
241 is greater than 234.
241 > 234
inch pulgada is less than (<) es menor que

0 1 2
inches
123 is less than 128.
123 < 128
G6 Go Math! Grade 2

is not equal to (∙) no es igual measuring tape cinta métrica
a
247 is not equal to 244.

247 ≠ 244
key clave

March
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (cl) ©Photodisc/Getty Images; (tr) ©Photodisc/Getty Images
April
May
June meter metro
The key tells how many each

picture stands for. 1 meter is the same length
as 100 centimeters.
line of symmetry eje de
simetría
line of symmetry
An imaginary line on a shape about

which the shape can be folded so
that its two parts match exactly
Picture Glossary G7
Picture Glossary
midnight medianoche noon mediodía
Noon is 12:00 in the daytime.

Midnight is 12:00 at night.
minute minuto octagon octágono

5 minutes
5 minutes
11 12 1
10 2 5 minutes
9 3
8 4 5 minutes
7 6 5 A two-dimensional shape
5 minutes
5 minutes with 8 sides is an octagon.
There are 30 minutes in

a half hour.
nickel moneda de 5¢ odd impar
1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, . . .
odd numbers
A nickel has a value of 5 cents.
G8 Go Math! Grade 2

ones unidades perimeter perímetro
= The distance around a figure
pictograph pictograma
10 ones = 1 ten
March
penny moneda de 1¢ April

May
June
plus (+) más
A penny has a value

of 1 cent. + =
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credits: (br) ©Photodisc/Getty Images
2 plus 1 is equal to 3
2 + 1 = 3
pentagon pentágono
polygon polígonoa
A two-dimensional shape with A closed two-dimensional shape

5 sides is a pentagon. with at least three straight sides
and three vertices.
Picture Glossary G9
Picture Glossary
p.m. p.m. quarter of cuarta parte de
Times after noon and before

midnight are written with p.m.
11:00 p.m. is in the evening.
A quarter of the shape

is green.
quadrilateral cuadrilátero quarter past y cuarto
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
A two-dimensional shape
with 4 sides is a quadrilateral.
8 : 15
15 minutes after 8 quarter past 8
quarter moneda de 25¢ rectangular prism prisma

rectangular © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A quarter has a value of

25 cents.
G10 Go Math! Grade 2

regroup reagrupar sphere esfera
Tens Ones
You can trade 10 ones for

1 ten to regroup.
round redondear sum suma o total
18 20
9 + 6 = 15
12 10
To replace a number with sum
another number that tells about
how many or how much.
side lado survey encuesta

Favorite Lunch
Lunch Tally
pizza
sandwich
salad
pasta
side
A survey is a collection of data
This shape has 4 sides. from answers to a question.
Picture Glossary G11
Picture Glossary
symmetry simetría thousand millar
A shape has symmetry if it can

be folded along a line so that the There are 10 hundreds
halves match exactly. in 1 thousand.
ten decena vertex/vertices vértice/vértices
10 ones = 1 ten Vertex

vertex
A corner point of a three-

third of tercio de dimensional shape is a vertex.
vertex
Vertex
A third of the shape is green.
This shape has 5 vertices.

thirds tercios
yardstick regla de 1 yarda
This shape has 3 equal parts. A yardstick is a measuring tool

These equal parts are called thirds. that shows 3 feet.
G12 Go Math! Grade 2

GRADE 2

Go Math! Grade 2 Student Edition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Go Math! Grade 2 Student Edition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GRADE

Welcome to Go Math! In this program, you will develop skills and

With the support of your teacher and by engaging with

Lesson 1 Group Tens as Hundreds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Lesson 2 Explore 3-Digit Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Lesson 3 Model 3-Digit Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Lesson 4 Hundreds, Tens, and Ones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Lesson 5 Place Value to 1,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Lesson 6 Word Form for Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credit: ©LaurenMJohnson/Shutterstock

Lesson 8 Different Ways to Show Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Lesson 1 Counting Patterns Within 100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Lesson 2 Counting Patterns Within 1,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Lesson 3 Count On and Count Back by 10 and 100. . . . . . . . . 73

Lesson 4 Compare Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Lesson 5 Use a Number Line to Compare Numbers . . . . . . . . 85

Lesson 6 Use Symbols to Compare Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Lesson 7 Order Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Vocabulary Builder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Lesson 1 Use Doubles Facts to Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Lesson 2 Practice Addition Facts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Lesson 3 Make a Ten to Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Lesson 4 Relate Addition and Subtraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Lesson 5 Practice Subtraction Facts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Lesson 6 Use Ten to Subtract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Lesson 7 Use Equations to Represent Problems . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credit: ©HMH

Vocabulary Builder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Lesson 1 Even and Odd Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Lesson 2 Represent Even Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Lesson 3 Equal Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Lesson 4 Repeated Addition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Vocabulary Builder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Lesson 1 Break Apart Ones to Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Lesson 2 Use Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Lesson 3 Break Apart Addends as Tens and Ones. . . . . . . . . 201

Lesson 4 Model Regrouping for Addition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Lesson 5 Model and Record 2-Digit Addition. . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

Vocabulary Builder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Lesson 1 2-Digit Addition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Lesson 2 Practice 2-Digit Addition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Lesson 3 Rewrite 2-Digit Addition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Lesson 4 Model Addition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Lesson 5 Write Equations to Represent Addition . . . . . . . . . . 249

Lesson 6 Find Sums for 3 Addends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Lesson 7 Find Sums for 4 Addends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Vocabulary Builder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Lesson 1 Break Apart Ones to Subtract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Lesson 2 Break Apart Numbers to Subtract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Lesson 3 Model Regrouping for Subtraction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Lesson 4 Model and Record 2-Digit Subtraction . . . . . . . . . . 291

Chapter Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company • Image Credti: ©HMH

Vocabulary Builder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Lesson 1 2-Digit Subtraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Lesson 2 Practice 2-Digit Subtraction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Lesson 3 Rewrite 2-Digit Subtraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315